The Kale Letter: Recent Episodes
Kale Abrahamson
The single biggest piece of news in Bitcoin history just happened.
An ETF got approved.
If you don’t know what that means, and why it could quite literally change the trajectory of your life and finances, you should probably watch the video I just filmed.
Cheers.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone.
Sorry for disappearing for a few months.
A lot has been going on for me both personally and professionally, so I stepped away from the Kale Letter for awhile.
But, I’m back, and it’s all FREE and on YOUTUBE and TWITTER now…
Just published the first video →
Also, if you want updates in real time just follow me on twitter →
That’s all I’ve got! See you on those other platforms!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
That noise….
It’s stamped into all of our brains….
For those that need a refresher….
Remember when every single click was calculated in MINUTES?
I remember literally ONLY clicking on webpages that I knew DIDN’T have too many IMAGES on them… otherwise it simply WOUDN’T LOAD!
Crazy…
But you know what struck me today, right between the eyes?
That was the internet, LITERALLY 10-12 years ago.
Think about that for a split second.
Try to transport yourself back 10 years….
And now try to imagine something like UBER…..
Remember, you are 10 years in the past.
Your internet connection is NOT fast…
Fast isn’t even in it’s vocabulary.
Now, try to imagine a car…
Connected to millions of other cars…
That is connected to BILLIONS of people…
Through devices that fit in our pockets….
That track our location instantly…
Perform thousands of calculations instantly…
And deliver a car to us, in under 5 minutes, no matter where we are in the World….
Just honestly put yourself in your old shoes…
And ask yourself…
Would I ACTUALLY have been ABLE to imagine that?
The answer is, OF COURSE YOU WOULDN’T!
Your frame of reference was SO FAR OFF from the exponentially different future, that you LITERALLY couldn’t have conceived of such a thing…
Yet here we are….
Using it…..
There are dozens if not THOUSANDS of examples…..
Netflix
The Amazon Alexa
Zoom
Facetime
You get the idea…..
What I want to propose to you today is this….
This rate of change is SPEEDING UP… NOT slowing down..
It’s exponential….
What I’m saying is that 10 years from now, the World will look MORE different from TODAY, than 10 years ago looked from today…
Does that make sense?
OF COURSE IT DOESN’T! BECAUSE EXPONENTIAL THINGS DON’T MAKE SENSE TO HUMANS!
Don’t believe me?
Let me ask you this….
If you fold a paper in on itself 50 times, how FAR does that paper reach???
Most people will say 2 inches…
Want to know the correct answer?
IT REACHES TO THE FREAKING SUN….
Google it if you don’t believe me…
I stole that analogy wholeheartedly from my number 1 book recommendation, Jeff Booth’s “THE PRICE OF TOMORROW”.
Here’s the link, if you haven’t read it, you are literally missing out WOW it’s bad ->
https://www.amazon.com/Price-Tomorrow-Deflation-Abundant-Future/dp/1999257405
Jeff is also doing a long form podcast series on the “What is Money” show, which inspired this letter -> https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-booth-series-episode-1-inflation-opposes-innovation/id1541404400?i=1000517851753
I just wanted to remind all you loyal readers today that most people have ZERO idea about the future.
They don’t even understand the basic concept that technology is moving SO MUCH FASTER THAN WE CAN COMPREHEND….
And its compounding affects will in turn affect our lives, SO MUCH MORE THAN WE CAN COMPREHEND.
This might sound dumb, but I think of it like this…
Person #1 (99.9% of humanity) - Never seriously thinks about technology, has no concept of what exponentials even are, much less their implications…
Person #2 - (.0001% of humanity) - still can’t FULLY grasp the changes ahead, otherwise we’d all be billionaires. However, they are actively fighting to LEARN these concepts and use this knowledge to predict future outcomes.
Which group do you want to be in?
If you answered that question about the sun above incorrectly….
(and let’s be honest, we ALL did the first time…)
Then you need to realize, right here right now, that THAT is the same way the future looks to us…
Our understanding of the way technology will affect us is so far off that it hurts me a little bit inside….
So, the ONLY thing we can do is to educate ourselves.
To be ahead of the curve.
And to think about these concepts more deeply.
I REALLY encourage each and every one of you to read that book and maybe check out the podcast as well…
I truly think about the stuff talked about in them DAILY, if not HOURLY.
I think it is going to give me a MASSIVE edge when it comes to investing and entrepreneurship going forward, simply because most people aren’t even THINKING about these concepts, much less UNDERSTANDING THEM.
See you all tomorrow, if this helped you, plz consider subscribing…
Kale
About the Author: Kale Abrahamson has done over $50,000,000 in online E-Commerce Sales and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, ESPN, & Home Business Magazine. He lives in Pittsburgh, PA with his beautiful wife Samantha and helps Entrepreneurs start and scale their online businesses + invest the returns.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
I just want to show you one chart today (or maybe 7)
This first one I like to call the “HAHAHAHA YOU THOUGHT BITCOIN WAS DEAD, BOUNCE”
On Sunday, the price dropped to $47,000 and then IMMEDIATELY and VIOLENTLY bounced back to $53,000 and has basically continued upwards since then…
I’m just going to flat out say it.
You heard it here first.
THE BOTTOM IS IN.
BITCOIN WILL NEVER GO BELOW $50,000 AGAIN.
There, I said it.
And honestly, let’s be real, I’m not the only one who thinks this…..
Charles Edwards….
William with a beautiful chart…
And my favorite Analyst, Willy Woo, says that his new FLOOR price is $50,000…
Oh, and the price has literally NEVER closed a day below that floor price….
“Floor price model is currently steady at $50.0k, price has hit this price as of the latest close on 24th April. The capital flows into the network (from which the floor model is based) is forming a bottom pattern, so it's quite likely the bottom of this correction has formed.”
Oh, AND that little idea called Stock to Flow….
Seems to be working SHOCKINGLY well…
Never you mind that it predicts a price between $100k and $288k THIS YEAR….
It’s “PROBABLY NOTHING”… As they say… :)
I don’t know what else to say guys, other than this is probably the buying opportunity of a lifetime (or several lifetimes) for Bitcoin.
I’ve literally considered selling my house, cars, and kidneys in order to buy more…
Alas, those things aren’t nearly as liquid as Bitcoin, and I think by the time I pulled it off the price will already be nearing 6 digits.
It’s going to be a WILD summer…..
Subscribe to this letter if you want more updates as we go!
Kale
About the Author: Kale Abrahamson has done over $50,000,000 in online E-Commerce Sales and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, ESPN, & Home Business Magazine. He lives in Pittsburgh, PA with his beautiful wife Samantha and helps Entrepreneurs start and scale their online businesses + invest the returns.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Guys and Gals,
Bad news for you today.
The “experts” are wrong.
Ever heard this quote?
I’m calling BS on that…..
I think this is awful advice and makes people broke, unhappy, and wondering if something is wrong with them…..
Here’s the truth.
We all want the same thing.
I think I’m in a good position to speak to the truth of this.
For the past 3 years, I’ve worked with 20,000+ entrepreneurs, who all want to start or scale their online businesses.
Yes, 20,000.
Want to know what they ALL want?
Literally every single one of them?
Freedom.
Time freedom.
Choice freedom.
“Do what I want when I want” freedom.
That’s what people really want.
The money? Just a means to an end.
So, if we all want the exact same thing, and a business or job is just a VEHICLE to get us there…. why are we worried about what vehicle it is?
Let me put it another way….
Path #1 - You drive in a Rolls Royce Ghost for 10 years, and end up at your freedom destination.
Path #2 - You drive in a beat up 1950’s Honda Civic for 2 years, and end up at your freedom destination.
Read those again if you missed the difference.
Are you willing to give up 8 years just to get to the same destination “in style?”
At the end of the day, you’re still stuck in a car!!!
That’s how I feel most people are operating though.
They are more concerned with their current pain points in their current job or business, than they are with actually getting to the destination.
I’ve literally seen people start a business centered around a product that made them feel more “comfortable” that was BLACK AND WHITE less profitable than another product, and GUARANTEED to slow down their journey to success, THOUSANDS of times.
It’s extremely common, and I wish it wasn’t.
Here’s the REAL issue with it.
I’m all about enjoying what you do, but the problem is, you always end up hating it anyway, because it’s NOT the final destination and EVERY JOB eventually wears on you.
I loved basketball more than pretty much anything.
I was great at it.
But then it turned into a job.
And I ended up hating it.
Now, I love coaching Entrepreneurs and helping them become successful.
But if I’m totally honest with you guys?
I’ve still hated it at times.
It’s still a job… a means to the true end that is FREEDOM and not HAVING to work if you don’t want to.
Honestly, I can speak to that as well.
I REALLY started to hate my company and work in general at the times when I had NO CHOICE.
I HAD to keep running it.
Keep scaling it.
Keep growing it.
Just to put food on the table.
THAT SUCKED.
Because I didn’t have a choice.
In fact, as a psychology major I can tell you one thing, humans are MOST miserable when they feel they have no choice.
There’s this famous experiment where they literally sit people in a chair and shock them.
One group gets a button (that does nothing but they don’t know that).
They are told, if you press the button you can lessen the intensity of the shock.
The other group gets nothing and just has to sit there and get shocked.
Guess who experienced EXTREMELY higher levels of pain and anxiety?
You guessed it, the ones who had NO CHOICE, no CONTROL over the situation.
Want to know when my companies became FUN again?
Was it when I molded them into my “perfect lifestyle so I’d never have to work again because I loved it so much? (que the butterflies and rainbows)”… NO.
It was when money became non important to the equation.
Once I had enough money to realistically retire whenever I wanted, instantly all the stress changed for me.
I knew I COULD just stop and go to my eventual freedom destination RIGHT NOW if I wanted to.
And that POSSIBILITY ALONE has cleared my mind unlike any “lifestyle planning” or “doing what you love” seminar ever could….
So what can you take away from this?
Stop acting like your job is supposed to fulfill you. It’s not. It never will.
Entrepreneurs, same thing. Your business is not God. It doesn’t complete you.
Everyone, including you, no matter how much you lie to yourself, wants the SAME THING. FREEDOM. So take the quickest route to actually achieve that freedom.
IMPORTANT: That route might not be easy. Deal with it. It’s better to fight tooth and nail for a short period and achieve what you actually set out to achieve in the first place.
Subscribe dang it! This letter is ridiculous.
Also share it with someone!
Are you not entertained?
Kale
About the Author: Kale Abrahamson has done over $50,000,000 in online E-Commerce Sales and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, ESPN, & Home Business Magazine. He lives in Pittsburgh, PA with his beautiful wife Samantha and helps Entrepreneurs start and scale their online businesses + invest the returns.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Focus is huge.
Just getting YOU to FOCUS on this letter for the next 2 minutes is difficult.
So I’m going to respect your time and get right to it.
Here’s what I know about FOCUS (Flow of Consciousness Style)
There are serious LEVELS to this. Picture Lebron James vs YOU on the basketball court. Different levels right? There’s high school level, collegiate level, professional level, and Lebron levels of focus. You with me?
You aren’t truly focused on something unless you CAN’T FALL ASLEEP EASILY, because you are ALWAYS thinking about it. (This is actually my #1 indicator of whether or not I’m about to breakthrough on something, if I’m obsessing about it and it’s affecting my sleep, it generally means I’m in full beast mode….)
Focus is a “NO” game more than it is a “YES” game. You can’t say “YES” to absolute focus unless you say “NO” to basically everything and everyone else. This is difficult.
Focus is most easily achieved when your INCENTIVES promote absolute focus. (I.E. massive monetary reward if you do x,y,z over the next 3 months)
You often have more control over your incentives than you would think. Try changing the REWARD and your focus will follow suit.
Still not convinced focus even matters? Trying to do 500 things at once? Research and every successful person in the world will vehemently disagree with you. It is better to be the best in the World at ONE thing than average at 55.
You can take this too far. Constantly checking your phone because you are “focused” and neglecting your wife is a recipe for disaster. Focus on one thing with all your energy, at a time. That means when you put work down for the day, focus on your spouse or whatever else you are attending to, 100%.
Focus leads to dreaming which is not a bad thing, let it happen. When I’m PEAK focused sometimes my mind WILL wander to the results. I’ll dream about the vacation, or the car, or the money hitting the bank account…. THIS IS GOOD. DON’T STOP IT. The more that you VISUALIZE the end result the more likely your brain will come up with a way to ACHIEVE IT.
Once you have the dream, the FOCUS should be pointed at LEVERS. Getting the dream is not a function of doing 99 things well. It’s a function of doing 1, maybe 2 things, RELENTLESSLY. Take the time and focus on finding what those LEVERS are, the things that ACTUALLY move the needle towards your goals. Then focus ALL your attention on those and NONE of your attention on the other stuff.
Focusing like this will cause you to drop the ball (on other things). This can be scary. What I like to do is picture all those other things (that I know I’m going to drop the ball on) and ask myself “What’s the worst thing that could happen?”. You will realize that most of the time, it truly is better to ask for forgiveness than permission…. If “dropping the ball” can be rectified by one quick apology, isn’t it a worthwhile price to pay for RELENTLESS FOCUS on the things that matter the most?
OVERDO IT. If you are truly focused on something, losing isn’t an option. So why leave it up to chance? I know I’m truly committed and focused when I relentlessly overdo my response to something. For instance, if I know I need 100 leads per day to achieve my goal, I will find a way to ENSURE, without a doubt, that I get 200. This is a simplistic example but basically what you are doing is bringing an ARMY to a backyard brawl. The odds should not be fair. Stack them in your favor through relentless focus and energy.
If you got something valuable out of this you owe me $10.
Seriously.
It’s $10 a month ($50 a YEAR) to read this letter. And I know you ain’t payin yet.
Do me a huge favor and subscribe please, I really appreciate it and it FOCUSES ME on writing this letter every day and bringing you the best stuff I can possibly bring.
Kale
About the Author: Kale Abrahamson has done over $50,000,000 in online E-Commerce Sales and has been featured in Forbes, Business Insider, ESPN, & Home Business Magazine. He lives in Pittsburgh, PA with his beautiful wife Samantha and helps Entrepreneurs start and scale their online businesses + invest the returns.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Obviously had to do a quick note on Dogecoin, which I’m sure you’ve heard of by now, haha!
I’ve gotten a ton of texts and emails from people that I told to buy Bitcoin 12 months ago, who never did, who now bought some Doge…
It’s hilarious, but I’m trying to see it objectively.
First, what the heck is Dogecoin?
It’s literally a joke coin. The founders created it as a joke.
However, it is increasing in value MUCH more rapidly than a joke deserves!
It is now worth over 50 BILLION DOLLARS…
I know, it’s insane.
This has been aided by MEME CULTURE, particularly Elon Musk, who loves memeing Dogecoin to the stratosphere.
If you haven’t seen the memes just search Dogecoin on twitter, you’ll get the idea.
So, the 50 billion dollar question, is it a good investment?
Well, if you would have put $1,000 in it in January you’d be able to afford a fully loaded Tesla Model S right now…. so by that definition, YES! haha!
However, it’s hard to say that a coin that was literally created as a joke is a good investment, so I’d rather phrase the question like this…
What does it MEAN that Doge has made (some) people filthy rich?
1) The memes are the message. The legacy media doesn’t understand social media, which is why they are basically extinct and headed closer down that path every single day.
Influencers with audiences control the narrative, and can motivate millions of people to do just about anything, including investing in Dogecoin.
2) The currency is the real joke.
If the US dollar and other world currencies actually held their value, do you think that Dogecoin would be doing what it’s doing?
Of course not.
People are motivated to gamble on things like Dogecoin because of the situations they are in.
Incentives drive behavior.
Right now, it is downright stupid to keep cash in the bank, and everyone knows it.
All the “traditional” investments are saturated and overpriced.
Stock market is at all time highs.
So people are forced into alternative investments in order to try to get a return on their ever more worthless dollars.
3) Nothing is impossible anymore. It seems impossible, ludicrous, even that 9 year old tic tockers are buying their parents Lamborghini’s from their Dogecoin earnings….
Yet, it’s happening.
I actually LOVE this about Doge.
It makes it so BLATANTLY OBVIOUS that the system is broken.
Working 9-5 to make 50k and barely get by?
Or put $50 in a meme coin 6 months ago and sit on your butt an eat cheetos?
Same. Exact. Result.
If people didn’t understand that money does NOT have to be earned through traditional means before COVID and the rise of Crypto… they sure do now….
I expect this to lead to a surge in Entrepreneurship unlike anything the World has EVER seen before…
Starting a business seems infinitely less risky compared with investing in a Dog Meme coin that could crash 99% overnight and has multiple times throughout history…..
So, would I invest in Doge?
Honestly, I don’t have any.
I thought about yoling a few grand on it just to see what would happen…
But I sleep much better with my money in Bitcoin.
Something that actually has fundamental value to society.
And a clear use case towards massive price increases.
Now, I’m NOT saying Doge won’t keep going up, because it sure as heck could.
Overall, I think understanding that Doge is just a symptom of a broken monetary system that is evolving extremely quickly due to technology is the right way to view it.
From an investment perspective, we need to learn from Doge, not just mock it.
That “learning” has simply strengthened my conviction in Bitcoin, and I will continue to keep you subscribers updated on that thesis as we go through the rest of this bull run this year.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Everyone’s been asking me why Bitcoin crashed $10,000 a couple days ago, seemingly overnight…
Honestly, I have no idea, but Willy Woo does! :)
Here’s the thread, I would encourage you to read through it if you are interested…
Basically it looks like it was a combination of things….
1) Giant power outage in Xinjiang China (which was known ahead of time by someone in China with a lot of Bitcoin)
2) Someone with 9,000 BTC who knew the power outage was coming, moving his coins to sell…
3) The combination of the sell off of those coins, plus the blackout temporarily reduced the Bitcoin hash rate…
4) caused massive liquidations in the trading market which sent the price plummeting…
That’s a very high level explanation, see the thread for more details.
But the REAL question is, does it matter?
I hate to break it to you, but later in the year, when Bitcoin is crashing from $200,000 down to $150,000 in one day, this is going to seem like small potatoes….
I hate to break it to you again, but this is WHAT BITCOIN DOES…..
Price swings like this are what you PAY for in order to get FREEDOM and MASSIVE UPSIDE.
What do I mean by this?
For instance, let’s take more “traditional” markets, like the stock market, say Apple stock specifically.
If Apple stock crashed 20% in a few minutes, likely the rest of the market would do the same.
The federal reserve would instantly go into a panic, and wall street would get bailed out, yet again.
They would print trillions and trillions and inject the market with liquidity.
Bitcoin has no such circuit breakers.
The market doesn’t stop trading if the price starts to fall.
The market doesn’t even stop trading at 5pm for the end of the “work day”.
It is open, free, completely decentralized, and out of anyones control.
In order to go from fringe experiment to World Reserve Currency, without the help of these traditional institutions, there are going to be swings, plain and simple.
The good news is, these swings, over a longer period of time, have equaled 200% YEAR OVER YEAR RETURNS FOR THE LAST 12 YEARS.
It’s the best performing asset of all time.
And the good news is, if you know what you’re buying, these price swings affect you exactly ZERO percent.
Was I stressed out when my wife was like “what the hell is going on!” at midnight the other night as I watched the price crash?
No, I was checking my bank balance seeing if I had any money to buy more at these lower prices.
Why is that?
Because NOTHING, and I mean NOTHING has changed about the investment case for Bitcoin.
World Governments haven’t stopped the money printing binge, and they never will.
There’s still only 21 Million Bitcoin.
The institutions are still coming and buying in force.
There LITERALLY aren’t enough coins to go around (record number of coins being purchased and taken off exchanges, never to be seen again)
The past Bitcoin cycles place us at MAYBE halfway through this bull run. Which means we have AT LEAST 2-3x upside from here, THIS YEAR, probably 4-5x.
So, yeah, these dips might scare people who are crazy and trading with leverage or who don’t understand what they are actually buying.
For me, it’s just an opportunity to scoop up more coins.
Remember how it seems “crazy” that anyone could have bought Bitcoin under $10,000?
Like, that would have been such an INSANE opportunity, right?
That’s EXACTLY how people are going to feel about $60,000 in about 3 months…
See you tomorrow if you’re subscribed!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you, who wants to accomplish big things…
Ever heard the slogan, “Just do it?”
I realized yesterday that it isn’t just for Nike…
I realized that 90+% of the breakthroughs in my life have come from “Just Doing It…”
Case in point….
This advertisement….
We’ve run over 200 MILLION views to this ONE VIDEO using paid advertising, both on Facebook and Google.
We’ve spent over $10,000,000 PAYING for people to watch this ONE video….
When you stop and think about that for a second, it really proves everything I’m always talking about on this letter.
This ONE AD has outperformed all of our other THOUSANDS of ads… COMBINED….
It’s like that with everything in your life, btw.
Not all decisions are created equal.
But back to “JUST DO IT.”
Guess how many “takes” of this ad we did?
Just guess….
Yep.
1
ONE SOLO TAKE.
Guess how much planning we did for it?
Zero.
I kid you not, I just wrote that stuff out on the whiteboard, said to Taylor, “wouldn’t it be hilarious if we made fun of all the dudes with lamborghinis?”
We walked out to the alley way.
And filmed it with ZERO planning.
I’m very very serious.
If that’s not “JUST DO IT” I don’t know what is….
What if I would have called a team meeting to discuss the best ad strategy instead?
Or overanalyzed it, worried about what shirt I was wearing, or some other BS?
Would I be sitting here today writing you this letter in the financial position I’m in?
It’s honestly hard to say that I would be….
I’ve noticed this is true with basically everything in life, as long as you are pointed in the right direction…
That’s very key…
You can’t “Just do it” for random stuff that doesn’t matter.
I had my direction right.
There were probably 75 things I could have done that day instead of film that ad….
Optimize fb ad campaigns
help out customers in the facebook group
Do a livestream
do a webinar
search for amazon products to sell
You get the idea…
But only ONE of those things would have the BIGGEST impact on the business.
Essentially, at that point in our company, ADS were the ENGINE of the business.
Take the engine out of the car, and it doesn’t go very far, right?
Well, the actual VIDEOS that were used as ads, were the GASOLINE to that engine.
And I knew that.
So, because I had the courage to “Just Do It” it worked out very well for us.
Had I “Just done it” on any of those other (less important things) it probably wouldn’t have been effective at all.
So, that’s what I’ll leave you with today.
1) Figure out what the ENGINE of your car is.
What is the #1, not #2, #3, or #4 most important thing, in ANY situation in your life right now? Figure out what is REALLY the most important. That’s your ENGINE.
2) GO PUT GAS IN THAT ENGINE, LITERALLY RIGHT NOW.
Don’t wait. Don’t plan. Don’t deliberate.
Just GO.
JUST DO IT.
You’re welcome. I’m serious, this is probably my #1 method for breakthroughs in any area of my business and life.
If you enjoyed this please share it with just ONE person. It would mean the world to me.
Kale
p.s. literally 5 spots left out of 15 total for that mastermind I’ve been talking about all week. I assume we will be sold out by the weekend so apply today if interested -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/the-takeover
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Guys, Gals.
I apologize.
I totally forgot to write this letter today.
I was on calls all day for our new MASTERMIND (we literally have 5 spots left btw if you’re interested) -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/the-takeover
I forgot how much I loved working with people one on one.
Quick story, one of my favorite people ever, Gary Hutton, joined the mastermind today…
About 3 years ago, his situation was MUCH different.
He literally emailed me, you can see the date there, saying “Believe me, I wish I was kidding.”
He was literally sleeping in some strange room on an air mattress…
Using a laptop from 2006…
And hanging out with his Dog…
That’s literally all he had….
Fast forward a few months later, after working one on one with Gary…
And he was doing $30k a month…
And then $40k…
And then, he posted this…
He literally flew his girl to the beach and proposed out there….
I don’t know, but this choked me up, and still gets me all teary eyed TO THIS DAY….
And then, all the sudden, Gary is in the mastermind…
IT’S LITERALLY COME FULL CIRCLE.
From both of us working out of tiny rooms, trying to make it.
To Gary flying out to hang out at MY HOUSE with 15 other 6, 7, 8, and 9 figure entrepreneurs….
I mean, it’s absolutely bananas.
That’s the American dream, the entrepreneurial dream, right there.
If you would like to hang out with us too, I’d encourage you to apply here NOW -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/the-takeover
I literally never planned on using this letter to sell ANYTHING, however, this one deserves special circumstances….
There’s literally only 15 spots.
10 are already sold.
And then that’s it.
You get 4 weeks one on one access to me, and doing those zoom calls today has REMINDED ME of how FUN it is to work ONE ON ONE with people like Gary, from all walks of life, and simply try to help them make more money and be more successful.
I don’t know where you are at in your journey but I bet I can help you.
And there’s only one way to find out…
Let me ask you this, can you afford NOT to at least apply?
Remember, one conversation can literally change EVERYTHING, and not all conversations are created equal.
See you guys tomorrow, I promise not to forget again.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
No greeting today.
Rant starting, immediately.
I literally never play by the rules.
I have a freaking aversion to it.
It almost makes my stomach hurt when people, companies, or literally anyone tries to throw them on me…
Ever get the “That’s just how we do things?”
Yeah, me too, except, that’s NOT how it rolls with me, haha!
Here’s a few quick examples so you can understand where I’m coming from.
I’m not talking about LAWS or anything like that.
I’m talking about “Conventional Wisdom” that is totally and utterly worthless and should be run from like you would run from an angry grizzly bear.
Phone Calls - I literally don’t take them. Here’s a screenshot of my phone if you don’t believe me. (P.S. if this gives you anxiety, you may be suffering from “I care way too much about what other people think about me” disease.)
Zoom calls? Only if something is literally burning down.
Meetings in general? Nope, avoid like the plague.
Stupid processes that cost me time at the expense of a couple dollars? Nope.
I’m ranting today so I’m just going to keep going.
Most unsuccessful people put a $0 an hour time value on their time.
This ties in with playing by the rules because most rules are a complete and utter waste of time, and only make sense because most people are too dumb to realize their time is the most precious thing.
For instance
Why does it take 2 hours and a trip to the bank to send a wire transfer? Because the rules are outdated and stupid and will soon be extinct.
Why do I NEED to take your phone call, some strange outdated sense of obligation? No, you can just quickly text me the details. Thank you.
Why do I NEED to listen to your negativity about my business or current strategy? Because you have some fancy title? Nope. I’ll find someone else thanks.
People in general care WAY TOO MUCH about what people think about them.
They will do dumb things like..
Go to parties and meetups with people they dislike simply because they were invited and feel bad saying no.
Allow a friend to talk about themselves for 5 hours straight and then go home feeling better while you are completely drained and not say a word about it.
Stay living in the same dumb area where it’s cloudy and cold and you literally suffer from seasonal depression simply because your mom (who you don’t really like) lives there….
AM I GETTING TOO REAL FOR YOU TODAY?
I just don’t understand why people STRESS OUT and cause themselves ANXIETY over things that literally don’t matter.
I literally write this in every letter but here it is again.
99% of your decisions and actions and thoughts, ALL OF IT, doesn’t matter ONE BIT towards getting you where you want to go.
Literally it’s worthless.
Might as well be a pile of poo.
So when you find yourself DOING an activity that isn’t actually moving the needle on what is important to you… why do you keep doing it??
That’s the real thing I can’t figure out today, I’ll gladly take answers in the comments if you have them…..
Why do humans…
Work a crappy job for 23k a year after taxes for any reason, ever? The internet exists.
Persist in crappy relationships that their own best friends can see are terrible, when there are better options physically in sight?
Continue to work on that idea or business that is totally doomed when they could easily pivot and start other things?
I’m sure, actually I know (Psychology degree here) that there is a ton of nuance to all of this and the reasons why people do dumb things.
But when I was sitting down to write this today it kind of just hit me…
It all comes back to your ability to not give a crap.
It all comes back to your ability to say NO, and do the OPPOSITE of what the “rule” or “convention” is.
This is not something that is learned overnight.
You need to practice.
So, your homework for today?
JUST SAY NO.
Don’t apologize.
Don’t clarify.
Just start saying NO to EVERYTHING that isn’t getting you where you want to go in life.
No is my favorite word in the English language, it truly is.
Unlock the power of NO, TODAY, and report back to me tomorrow with your results.
Or, don’t.
You have the option to say “No”, remember :)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
I would normally NEVER do this, but this is URGENT.
As many of you know, my business partner and I have done over $40,000,000 in online sales the past 3 years.
We’ve sold a lot of stuff, haha.
But, the ONE THING we’ve NEVER sold?
Our TIME.
That’s because time is our most precious resource, and we can never get it back.
However, as many of you know from reading yesterday’s letter, I recently traveled to Las Vegas for a Mastermind, which TOTALLY re-framed how I view those events.
We’ve decided that it’s time we shared our most precious resource, our time, and really helped a SELECT FEW scale their businesses and lives to an 8-figure level….
That’s why we’ve developed THE TAKEOVER -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/the-takeover
We "takeover" your business and life for 4 weeks, and mold you into the multi-millionaire version of yourself in the process.
-
Then, we fly you out to Pittsburgh and cement the habits forever.
-
Welcome to the new you.....
Watch the video at the link above in order to get a better idea of what’s involved.
No matter what your situation, whether you are already doing 6 or 7 figures, or just getting started, we are going to do everything CUSTOM.
We are going to take 4 weeks of our lives, open up our calendars, and essentially takeover as your CEO for a little while.
Train you to think differently.
Train you to act differently.
Train you to scale better and be more efficient with YOUR time.
There is no one size fits all, which is why we are only taking 15 people.
(also, we already sold 5 of these yesterday without advertising anything, so there’s only 10 left)
This is going to be a mastermind of epic proportions.
Not only are we going to 1 on 1 coach you for 4 weeks, we’re going to meet up, here in Pittsburgh, and cement all these new beliefs and habits.
I’ve already got confirmed attendance from…
a $3,000,000/year Amazon FBA Seller
a $1,000,000/year Amazon FBA Seller & Massive Shopify/Jane Seller
$100,000/mth E-commerce businesses (credit & insurance lead gen)
Possibly other special guests that will remain a surprise.
Obviously me and Taylor and our families.
Anyway, it’s going to be ridiculously fun, and it’s probably going to sell out today or tomorrow honestly, so I thought it was worth a letter to warn you to apply while you can.
Here’s the link one more time -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/the-takeover
I’ll leave you with this…
If you’ve been reading this letter you know one thing, for sure.
NOT ALL DECISIONS ARE CREATED EQUAL.
1% of your decisions result in 99% of your results.
This is one of those 1% decisions.
How do I know?
Because I LITERALLY just did it.
I paid MORE than you will, and got LESS one on one help than you will, and it was STILL worth it.
We are not in this for some weak result that doesn’t change people’s lives.
This is serious business, so please don’t apply unless you want to really have a blast with us and get some stuff done!
Kale
p.s. if you know a business owner or dreamer who would be interested feel free to forward this email before the spots are gone.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you beautiful human you…
Ever wondered what it feels like to be a millionaire?
Not trying to write this from a bragadocious place… seriously… it’s just been on my mind lately…
Particularly, this week, when I traveled to Vegas for a business conference.
Normally, when I’m at home, I’m not surrounded by other millionaires on a daily basis.
And that’s okay, I love my people here, they are family.
But the second I stepped into that room in Vegas, I was suddenly NOT EVEN CLOSE to the most successful one in the room…
Every time I sat down at a table for dinner there would be 7,8,12 entrepreneurs worth 10, 50, 100 Million dollars each….
It really put it into perspective for me, that it DOES feel DIFFERENT.
I think maybe growing a business in the same environment for years on end makes you numb to the changes….
You get the car
You get the house
You go on the trips…
It all starts to feel so “normal”….
And then, all the sudden you’re pulled out of your normal environment, and you realize that things really ARE different….
Waiters and Hotel Staff automatically treat your group differently….
People literally stop and look over at the group, not because of how we look, but some unseen confidence or something… strange…
People LISTEN TO YOU.
That was the big one for me.
I think if there’s anything to look forward to, for those of you who aspire to be multi-millionaire Entrepreneurs, it’s that.
Even after building massive companies, I’ve always kind of felt “less than”.
I thought that if I got in a room with other wicked smart entrepreneurs they wouldn’t respect me, or look down on me.
The exact opposite is actually true.
Ever heard the term “game respects game?”
We used to say it in basketball all the time.
It means, if you can hoop (play basketball well) you get respect, period.
IT’S THE EXACT SAME IN BUSINESS.
Once you get REALLY GOOD at something, those who know HOW FREAKING HARD IT IS to do will LISTEN TO YOU.
You’ll have conversations that light you up, that make you actually grow instead of being lulled to sleep.
You’ll LEARN from these conversations, instead of being the only one providing value to the group.
You’ll find yourself listening, and wishing you were taking notes.
THIS is the REAL value of becoming a millionaire.
Yes, the money is nice.
Yes, it can buy amazing opportunities for me, my beautiful wife, and my family.
But the real value is that you can make an IMPACT, at SCALE.
You’ve learned skills that can help dozens, if not hundreds, if not millions of people.
You’ve EARNED respect from people that you thought would always look down on you.
And now you can USE those connections to build even BIGGER companies and help even MORE people at SCALE.
And it feels good!
Please, don’t let anyone put you down just because you want to make a lot of money.
Trust me, it sucks sometimes to be called “lucky” when things start falling your way.
Not everyone is going to be down with you up-leveling them, and that’s okay.
I actually met Pretty Ricky this weekend…
You know.. the R&B group?
I’m sitting there with Spectacular Smith (the rapper in the group).
He’s an incredible dude.
He said something extremely powerful that stuck with me….
“If you have friends who aren’t PUSHING you to move on once they see you leveling up, they aren’t your friends.
They should WANT you to be in a bigger pond.
If you are the biggest fish in the pond, it’s time for a new pond. You want to be the smallest fish.”
So, to summarize, what does it FEEL like?
It feels like YOU, with more opportunity.
If you were a jagoff before, you’ll just be a rich jagoff now.
If you were kind and generous before, you will be moreso now.
It feels freaking GOOD. People who tell you it doesn’t probably don’t actually have the money.
Mostly, it feels kind of bada**. There’s something special about ignoring literally EVERYONE (which you need to do in order to make a million) and then being RIGHT.
For those of you who haven’t experienced this feeling yet, but want to, drop a comment below.
Rolling out a 19 person, 4 week, virtual + in-person mastermind with me and my business partner, today.
We’re literally only taking 19 people, because I don’t think I can fit more than 19 people and their families in my house (where we’re having the in person event in 4 weeks).
So if you’re interested let me know in the comments and I’ll get you a link to apply.
Going to do everything I can over the next 4 weeks to inspire these 19 people to join the ranks in the 7-figure club, and most importantly, use that newfound wealth for GOOD.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
At a business conference in Vegas currently, so I’ll keep it short today.
Coinbase announced it’s earnings yesterday, and will go public in a week or so…
Pretty ridiculous numbers if you ask me….
For context…..
Coinbase has 4x the users of ROBINHOOD…..
+ They did more revenue in Q1 of 2021 than ALL of 2020….
That’s pretty insane, coupled with the fact that they made a cool $1.1 BILLY in EBITA…. (earnings before taxes and stuff)
So what does this mean for Bitcoin?
Temporarily, I’ve kind of always expected this to take a little bit of money AWAY from Bitcoin….
Wall street is still caught up in this strange thing called diversifying… :)
And Coinbase is the BIGGEST company in the crypto space.
So obviously, a lot of money is going to flow that way for the initial offering, which is money that could otherwise have gone into Bitcoin.
However, I only expect this to hamper Bitcoin’s progress quite temporarily….
Maybe only for a week or so….
Once the CB IPO completely blows up, all it does is BRING MORE ATTENTION to Bitcoin, because once you start researching the importance of Coinbase it all comes back to the one coin that rules them all…
Speaking of the one coin that rules them all, apparently Walmart is buying it as well…
I’ve seen multiple respected people vouch for this guy, so I have to assume it’s legit…
If Walmart (in my mind one of the most traditional, brick and mortar type businesses) is stacking Bitcoin… it begs the question.. who the hell else is???
My prediction is there will be anywhere from 10-50 announcements in the next 2-3 months from big companies that have been adding this to their balance sheet.
Finally, there has been some SERIOUS stacking going on by people that don’t want to sell….
Willy likes to call them the “Rick Astley” buyers, because they never sell.
As you can see, when the RED bars (strong hands who don’t sell) BUY, the price goes up.
I expect a huge run up to 70k+ within 2-6 weeks.
I would say 2-3 weeks but this Coinbase IPO might keep us sideways for a while…
Who knows!
Regardless, going to be a fun year.
Kale
P.S. Many future stories will remain exclusive to paid subscribers. By subscribing to The Kale Letter for just $5 a month or $50 a year, you will have immediate access to my best work. You can subscribe by clicking the button below:
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
It’s Good Friday! Starting today, every Friday I want to do something DIFFERENT with this letter.
Just something totally random, not a traditional letter, traditional is boring.
I think “New Format Friday” will help people learn, and teach in a way that sticks with people.
The idea I had for today is this….
—> Here’s everything I know about business and making money, typed out “flow of consciousness” style.
for those wondering why you should care, my businesses have generated nearly $50,000,000 in revenue in the past 36 months
Most of your “daily grind” doesn’t matter
You can make one investment that will outperform your entire company if you research it hard enough
Autopilot is real, and attainable (paradoxically, through many 15 hour days)
There’s a reason there are “venture capitalists” (starting a business is hard)
Within the first 18 months of your business the company will either fail or outrun 99.99999% of your competition.
A good product IS NOT everything. It helps.
Advertising and SALES are the engine of your business.
If it doesn’t seem like a business is advertising much, it’s because they are really good at it.
A great salesman won’t even be labeled “salesman” (cough cough Elon Musk)
Income is 100% NOT RELATED to time OR effort (after the first 18 months)
One great hire can replace 40 average workers
You should never, ever, hire friends
Getting a great business partner is a 1/1,000 chance.
99.9% of people should NOT get a business partner.
50% of a million dollar company is better than 100% of a thousand dollar company.
Zero interest credit cards are the quickest way for most people to get “start-up capital”. (plus it motivates you to scale before the 12 months are up)
“I have an idea” is literally worthless and if you say it to an entrepreneur they will instantly tune out.
“I just want to pick your brain” is equally bad.
No one has it all figured out.
Billionaires are still just pretending to know what the heck is going on.
The bigger your company, the more people are slacking off.
“Show me the incentives, and I’ll show you the results”
Keeping cash on your balance sheet is a liability not an asset.
Everything is saturated.
Everything has fierce competition.
New, innovative ideas are more unique than unicorns. Most success is playing off an existing idea and executing better.
Execution is all that matters. Talk is cheap.
It doesn’t matter what kind of camera you have. Gear is a distraction.
You’re better off playing to your strengths and finding a way to be profitable doing things that don’t make you hate your life (after the first 18 months, everything will suck during the first 18 months)
Your friends probably give crappy advice.
So do your parents.
If you hang around with people who make less money than you too much, you won’t make as much money (this one sucks but it’s true)
One conversation with the right person can literally be worth $1,000,000.
Most conversations, 99.999% of them, are a waste of your time business wise.
Stop doing group meetings. Just stop.
Real intelligence is demonstrated by your ability to clearly articulate your thoughts through text.
You should be able to hire and vet people solely through email.
Hire fast and fire faster.
Give people a one month trial, and then boot them if they don’t blow your mind.
The first $1,000 is indeed the hardest.
You can take billions of dollars off this planet and no one will even notice.
Money is a mindset.
“Opposite day” is a Seinfeld Episode, but probably how you should live your whole life.
If you care what people think about you you should do everything in your power to expunge that feeling. It’s one of the costliest emotions and hurts your ability to generate wealth.
Business is a marathon with no ending. Eventually every racer gets tired. If you just keep running you will win, period.
Pick a race you can run for the long term.
But that’s really hard, so better yet, just start running a race.
If it doesn’t work out, you can change directions and start running another one.
“Pivot” should be one of your favorite words.
“Asymmetric” IS my favorite word.
Asymmetric as in, DISPROPORTIONAL, not UNIFORM, not EQUAL.
Your decisions are not PROPORTIONAL in WEIGHT or MEANING. Some are VASTLY more important than others.
Your RESULTS are not the result of a proportional amount of effort. They are the result of an ASYMMETRIC FEW CONCENTRATED PIECES OF EFFORT.
1% of EVERYTHING controls 99% of EVERYTHING ELSE.
Once you truly understand this, your ability to generate wealth may become that of the “1%” which seems absolutely beautiful when you think about it.
Hope you enjoyed this, subscribe so you don’t miss next week’s “New Format Friday”.
Also going to be writing some incredible stuff on Monday and Tuesday of next week, so you won’t want to miss that.
See you soon.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Different type of letter today, I don’t normally do this, but I want to bring something to your attention.
*I’m not getting paid for this in any way btw*
I recently got introduced to the founder of this new social media app, Faves.
His name is Tyler Maloney and he’s raised money from Mark Cuban and Pear VC (who gave DoorDash their first check), among others.
Now I know, I know, there’s always another “App…”
I’m usually the slowest to pick these up as well… (I still don’t know why people like Tic Tok lol)
But Faves caught my eye for a couple key reasons.
Tyler is a beast. It’s all about the founders with these things and he’s kind of got that Zuckerberg look if you know what I mean.
The content is CURATED and covers ALL platforms.
I’m going to type this bigger so you can read it.
The content is CURATED and covers ALL platforms.
Why do you guys read this letter?
Because it is CURATED by someone you trust (hopefully) me.
Now, imagine that you could see ALL content that I think is interesting, from ALL platforms…. in one place…
Instagram…
Twitter…
Tic Toc (If I can figure it out)
Facebook…
Etc.
THAT’S EXACTLY WHAT FAVES IS.
It allows you to follow PEOPLE YOU TRUST (not just me, much smarter people even) and see ALL of the content that they think is interesting, in ONE PLACE.
It’s honestly pretty sick.
The second you see a tweet that makes you go “wow” and then scroll down and see a FULL SCREEN TIC TOK that ALSO makes you go “wow” without leaving the app…. you will understand the power of it….
Anyway, long story short, I think this is going to be HUGE and actually has a chance to go after the big dogs in the social media space.
Tyler has actually been kind enough to grant me a limited number of invites to Faves, so that a few of my readers can get early access to the platform (and secure all the best user names… I literally got KALE as my user tag haha!)
Just click the image below to sign up and get early access!
Here’s the direct link if that doesn’t work -> https://faves.media/earlyaccess
Anyway, that’s all I’ve got for today, make sure you go sign up.
Again, I’m not making any money from this, I just think it’s cool, and I think you will like it.
Plus, with all the craziness in “Big Tech” happening right now, I think it would be nice of us to support Tyler as a founder and see if we can make this Faves thing awesome, together.
If you get in, and have feedback about the app, make sure you let me know and I’ll pass the word onto Tyler.
The cool thing about a startup like this is that you can actually make changes…..
Here’s to being one of the first users on the NEXT Facebook/Twitter.
Have a great day, here’s the link one more time -> faves.media/earlyaccess
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
I know I’ve been promising you part 2 of my “Elephant Series” (which I just named right now).
It has REALLY been helping me lately in the REAL WORLD of BEING HAPPIER and I think it can help you too.
Quick recap.
Your life is like an elephant, with a rider on top, walking along a path.
(this is taken directly from this book, great read, highly recommended -> https://www.amazon.com/Switch-Change-Things-When-Hard/dp/0385528752)
As you can see from the graphic (make sure you enable images in your email) there are 3 elements to your choices/behaviors.
1) The rider - this is your traditional THINKING BRAIN, I.E. your self control. “I don’t want to eat that cookie because it will make me fat” LOGICAL.
2) The elephant - YOUR EMOTIONAL BRAIN - “I WANT THAT COOKIE BECAUSE IT’S DELICIOUS AND REMINDS ME OF GRANDMA”
3) The path - things that you encounter day to day which make the tug of war between the elephant and the rider harder or easier.
The graphic already gives you directions on how to make some changes to this dynamic.
If you haven’t read my letter about the emotional side of it, the ELEPHANT, here’s a LINK to it -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/how-to-change-things
IMPORTANT NOTES REAL QUICK:
Obviously the elephant gets its way most of the time. It’s too strong for the rider. You NEED to motivate your emotional brain.
The rider responds to CLEAR direction ONLY. (I’ll write about this later make sure you’re subscribed)
The pathway has a HUGE effect on what happens (what I want to talk about today)
SHAPING THE PATH, a HUGE PART of developing good habits.
I think many entrepreneurs and investors discount this.
I definitely did at first.
I thought, “I’m a beast, I’m motivated, I can work in a dumpster and still be a beast…”
So I let my life get disorganized…
Boxes everywhere…
No real plan…
Just supreme effort to overcome all obstacles.
I wish I would have known what I know now……
The PATHWAY IS SO IMPORTANT!
So, what are some quick, actionable ways you can shape your path to make yourself more successful?
I don’t really know how to structure this so I’m just going to list a bunch of examples, use your OWN LIFE to figure out how you can create a path that’s easier to walk on.
Remember, the elephant guides the way, if he were to see an amazing clear lake of water, he’s going to go drink it, no matter what the rider does…..
We need to use this knowledge to our advantage… ^^^^^^
Working out - I happen to be an expert at this because I played D1 basketball and worked out 7 days a week for 15 years straight. One thing I learned that TOTALLY applies here is that your path needs to be clear and your timing consistent. Go to the gym at the same time every day. Have EVERYTHING that is annoying about the gym done BEFOREHAND. (Clothes picked out, gym bag packed, shoes laced, protein shake made, etc). You will be shocked at how much easier this makes it.
Working on your business - You need an “office”. I know, we’re all working from home now. But you need a PLACE that you GO and WORK. My routine is so set it’s ridiculous. Wake up, workout, coffee, office. Every single day. It should become such a habit that even on the days you don’t work you still stop into your office, crack the computer, and check something for 10 minutes. This habit will pay you back, trust me.
NOT eating that. Easy one. Don’t freaking buy it. If it’s in the fridge, your elephant will eat it. Period. So don’t buy it.
NOT doing that. Whatever the bad habit is, you need to break the habit BEFORE it. Think of the elephant. Maybe his bad habit is scratching his ear whenever he sees a mouse. Well, the rider’s job is to remove all the mice in the area. If you always mess up after you see or do x….. just remove X! The habit itself is much easier to break when you remove the STIMULUS for that habit.
More serious changes. It’s your friends, silly. Ever heard the saying, “Show me your friends, I’ll show you your future?” If you look in the mirror one day and wonder who you’ve become, it’s probably because you’ve been hanging out with the wrong people. These people RUB OFF ON YOU. It’s like if the most awesome elephant and rider combo who won every elephant race in history started hanging out with lazy elephants who just wanted to lay around all day….. Get rid of those friends who hold you back.
I don’t want to belabour this, because it’s a very personal thing that you need the time to think about and plan out for yourself.
Some resources to help you.
1) SWITCH (the book about the rider, elephant, and path) -> https://www.amazon.com/Switch-Change-Things-When-Hard/dp/0385528752
2) Atomic Habits - James Clear -> The best book on creating good habits probably on the planet -> https://www.amazon.com/Atomic-Habits-Proven-Build-Break/dp/0735211299
I don’t make any money from you clicking those links.
The only way this letter continues is if you loyal few subscribe.
If this has helped you at all over the last 12 months, make sure you do.
I’ll talk about motivating the RIDER in a letter later this week or next that you won’t want to miss.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Let’s start today off with a quote….
Literally every morning I wake up and I think about this quote in relation to Bitcoin.
It’s like the floodgates have opened up.
Yesterday in my letter I talked about VISA adopting Bitcoin (through Stablecoin settlement, bridging the gap between banks and Crypto).
1 DAY LATER, PAYPAL announces that you will now be able to spend Bitcoin at ALL of its 29 MILLION merchants….
This is huge news and the headlines are everywhere….
PayPal will let US users pay with Bitcoin, Ethereum and Litecoin starting today - The Verge
PayPal to let users pay for purchases at checkout using Bitcoin, other cryptocurrency - USA Today
Oh, and if that wasn’t enough, the beautiful burrito maker has just ONE WORD in their twitter bio now….
I mean come on!
This is all happening DAILY!
I feel like gladiator….
“ARE YOU NOT ENTERTAINED????”
Obviously, the market has responded to this, with Bitcoin breaking above $59,000 again today.
But let’s just talk about the obvious stuff, for those “in the back”.
Here’s all the “good news” that has avalanched onto Bitcoin lately, just off the top of my head (READ: there’s a lot more than this).
1) Stimulus and then some more stimulus.
The U.S. passed $1.9 Trillion a couple weeks back.
On Wednesday, Biden is expected to reveal a $3 trillion dollar infrastructure plan.
Oh, and they already have another $1.9 Trillion in the works for Covid relief for April.
HOLY CRAP.
They really just want to make Bitcoiners rich don’t they?
2) ETF’s
See my detailed letter about this here -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/the-1-bitcoin-rocket-fuel
These are all the companies that have filed for Bitcoin ETF’s.
If even ONE of these is approved (there will be multiple) expect the Bitcoin price to skyrocket.
Fidelity
Goldman Sachs (not a direct ETF, slightly confusing structure)
SkyBridge
Morgan Stanley
NYDIG
VanEck
Valkyrie
WisdomTree
Bitwise
3) Visa + Paypal
Already discussed above, but seriously, just read those names.
If they are making it easier to use Crypto, don’t you think it’s here to stay? Wow.
4) A model that is so accurate it’s scary.
Just google “Plan B Stock to Flow”.
As we inch closer to 100k Bitcoin, this model is set to BLOW THE DOORS off traditional finance.
By accurately predicting the price of Bitcoin into the future to this level of precision, not only does Plan B deserve a Nobel Prize, but he has singlehandedly re-defined accuracy when it comes to financial models and predictions.
Once the World sees this model and realizes its implications at scale? Watch out.
5) A beach ball held underwater.
I got a TON of good feedback on my beach ball analogy from twitter yesterday.
I talk about it here -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/yield-curve-control-incoming
Basically, the Governments of the world are holding a giant beach ball underwater (corporate bonds).
Once this beach ball explodes out of the water, this stimulus spending spree they are on currently will seem like child’s play.
You owe it to yourself, if you are curious about this space, to click that link and read my article about Yield Curve Control and it’s implications for Bitcoin.
——-
Anyway, I’ve got to jump on a call, just wanted to write a short note to you guys.
None of this is financial advice and never will be, so do your own research.
I texted my dad today and basically told him that 100k is inevitable (probably by May) and that 300k this year isn’t out of reach.
I know it’s insane.
But the World is MORE insane right now.
Ask yourself this…
Haven’t crazier things already happened?
I think so.
Kale
p.s. Make sure you’re subscribed, more Bitcoin stuff later this week but only for subscribers.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Breaking news today, Visa becomes the first major payments network to settle transactions in a USD coin (USDC).
Here’s the article -> https://www.businesswire.com
Why is this so important?
1) VISA IS USING CRYPTO TO SETTLE TRANSACTIONS.
Ya’ll understand how big Visa is right?
When’s the last time you actually used cash?
I honestly can’t remember.
Everything goes on my Visa.
The same is true for a large percentage of the World.
Now, instead of using DOLLARS to settle a transaction, they are using a STABLECOIN.
Now, before I lose half of you, let me just explain this like I would explain it to my grandparents.
Bitcoin (and other Cryptocurrencies like ETH) are a new system.
They don’t use the traditional banks.
It’s like the traditional banks are a RAILROAD.
And Bitcoin and ETH are operating completely off the rails, using flying cars or something.
Traditionally, it’s been quite cumbersome to get from the RAIL SYSTEM, over to the flying car system.
Money just doesn’t transfer easily between the old economy and the new economy.
Companies like Coinbase, Kraken, and the other exchanges have made HUGE progress here, obviously, but it still isn’t instantaneous and fluid.
In the Old World of Banking, companies have also tried to improve.
A good example would be CASH APP, or VENMO.
I’m pretty sure even my grandparents have those, haha!
Cash app and Venmo achieved huge success by MERGING the OLD WORLD of banking, with the NEW WORLD of instant, digital payments.
Now, you can send money to anyone INSTANTLY, across the world, for a fee.
It’s like the railroad turned into one of those crazy fast Japanese high speed trains :)
Now, Visa has taken it one step further.
They are saying, "We don’t even need to convert back and forth between the flying car economy and the train economy. We will just settle up in the flying car economy!”
Okay I’m sorry, the analogy might be breaking down :)
Basically, by allowing settlement in a CRYPTO NATIVE ASSET, that REPRESENTS the value of a dollar, (USDC) money will be able to move INSTANTLY between the OLD WORLD (Banking) and the NEW WORLD (CRYPTOCURRENCIES).
Throughout history, when money has moved faster, things have gotten DONE.
2) One wallet to rule them all.
There are other better summaries about what this Visa news means.
So I just want to skip ahead to where I think this is going, and fast.
We’ve all seen that cash is basically useless.
No one accepts it anymore.
I can’t even remember the last time I saw a penny.
And then, you have every government in the World talking about their own “digital currency.”
Now, many people have gotten scared about this, thinking it will threaten Bitcoin.
Which is hilarious, particularly considering the news today.
Do you really think that Governments are going to ban Bitcoin or ETH, when VISA is using them to settle transactions? Uhhhh…. no…..
What I see is one wallet to rule them all.
We’ve all grown up with a wallet right?
It stored your cash (or lint and buttons) and some credit cards.
Recently, mine has even ditched the physical wallet and I just have this thing attached to the back of my phone that holds my cards….
The next step is the removal of these cards entirely… which has already been happening…
Apple pay…
Samsung Pay…
Venmo…
Cash App…
Now, with this Visa news, it’s obvious that cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and ETH are here to stay.
So, naturally, this technology will need a place to HOLD IT.
We like our traditions, we just want to bring our traditions ONLINE.
So, we will ALL have digital wallets.
It will be so normal in 5-10 years, just watch.
In this digital wallet it will be completely normal to hold….
1) Bitcoin - (Your savings account)
This money seems to keep going UP in value, might as well store your wealth here.
2) Digital Dollars (or Yen or Euro’s or whatever you use daily)
These will be used to spend money on coffee, or whatever you want to buy.
I’m still not sold on any other cryptocurrencies, so I’ll just leave it at those two.
The crazy thing is, once everything is on a digital wallet, it DEMONSTRATES the use-fullness and power of Bitcoin even more….
Right now, many people don’t understand Bitcoin simply because it’s “too digital.”
“Well, where’s my money?” is a question I still get a lot when trying to explain it.
Once ALL your money is digital, it will be OBVIOUS that the only difference between the two is the MONETARY POLICY behind them.
It becomes OBVIOUS that you would want to SAVE in the DECENTRALIZED money that can’t be printed.
It becomes even more obvious that the other money that is being printed like crazy is not equal, not even close, and should only be used for spending.
—————
I feel like I rambled a little bit today, but hopefully this helped.
This is huge news, it really is.
Visa might as well have announced that they were buying or using Bitcoin directly, because that’s how big it is for the Bitcoin ecosystem.
In 5 years, we will all look back and think that it was funny that people didn’t understand Bitcoin.
When Visa and other giants get in, they FORCE society to understand that the World of Crypto and digital finance isn’t going away, and they need to get educated.
If you would like to stay educated, you should subscribe.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey Everyone!
THANK YOU to everyone who read and listened to yesterday’s letter, another record…. 1600+ podcast downloads…
I’m honestly honored….
If you aren’t subscribed yet, I’ll probably keep writing more about Bitcoin and technology, because it seems like that’s what you want to hear!
Subscribe to get this letter in your inbox 5x per week.
So what do I think is the #1 Bitcoin Rocket Fuel?
Honestly, it’s easy, and you don’t need to be a rocket scientist.
ETF’s.
For those that don’t know, and ETF is basically a stock.
Just like Apple, Google, Tesla, etc, sort of.
However, instead of tracking the value of a company, an ETF is designed to track the value of some sort of asset or basket of assets/companies.
In this case, it will be tracking Bitcoin.
Real quick, let me explain why people are excited about these incoming ETF’s, and I’ll also explain why they are still UNDERESTIMATING their impact at the same time.
1) There are a TON of applications filed and it seems like many will be approved.
Consensus Understanding ->
Here are all the applications for Bitcoin ETF’s in the United States…
Fidelity
Goldman Sachs (not a direct ETF, slightly confusing structure)
SkyBridge
Morgan Stanley
NYDIG
VanEck
Valkyrie
WisdomTree
Bitwise
As you can see, there are a TON of huge names in the running for these ETF’s.
PEOPLE ARE UNDERESTIMATING -> Many will likely get approved at the same time.
It seems unlikely that the SEC will approve only one of these, and thus grant a monopoly to any one ETF. There will be many approved, which only improves the flow of money into the space……
Speaking of flow of money…..
2) A RIDICULOUS amount of money wants access to Bitcoin, but can’t get it.
First off, for those that don’t know.
An ETF is by far the easiest way to get money into Bitcoin, for MANY of the people that want it.
Bitcoin is still a new, alternative asset.
Thus, many of the more traditional companies (think your parent’s insurance company) still aren’t able to buy Bitcoin, even if they wanted to, due to their charters.
However, an ETF THROWS OPEN THE FLOODGATES, and allows them to buy something that is traded on the public market, just as easily as if they were buying Apple stock….
The effect of this is going to be massive.
PEOPLE ARE UNDERESTIMATING ->
A) What happened with Gold will likely happen with Bitcoin.
On November 18, 2004, State Street Corporation launched SPDR Gold Shares (NYSE: GLD), which surpassed $1 billion in assets within its first three trading days. As of 2019, it was the largest gold-backed ETF in the world and it had more than $40 billion in assets and $1.7 billion in daily trading volume.[7]
The Gold price on November 18, 2004? -> $444 an ounce.
Today? -> $1,736 an ounce
This is due in large part to capital flows that came in through these Gold ETFs.
ONE SEC, I WILL COME BACK TO GOLD FOR MY MOST BULLISH NEWS AT THE END.
B) It’s not like we don’t already know that there is demand…. (Canadian Bitcoin ETF’s)
We already know that these USA ETF’s are going to pop off.
Why?
Because Canada already launched a couple a few months ago, and they went CRAZY.
This tweet puts it perfectly.
C) Michael Saylor already proved there is ridiculous demand for these products….
Remember way back when (like 6 months ago)..
When big dog Michael Saylor offered 600 Million in CONVERTIBLE DEBT to people, in order to buy Bitcoin?
Basically turning Microstrategy (his company) into a quasi ETF?
Yeah, I do too.
Remember what happened?
It got OVERSUBSCRIBED, to 1 BILLION DOLLARS.
And here’s the kicker.
This was at a 0% (yes you read that right) interest rate.
Big companies were SO EXCITED to pump money into Bitcoin, in any way possible, that they were willing to loan Saylor money at 0% to do so.
And you still think a Bitcoin ETF won’t blow the doors off things?
3) The BIGGEST UNDERESTIMATION. What happens when you attach an ETF to a PROVABLY SCARCE ASSET?
I told you I’d come back to the gold ETF’s.
It’s so fascinating, because while the ETF’s have been good for the gold price overall, they have also been great for MANIPULATION.
JP Morgan Chase, among MANY others, have been famous for paying insane fines year after year for manipulating the Gold market.
How are they doing this?
Now, disclaimer, I’m not a Gold expert, but my understanding is that it’s much easier to manipulate because there are PAPER CLAIMS to the GOLD.
Now stay with me here.
Gold is heavy, hard to transport, and needs to be verified and stored in vaults.
So, naturally, it’s easier to just make sheets of paper (or digital ETF tokens) that say “You own X amount of Gold”.
But my question is, what happens when human nature kicks in?
Do we really know how much Gold there is, anywhere? Much less in each individual vault?
Do we really know that Gold is Gold, and not just copper covered in Gold foil?
When you have such VAGUE understanding of what is actually backing something up, that’s when it’s able to be easily manipulated.
ENTER, BITCOIN.
This is the first time in all of history that ETF’s (basically a giant funnel for all the World’s money) are being created around something that is 100% SCARCE, and we can PROVE IT AT ALL TIMES.
There won’t be a question of how much Bitcoin there is.
There’s 21 Million. Period.
That simple fact is why I think everyone is underestimating the impact of these ETF’s.
It’s like filling up a pool for your backyard.
You could use a hose (current situation).
Or, you could use 10 FIREHOSES (when these ETF’s get approved).
Which one do you think will fill faster?
And the craziest thing is….
No one is going to be expanding the pool underneath you at the same time….
That’s what has happened in Gold, and why it isn’t a good representation of the magnitude of change that will happen here.
There is ONE POOL, and a LOT of water trying to get into it.
All I can say is HOLD ON FOR DEAR LIFE.
It’s going to be a wild ride.
See you subscribers next week, I’ll write more Bitcoin articles if you subscribe, otherwise I’m just going to write about something super boring..
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
I was going to write about CONTROLLING YOUR PATH (making your ENVIRONMENT more suitable to achieving your goals…)
But, then Bitcoin crashed 10% down to $51,000 and I got 500 texts….
SO…..
If you wanna hear about actually achieving your goals by “cheating”, make sure you’re subscribed, I’ll send that out tomorrow barring any other crazy events.
So why did Bitcoin “crash?”
Honestly, who knows…
“BUT KALE I WANT TO KNOW WHY THAT’S THE ONLY REASON I OPENED THIS EMAIL!”
Honestly, I don’t care why, and you shouldn’t either.
Bitcoin does this.
It simply is part of the process.
Let me just refer you to a little chart.
This is from 2017, back when Bitcoin was exploding in price, just like it is now…
It’s almost like it’s on a 4 year cycle or something… :)
So yes, you can breathe a big sigh of relief.
This is NORMAL.
Notice… that if you had SOLD where ANY of those RED ARROWS are pointing in the above chart…
YOU WOULD BE VERY VERY VERY SAD.
Notice, part 2….
That even if you hadn’t sold….
And it “crashed for good”…
At the top in 2017…
ALL YOU WOULD HAVE HAD TO DO IS HOLD YOUR COINS, and now you’d be up a massive amount….
Easier said than done, I know…
Want more information that should ease your mind?
1) This dip is being bought by freaking MONSTERS.
See this chart from my favorite analyst, Willy Woo?
The RED BARS represent when STRONG BUYERS come in, buy coins, and MOVE THEM OFF THE EXCHANGES.
This is important.
If the coins go off the exchanges, it’s kind of like moving your Gold Bars from the COUNTER OF THE PAWN STORE, into A DEEP VAULT 1,000 FEET BELOW SEA LEVEL.
Basically, those coins are being bought by BIG DOGS who don’t care about short term price movements, who aren’t going to sell anytime soon.
Imagine there are 2 people.
One is a normal person, like you and me.
They see Bitcoin crashing, and think of all the things they could have bought with that extra $7,000 when Bitcoin was $58,000 a few hours ago…
They start to panic…
Their wife starts yelling that she’s never going to get that Louis bag…
And they sell.
Then there’s the other guy.
The other guy isn’t even a person.
It’s a hedge fund.
Or a fortune 500 company.
Someone who spends $25,000 on a “executive lunch” and doesn’t even blink an eyebrow.
Someone who flies in a Gulfstream when he could have just jumped in his Rolls Royce and driven there….
You get the idea?
THAT DUDE IS WHO IS BUYING BITCOIN RIGHT NOW.
It’s much harder to figure out why anyone would want to SELL to that dude…
But that’s what’s happening.
He’s casually wiping the caviar off his fingers and storing his Bitcoin in an underground vault, never to be seen again…
Do you really want to sell your precious coins to that guy?
One more reason, and this one is super obvious.
Stocks and Bitcoin alike aren’t doing so hot right now…
Why is that?
Because things are UNCERTAIN.
(markets HATE uncertainty)
Why are they uncertain?
Vaccines are performing better than expected
Vaccines are getting distributed far and wide
The World is UNSURE how fast things will return to normal, and how people will spend their money.
Here’s the thing though…
IT DOESN’T MATTER.
Here’s what hasn’t changed, and why I still think Bitcoin is headed to $100k-$250k this year…
1) The governments of the World are in debt up to their eyeballs. The ONLY way to prevent a global economy collapse is to PRINT MONEY. This is rocket fuel for Bitcoin.
2) Institutions and COUNTRIES are COMING.
All you have to do is get on twitter.
There are dozens if not hundreds of institutions and even COUNTRIES rumored to be in the process of buying Bitcoin.
Remember, these companies take a long time to move, but when they do move, they buy BILLIONS.
3) There’s STILL only 21 Million Bitcoin.
Regardless of what happens. You can’t print this stuff. In a World of insane printing, the scarcest asset will win. Period.
4) Stock to Flow is right on track.
Do you think that financial advisors, hedge funds, institutions, and billionaires don’t know how to use a calculator?
This model has predicted the price of Bitcoin to 95%+ accuracy to date, and predicts a $100k-$288k price point this year. (oh, and $1,000,000 by 2025)
Once we hit 100k, are all these people going to forget how to calculate expected returns?
I don’t think so.
To all the people texting me, CALM DOWN, ZOOM OUT.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Elon Musk just tweeted.
Obviously, the internet exploded.
I want to quickly break down the reasons why this is important.
1) HIS SECOND TWEET WAS MUCH MORE IMPORTANT
Following up that first tweet, Elon clarified what Tesla was going to DO with the Bitcoin they collect, which is the ACTUAL biggest news.
Bitcoin paid to Tesla will be retained as Bitcoin, not converted to fiat currency.
WOW.
In an industry as CAPITAL INTENSIVE as the car industry….
Where EVERY DOLLAR typically needs to be put back into scaling production and building the cars themselves…
Elon and Tesla have decided to NOT sell their Bitcoin.
What does that tell us about their mindset? Read on.
2) Tesla would rather have BITCOIN than US Dollars…..
I know I just said this above. But read that again just so it sinks in. When one of the most innovative companies in the WORLD would rather have Bitcoin than dollars…. What does that mean about the future of Bitcoin?
It’s one thing to BUY Bitcoin (as Tesla already has). It’s quite another to accept it as payment for its cars.
3) Tesla believes that Bitcoin will appreciate in price MUCH MORE than if they used that money in DOLLARS to BUILD CARS.
It’s honestly true. They’ve already made much more on their initial $1.5 Billion investment than they’ve ever made selling cars…
4) Tesla believes that Bitcoin price will go up, SOON.
Elon is not a patient guy. He is trying to scale Tesla to the MOON, and FAST. In order to accomplish that, he needs EVERY OUNCE of profit he can get. Saying that they are going to HODL Bitcoin instead of using that money to build cars in the short term means they think this Bull Run is far from over.
5) Other companies are planning Bitcoin moves.
Do you think Elon would do this, if he wasn’t trying to front-run his other CEO buddies, who are also planning Bitcoin strategies? Obviously not.
6) People are actually going to do this, and it will be PUBLIC.
Tesla is a publicly traded company. Tesla is also one of the most popular car companies in the World.
People ARE going to buy Tesla’s in Bitcoin, a LOT of them.
This will be reported quarterly, on Tesla’s balance sheet.
Where will all the people that say “Bitcoin isn’t a medium of exchange” or “Bitcoin is too volatile to be used as currency” HIDE when there are BILLIONS of dollars in Bitcoin sales, sitting right there for the World to see.
7) This isn’t a “flash in the pan”.
Notice how Elon said in his tweet…
“Tesla is using only internal & open source software & operates Bitcoin nodes directly.”
If you aren’t a huge Bitcoin nerd like me…
You won’t know what a node is. That’s okay.
Only VERY SERIOUS Bitcoiners end up running one, because it is quite technical.
The key point is this.
I HAVE NEVER, EVER seen someone run a node who wasn’t serious about Bitcoin long term.
EVER.
People who run nodes are ready to go down with the ship, and Elon has officially attached his ship to Bitcoin.
—————
It really is incredible to watch.
If you are stumbling across this newsletter for the first time, I’d ask you to consider subscribing, it’s FREE for 30 days. (and then $10 after)
Later this week I’m going to be dropping more news on Bitcoin + a letter on how to best CHANGE THINGS in your life for the better, even when it’s hard.
It’s a hack that has really changed my life, and I don’t want any of you to miss it.
See you soon!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Yesterday, the Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell had some comments on Bitcoin which I thought were really interesting.
If you don’t know who Jerome “Money Printer” Powell is, he’s the guy that has sparked this World famous meme, because he is essentially in charge of the Government Money Printer in the U.S.
Yesterday, Powell said the Fed prefers to call crypto coins “crypto assets,” because their volatility undermines their ability to store value, a basic function of a currency.
I actually like that he called them ASSETS not CURRENCIES.
Michael Saylor has been using this tactic for a while now….
The word CURRENCY is simply way too super charged….
Currencies only exist (and people like Powell only exist by extension) because the U.S. Government will bomb you into smitherenes if you don’t agree to their world-view.
ASSETS on the other hand, are traded day to day, by nearly everyone.
So this is actually GREAT news for Bitcoin.
Whether or not Bitcoin actually becomes the World Reserve Currency or not, the fact that Powell is classifying it as an asset is incredible news.
That means he doesn’t see it as a threat to his currency monopoly (which is hilarious because he’s doomed).
Oh, to his point about VOLATILITY and that “Bitcoin isn’t a store of Value….” I would like to properly LAUGH MY A** OFF.
That is the purchasing power of a U.S. dollar since Jerome’s FED was created…
LOL. “Not a store of value…”
So gaining 200% in Value YEAR AFTER YEAR FOR 10 STRAIGHT YEARS (BITCOIN) isn’t storing value?
I guess he’s right, it isn’t storing value, it’s INCREASING value…
Here’s the rest of his comments….
“cryptoassets - they're highly volatile - see bitcoin - and therefore not really useful as a store of value, and they're not backed by anything. They're more of an asset for speculation. So they're also not particularly in use as a means of payment; it's more a speculative asset that's essentially a substitute for gold rather than for the dollar. And I think with cryptoassets, the public needs to understand the risks. The principle thing is, there's the volatility, there's also the outsized energy requirements for mining, and the fact that they're not backed by anything.”
Let’s just break them all down real quick…
1) We already talked about store of value - LOL IS HE SERIOUS.
2) “Not backed by anything”
HAHAHAHAHAH whoa hold the phone.
You do realize the DOLLAR isn’t backed by anything, right?
I will refer our good friend Jerome to WTFHAPPENEDIN1971.com
In 1971, we went OFF the Gold standard, meaning the dollar is QUITE LITERALLY backed by nothing.
Saying that Bitcoin isn’t backed by anything is quite hilariously hypocritical.
It might actually be the definition of hypocritical.
3) “Not in use as a means of payment…”
Hmmm…
What about this then?
50% of Visa seems KIND OF LIKE a medium of exchange….
4) “Speculative Asset”
Yes, we are “speculating” that you are full of crap, your government has gone insane, and you will continue printing dollars until they are worthless.
Thus, things that are SCARCE (and Bitcoin is the SCARCEST) will go up in value.
It’s not “speculation” and it’s not rocket science either.
5) “essentially a substitute for gold rather than for the dollar.”
Well that’s pretty incredible.
You’re finally making sense Jerome!
I’ve been saying this on this letter for a year now, thank you for finally catching on!
Just so those in the back can understand the significance of this….
GOLD MARKET CAP = 10 TRILLION
BITCOIN MARKET CAP = 1 TRILLION
10x difference between them, right?
THE PERSON THAT IS THE LEAST LIKELY TO WANT BITCOIN TO SUCCEED (JEROME POWELL) JUST SAID THAT BITCOIN IS A SUBSTITUTE FOR GOLD.
That means Bitcoin is going 10x up from here.
Are you prepared for that?
6) “And I think with cryptoassets, the public needs to understand the risks.”
Yes, they need to understand the risk that you are a psychopath and think that printing money can solve the World’s problems.
Printing money steals HUMAN TIME.
Don’t believe me? PROOF -> https://breedlove22.medium.com/masters-and-slaves-of-money-255ecc93404f
7) “principle thing is, there's the volatility”
yes, we know Jerome, we are likely to get extremely rich due to the violent VOLATILITY of Bitcoin to the UPSIDE.
I think this is something we can put up with in exchange for 200% year over year gains… thanks for your concern though… :)
8) “here's also the outsized energy requirements for mining”
LOL this has been so thoroughly debunked I’m not going to waste my time on it.
Bitcoin will be the #1 way to REDUCE waste and maximize stranded energy sources, by a wide margin.
Also, it LITERALLY INCENTIVIZES CLEAN, RENEWABLE, CHEAP ENERGY.
Which is everything the World needs.
Shut up on this one Jerome you are out of your league.
9) “and the fact that they're not backed by anything.”
Hahaha he really has never heard the phrase “Men in glass houses shouldn’t throw rocks” has he…
THE US DOLLAR IS NOT BACKED BY ANYTHING.
If you want to get technical, it’s backed by our MILITARY.
If you want to get technical for Bitcoin, it’s backed by the strongest, most DECENTRALIZED computer network in the WORLD.
So yes, they are both backed by “something” Jerome…
But you are missing the point…
SO BADLY MISSING THE POINT IT’S HILARIOUS.
With MONEY, the MOST IMPORTANT THING IS IT’S VALUE, RIGHT?
This (made up thing) can buy me something else.
That’s why money is useful.
No one actually wants green dollars, they want what it can BUY THEM.
Same thing with Bitcoin.
NOT BACKED BY ANYTHING is the most hilarious argument because, that’s the ACTUAL POINT OF BITCOIN!
News flash, Jerome, we don’t WANT your backing!
Your “backing” results in ENDLESS MONEY PRINTING.
So much in fact, that we’ve turned you into the most famous meme of all time!!!
Your “backing” DESTROYS the VALUE of the MONEY you say is so well “BACKED UP!”
How dumb is that???
What we want is something that is NOT BACKED by YOU, or ANYONE.
That has a FIXED SUPPLY.
That can NEVER BE CHANGED OR ALTERED.
That actually serves the ONLY PURPOSE OF MONEY. —> TO BE WORTH SOMETHING.
Your money printer fugazzi is not going to last forever Jerome.
People don’t trust you.
We don’t want your “BACKING” and the fact that “Bitcoin isn’t backed by anything” is EXACTLY why it’s valuable.
The fact that you don’t understand this is exactly why it’s already too late and we’ve already won.
—
I’m not sure why I wrote that letter to Jerome but it felt damn good.
If you enjoyed this rant I’m definitely going to write another Bitcoin letter this week and you will miss it if you aren’t subscribed.
So subscribe here, it’s FREE for 30 days goofball.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Been reading an INCREDIBLE book lately. You should definitely check it out.
It’s called -> “SWITCH - How to Change Things When Change Is Hard” by Chip Heath and Dan Heath.
Basically there is one concept that they talk about over and over again.
Imagine your brain is like an elephant, and there is a rider on top, riding the elephant.
The Rider = Your Logical Brain, Your “Self-Control”.
The Elephant = Your Emotional Brain
The Path = Where the elephant is walking.
Now, just think about this scenario for a second.
Obviously, the Elephant is a powerful force here.
The rider can coax the elephant into doing what it wants, for a while, to a certain degree.
“Hey buddy, go over here!” (dangles Elephant food on stick)
The path also influences things to a large degree.
If the elephant runs up on a giant pool of delicious water, GOOD LUCK trying to stop that elephant from drinking, rider.
You get it right?
The book talks about how this is EXACTLY how our brain works.
I’ll just give you the secret sauce straight from the book okay?
In order to change ANYTHING in your life you need to…
1) Direct the Rider
2) Motivate the Elephant
3) Shape the Path
I’ll talk about these 3 in future letters in MUCH more detail, so make sure you are subscribed (it’s free for 30 days anyway)…
But today I just want to focus on #2, Motivating the Elephant, because I think it’s one people forget ALL THE TIME.
When we think about starting a business, fixing a bad habit, starting a GOOD habit, whatever, we ALWAYS think about the RIDER.
At least I do!!!
“Kale, just stop being a wuss, get up at 6am and workout!”
“Kale, do you want to be rich or not? Film that advertisement right this instant!”
That is me, screaming at my Rider to get to work…
This, obviously, rarely works.
The second that alarm rings at 6am, I silence it.
Or, in reality, my emotional self (my “Elephant”) wants nothing more than to stay in bed, so that’s what wins out.
NO AMOUNT OF PRODDING BY THE RIDER IS GOING TO CHANGE THAT.
What do you have in YOUR life that this reminds you of?
Now that you’re thinking of it, here’s how to fix it.
Like most things in life, you need to do the OPPOSITE of what you’ve been taught in school or by the “World”.
The world will tell you to be analytical, logical, “smart”.
What you really need to do is MOTIVATE THAT ELEPHANT.
And remember, the elephant is EMOTIONAL.
The only way to motivate it is through an EMOTIONAL REACTION.
So, yes, you are going to have to get emotional.
Guys, I know this can seem hard and “wussy” to you.
But here’s a quick hint…
ANGER is an emotion….
FEELING SICK TO YOUR STOMACH is an emotion….
So, I can’t really diagram this out for you because each situation is different, but basically, you need to start FEELING STRONGLY about what you want to do….
For example….
Want to lose weight? Start really NOTICING how unhealthy people look when they are overweight. Start REALLY feeling how gross and unhealthy YOU would feel if you were in their shoes. Then use that emotion to fuel your elephant.
Want to stop procrastinating on your dream? Your business? Start visualizing how bad it felt every time you couldn’t afford something. The embarrassment of your card declining. The FUTURE embarrassment of not being able to get your kids the life they deserve….
As you can tell, my mind definitely goes a little DARK when I need to motivate my elephant.
That’s just how I’m wired, I played D1 college basketball and nothing gets you going more than those angryish emotions… (if you don’t believe me go watch Michael Jordan’s “Last Dance” documentary on Netflix…)
But that’s not how everyone is…
You can do this positively as well, and honestly that’s probably a better use of this….
Want to treat your wife better? Start scrolling back through your phone of all the memories you’ve had. Start dreaming of your future life and the future versions of your wife… is she happy, fulfilled, living up to her full potential because YOU were her rock? Or is she unhappy, depressed, and wishing she never would have married your sorry ass?
Dang, I went negative there again, haha!
Idk, take this for what it’s worth, but I REALLY found this concept interesting, and EASY to relate back to in my day to day life.
Read that book if you have time, or just start to think of life in terms of the Elephant, Rider, Path concept….
I guarantee it will help you make positive changes in your life.
Oh, and make sure to tune in later this week (SUBSCRIBE FOR ACCESS) when I talk about SHAPING THE PATH….
Sometimes you can CHEAT your way to making the elephant do what you want….
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Crazy week for me, heading up to my brother in law’s bachelor party now, pray for me.
Just wanted to update you quickly on why I think Bitcoin can reach $73k+ over the next few weeks…..
1) NYDIG Hinting at Massive Institutional News Drop
Remember last time, when Elon announced that Tesla bought $1.5 BILLION of Bitcoin and the price jumped like 10k in ONE DAY?
It seems more announcements like this are coming within days/weeks….
The CEO of NYDIG (who on-boards a large number of these companies into their first Bitcoin purchases..) said
"In the next week, you'll see gamechanging milestones for #bitcoin adoption in the financial landscape"
That’s huge news, obviously, and could send the price skyrocketing.
He didn’t stop there, finishing with..
"I think — I don't think, I know — starting more or less next week, you're going to see an absolute drumbeat of pretty game-changing milestones from some of these firms”
I like drumbeats….
2) SLR exemption expiring (Extending)
You probably don’t know what SLR is, that’s okay, neither did I.
“An exemption on the “supplemental leverage ratio” was put in place at the start of the coronavirus pandemic to encourage big banks to lend and support bond and short-term funding markets. The exemption, which reduced the amount of capital banks must hold against Treasurys and some deposits, is currently set to expire on March 31.”
In layman’s terms, this means that Banks were able to create even more “funny money” than they normally do, as an “exception” during Covid…
Most people don’t know this, but the money you THINK is in your bank, really isn’t there.
They lend out your money at crazy ratios, 2,3,5,10x more than they actually have on hand.
And this SLR thing allowed them to do this even MORE.
And now, it’s going to expire.
Which means, DING DING DING, you guessed it, they are going to EXTEND IT.
The markets are all just waiting for confirmation on this, because it is HUGE for asset prices.
It basically means more of what I’ve been telling you for a year now, “Money Printing” is going off the charts, in a ton of different forms, and there is no stopping it.
3) Stock to Flow is Right on Target and People Aren’t Blind….
As you can see, the model that has accurately predicted Bitcoin’s price like literal CLOCKWORK is still, you guessed it, predicting it like Clockwork.
My question is, at what point do people start to FRONT RUN this model?
The model predicts 100k-288k THIS YEAR for Bitcoin, and has been EERILY accurate so far…
In fact, the statistician responsible for the model said this the other day…
When you read stuff like that, ANY price under $288k seems cheap, particularly for the large institutional investors that are rapidly coming into the space.
4) A Beach Ball Held Underwater
Honestly, we should already be MUCH HIGHER than we are as of today (around $58,500).
Earlier this week we casually BURST through $60,000, and all the indicators were that we were going to keep on going.
But then, there was a hiccup.
A few key twitter accounts (cough cough Crypto Quant) posted some inaccurate data about coins coming onto one of the popular exchanges.
This caused the price to dump temporarily, as traders all sold in anticipation of this false data.
Without this hiccup, I honestly think we’d be pushing 65k-70k right now.
So… all we’ve done is basically held the beach ball underwater for a little bit longer, causing it to gather more energy.
Every time something like that happens, where traders sell, STRONG HANDS (people who don’t sell) scoop up the coins.
And that just ads rocket fuel to the next rise in price, because there are less coins to go around…
Anyway, I’m off to the bachelor party!
Enjoy this and share it with someone, the markets may be closed this weekend, but there is still time to grab some BTC before it rockets up another $15k or so…..
Kale
p.s. I write this letter 5x a week to subscribers and am offering a 30 day free trial so you can see if you like it, just click the blue button. Thanks!
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Simple letter today, I thought everyone knew this, but since I’ve gotten 100 questions THIS WEEK about it, just wanted to clarify something.
You should be using Blockfi as your savings account.
Here’s a link to sign up -> https://blockfi.com/?ref=e9fefa3e
They are offering 8.6% interest on CASH right now.
EIGHT POINT SIX.
Here are the rates you are earning right now in your major (lame) bank.
Citibank = 0.5%
Capital One = 0.4%
American Express = 0.4%
Chase = .01%
YIKES, that’s really all I can say about that.
Now, I can hear you now, so I’ll just answer the questions that you have…
“But but but is Blockfi even REAL? What is it backed by?
Honestly, nothing. But it’s a $3 billion dollar company funded by some of the World’s greatest investors, so it’s not going anywhere.
Also, the U.S. Dollar isn’t backed by anything anyway.
Yeah, that’s right, if everyone tried to withdraw their money from the bank at once there literally wouldn’t even be CLOSE to enough. Look it up.
“But what about FDIC! It’s so safe in my current bank!”
Did you know that FDIC only covers a TINY percentage of actual bank deposits? So, once again, if there is a run on the U.S. dollar, it’s not going to save you.
“How do they give me an 8.6% return? That seems insane.”
It is insane. In a good way.
Remember that thing called Bitcoin?
Well, it went up 1,000% this year (so far).
Some people want to BUY THINGS with their newfound wealth, but they don’t want to sell their Bitcoin.
So, Blockfi LENDS people money and keeps Bitcoin as collateral.
These are the true interest rates in a FREE MARKET like Bitcoin, which is why they are able to pay so much.
Okay I’m sick of the FAQ.
Seriously, I don’t want to debate with you all day.
Maybe you aren’t even debating me and you’re signing up as we speak.
But I hate to break it to you….
Chase Bank is not your friend…
Wells Fargo? Nope.
These are some of the worst organizations in the WORLD.
They pay BILLIONS in FINES each year for the fraud they commit.
They suck.
And for the privilege of lending out your money 10/1 in a crazy insane fractional reserve system (look it up) they are willing to pay you .01% interest?
Absolute joke.
Oh, and I didn’t even mention the worst part.
INFLATION.
If you think the inflation rate is ACTUALLY 2% like the government is telling you it is… you may need your head examined.
They just printed $1.9 TRILLION out of thin air and $5 Trillion+ in the past 12 months, with MORE INCOMING.
In fact…
did you just read that???
THE REAL INFLATION RATE IS LIKELY 15-20%.
So, if your money is sitting in Chase Bank or any other bank for that matter, you might as well BURN 20% of it at the end of this year.
AT LEAST with Blockfi they give some of that inflation back, 8.6% is really good for DOLLARS.
And then, thank God, you will already have your money on a platform where you can buy Bitcoin with it :)
Since it’s headed to 100k-250k this year, that might not be a bad decision either…
Regardless, I would HEAVILY consider this, do your own research, this isn’t financial advice, yadda yadda.
But for money you aren’t using day to day you should probably save it somewhere that actually rewards savers instead of punishing them.
See you tomorrow!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Traveling today so this might be my shortest Kale Letter in history, but I just want to remind you of something very, very simple.
Visualization is Everything.
From the best athletes in the World to the most successful entrepreneurs, inventors, and innovators, they all share one quality…
THEY HAVE CRYSTAL CLEAR, OBSESSIVE VISUALIZATION BUILT INTO THEIR DAILY ROUTINE.
I wrote that in all caps for emphasis :)
Look it up if you don’t believe me, this has been well documented.
Today, I just wanted to encourage you to DREAM again.
The World seems to put taboos on dreaming, telling us to “be realistic” and “plan for an attainable future.”
I say screw that.
There is EXTREME POWER in QUANTIFYING WHAT YOU WANT, and making it crystal clear in your head, so that you can GO OUT AND GET IT.
How do I know this? Because I’ve done it, multiple times.
I’m not trying to brag here okay but I want to keep this short and show you I know what I’m talking about.
1) GOAL = To Play Division 1 Basketball.
I visualized this every single day from 5th grade up until I signed with Northwestern University in the Big 10 Conference.
I had 30+ Division 1 offers.
2) GOAL = Own a RED Tesla Model S P100D.
I literally went to sleep dreaming about this car for almost 2 years. My visualization was so detailed I could SMELL the new car smell.
And then, lo and behold…
3) I dreamed about owning a business that generated Multi-Millions in Revenue…
I visualized the money in the bank account more times than I would like to admit…
I literally had the vision down to me feeling myself typing in the bank login details and seeing 7 figures in there and feeling a rush of pride….
4) I dreamed about writing a book. Of smelling the fresh pages off the printing press…
Of seeing my name as #1 on the NYT Best Seller’s list…
Of appearing on every podcast imaginable…
Of touring the country giving speeches for $50,000 a pop…
This one hasn’t happened yet, but notice the detail in my visualization? You can almost see it, huh? It almost feels real…
And that’s when you’re close…..
This letter is just the start, and it’s blowing up.
Anyway, that’s all I’ve got for you today.
stop being afraid of what everyone else thinks. If you want a yellow Lamborghini, visualize that damn lambo and GO GET IT.
BE SO INTENTIONAL AND DETAILED. YOU SHOULD BE ABLE TO SMELL YOUR VISION.
DID I MENTION, STOP TONING DOWN YOUR VISION TO MAKE IT MORE “REALISTIC?”. Go make a big dream that is DIFFICULT to achieve and WATCH yourself rise to the occasion.
Train yourself to believe that that thing you are dreaming about isn’t a dream, it’s the INEVITABLE FUTURE VERSION OF YOU.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
You’re in for a good one today, people.
Here’s some CURIOUSLY INCREDIBLE WISDOM from one of the greatest shows of all time, Seinfeld.
(make sure you enable images in your email!)
George, Elaine, and Seinfeld are sitting at the diner, per usual, when George says….
Ever thought that before? I sure have haha!
But then, Seinfeld says something extremely profound….
I’ll type that again for emphasis…..
George says…
“My life is the complete opposite of everything I want it to be.
So Seinfeld says….
“If every instinct you have is wrong, then the opposite, would have to be right….
This incredible moment sets off one of the greatest episodes in TV history…
George transforms into “Opposite George”.
He literally goes around doing the EXACT OPPOSITE of what he would normally do….
And here’s the CRAZY THING…
IT FREAKING WORKS!!!!!!!
For instance…
hahaha!!!
There are a ton more examples but I don’t want to ruin the episode for people that haven’t seen it, you should definitely go check it out….
I’ve actually used this principle DAILY in my life, and it freaking WORKS.
Let me see if I can help you implement it just based on what’s worked for me, okay?
1) If you’re already fairly hard-working/driven/successful, just do the opposite of what everyone ELSE is doing….
Obviously not all of us are like George.
For me in particular, I don’t hate my life, and I work my ass off.
So instead of being “opposite Kale” I daily choose to be “opposite of the average person.”
I do this with literally everything….
A normal person would probably think Bitcoin was a scam = I should look into it deeply.
A normal person would probably hide from confrontation with that supplier/employee/whatever = I’m going to go call them out right now.
A normal person would probably find some excuse to NOT go on spontaneous trips with his wife = Call my wife at 7pm on a Thursday and book a flight for 6am Friday to Miami….
You can do it too.
Try it.
2) It works for your feelings, thoughts, and emotions too.
I feel like crap right now, what a crappy day = Screw that, I feel amazing, I’m going to go do X that reinforces how amazing I feel….
I’m sad that X person didn’t invite me to X = I have tons of other friends let me call one of them right now.
You get the idea.
Literally just take those negative thoughts and turn them on their head so aggressively….
The key is to be DRASTIC with it.
Your brain isn’t used to DRASTIC changes, it is used to compromises….
If you drastically go the other way, that negative nancy in you will just have to lie there, defeated.
3) It REALLY works for your marriage.
Guys. Just internalize this, okay?
ALL YOUR WIFE WANTS IS TO BE LOVED.
That’s it.
(and all you want is to be respected but that’s for another letter)
All your fights?
All the “logic” that you think is behind them?
It’s all a mirage.
It’s all fake.
She just doesn’t feel loved, so she’s making up stuff to be mad about.
SO IT’S TIME TO GET YOUR BUTT INTO OPPOSITE MODE.
Yes, maybe she said something that made you feel disrespected.
The normal you would lash out, or act cold, or just avoid it.
But this is OPPOSITE YOU, remember?
Opposite you runs up to your wife, grabs her from behind, and HUGS HER UNTIL SHE RELAXES.
Seriously, don’t let go.
Love on that woman, and watch the fight literally dissolve away into nothingness.
(ladies, you can do the same exact thing, just flip it to RESPECT. He is only mad because he doesn’t feel respected. So get your opposite hat on and show some respect and watch the fight melt away)
Damn.
I know I just helped a ton of you right there haha! Enjoy! (and forward this to someone who will enjoy it)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
I’ve been getting slightly freaked out lately by the parallels from this moment in time to 1920’s Weimar Germany.
Now, before you immediately hit the “history class snooze button” picture this…
You are sitting at a restaurant in Weimar during this….
You order a coffee for 10 German Marks (That was the name of their currency).
By the time the waitress pours the coffee, there has been an announcement (literally by one of the waitresses standing on a table)
COFFEE IS NOW 20 MARKS!
Can you imagine?
A currency that was losing value SO QUICKLY that you couldn’t even pay for your coffee in time to drink it?
By the time this was all over, you literally had to use a WHEELBARROW to wheel your cash to the store, to buy a loaf of bread.
Absolute disaster.
Now, the reason I’ve been getting freaked out is TWO-FOLD.
1) Michael Burry Keeps Tweeting About It
2) Bitcoin is the “PIN” to the currency bubble
(Read on if you want to know how I see this playing out)
First off, who the hell is Michael Burry and why should you care?
Remember the movie “The Big Short?”
For those that don’t, you will ALL remember the housing crash of 2008, right?
Well, Michael Burry was one of the ONLY people who saw it coming, and put his money where his mouth was….
He made BILLIONS shorting the housing market (betting that it would go DOWN) when everyone else was buying 12 houses on a $50,000/year salary.
So, the guy definitely has respect at being able to predict large, World changing financial events….
And now, he went on an epic tweet-storm and basically then deleted all his tweets and went dark….
Super strange, but we should probably pay attention.
BOLD EMPHASIS MINE, NOTICE HOW THIS SOUNDS EERILY FAMILIAR….
Burry tweeted. “One was the great wealth, at least of those favored by the boom … business and the stock market were booming … Side by side with the wealth were the pockets of poverty. Greater numbers of people remained on the outside of the easy money, looking in but not able to enter. The crime rate soared … demoralization … crept over the common people … from watching their own precarious positions slip while others grew so conspicuously rich … Almost any kind of business could make money … The boom suspended the normal processes of natural selection … Speculation alone, while adding nothing to Germany’s wealth, became one of its largest activities … Everyone from the elevator operator up was playing the market.”
“Prepare for #inflation,”
“Re-opening & stimulus on the way. Pre-COVID it took $3 debt to create $1 GDP, and it is worse now”
Yikes….
Now, I 100% agree with Burry that this system is un-sustainable….
The U.S. government prints money like it’s “going out of style” and they aren’t going to stop anytime soon.
Here’s where I think the difference between us and Weimar is, though, as simple as I can make it.
WEIMAR IS NOT THE U.S.A.
Yes, there are huge parallels, but the most important is that the U.S.A. currently has the World Reserve Currency.
This, coupled with the fact that we have the World’s largest MILITARY, means that unless there is a viable ALTERNATIVE to the U.S. Dollar, this madness would probably just continue forever….
However, there happens to be an alternative….
I believe Bitcoin is the “PIN” to this currency balloon….
Obviously, the U.S. Dollar is ultimately doomed.
I know it might seem crazy that I’m saying “Obviously” but at this point it’s not a matter of “if” it’s “when”.
Like I’ve written about EXTENSIVELY in this letter, the debt is simply too great, the stress on the system too high, and the ONLY exit valve is the currency.
It literally NEEDS to be de-valued to continue our current system.
However, we are not the first World-Reserve Currency to collapse…
As you can see, there have been multiple World-Reserve Currencies before us, and all seem to collapse after about 100 years.
Now, in the past, every time this has happened, the World has shifted back to some sort of “Gold Standard”.
Which makes sense….
The government goes insane, and prints money like a Monopoly Banker on Crack.
Then, to restore sanity, the World has to put a PEG back into the market.
Saying, THIS is what REAL money is, money that can’t just be printed out of thin air.
And then we start over again.
STAY WITH ME THIS IS IMPORTANT.
It’s actually kind of funny that it always “starts over again”.
Why not just fix the problem and stop repeating the mistakes of history?
Honestly, it’s simple.
GOLD ISN’T A GOOD CURRENCY.
Gold is
Heavy
Hard to Verify
Hard to Secure
Hard to Divide into small enough pieces to transact.
SO…
We’ve ALWAYS had to issue PAPER certificates to REPRESENT Gold….
(did you know that the U.S. dollar once was redeemable for a certain amount of Gold?)
But like the song says so wisely…
“Mo Money, Mo Problems” - P Diddy.
With more paper money, it just makes the temptation to print it irresistible.
Every government eventually succumbs to the temptation.
That’s why Bitcoin truly is the PIN that is going to pop this currency bubble forever….
Bitcoin is the first money that is BUILT for the digital World we are headed into.
It is the scarcest asset in the Universe (there will never be more than 21 million)
at the same time it’s infinitely divisible for whatever transaction size
The lightning network on layer 2 will allow it to do coffee sized transactions at (you guessed it) lightning speed.
Most importantly, it CANNOT BE MANIPULATED BY A GOVERNMENT.
I still think (hope) we are in the early innings here….
This is really the first year where Bitcoin has been recognized for what it is, by some of the largest companies and smartest people in the World…
Bitcoin also goes through 4 year “cycles” centered around its “halvings” which reduce its supply like clockwork.
Imagine closing half the Gold mines in the World every 4 years and you’ll get the idea…
So, my prediction is that we don’t get hyperinflation THIS cycle, but on the next one around 2025….
For this year, I think Bitcoin will continue to skyrocket and touch prices of $250k-$300k….
Then, it will consolidate back down around $100k or so for the next few years…
THEN, I think it’s game on….
By that point, the U.S. will have printed so much funny money that every other Government in the World will probably be secretly ready to start stacking Bitcoin to move away from this insane dollar system…
(remember, their currencies are just as bad as ours)
All of us need a life raft, and Bitcoin is that raft.
Once Governments start jumping ship, it’s going to be one of the most insane things we’ve ever seen in our lives.
Just be prepared, is all I’m saying.
People in Weimar didn’t think that their currency was on the verge of collapse either…
They were just playing around in the stock market and having one hell of a time and then BOOM….
Their currency was used as literal toilet paper….
Until tomorrow!
Kale
p.s. Share this and Subscribe! You gotta admit this one was pretty fire today….
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone! First off, real quick, I need to say THANK YOU from the bottom of my heart for you all setting a MASSIVE RECORD with this letter yesterday.
Absolutely crazy, I’m pretty sure 1,000 podcast downloads was the previous record, so, yeah, pretty humbled by the response.
If you aren’t subscribed yet I send this letter out 5x a week and pour my heart and soul into it, I think you’ll love it and I’ll even let you try it for free :)
But let’s get on to it….
Exactly 1 year ago, the World ended.
It’s Friday on March 12th this year, but in 2020, we called it BLACK THURSDAY.
The headline read:
“Black Thursday: Wall Street stocks plunge 10% in worst one-day loss in 32 years”
Bitcoin wasn’t faring much better, actually worse!
“Bitcoin loses half of its value in two-day plunge”
“The world’s most widely held cryptocurrency dropped below $4,000 Friday, knocking off half of its value over two days.”
Not to mention, everyone was legitimately scared for their lives.
We didn’t know what we were dealing with, so things started to “hit the fan”.
I’d like to focus for a second on just the MONEY side of things, though, I think it’s VERY important.
Try to think back to where you were on that day…
What were you thinking about?
Were you watching the news 24/7?
I’ll admit, I was.
But I was most concerned with the markets.
I couldn’t get this thought out of my head….
It was SCREAMING at me….
“Someone is going to get filthy rich during this….”
Whenever there is crisis, there is opportunity.
99% of people will lose their heads, and the other 1% will scoop up the rewards of all that panic.
Hindsight makes that glaringly obvious.
If you would have invested $100,000 on March 12th, 2020, in…..
1) Bitcoin - You’d have roughly $1,350,000
2) Tesla - $624,029
3) Zoom - $324,445
4) Netflix - $165,919
5) Gamestop - (you may want to sit down for this) - $6,532,663
Then why weren’t we all PILING our NET WORTH into the stock market and Bitcoin (and Gamestop :)?
Why weren’t we calling every loved one we knew, and taking out loans against our life insurance and selling our houses and kidneys in order to buy more???
Sure, some of us were investing, but where was the URGENCY????
I personally was reading, and investing, but I want to slap myself now for not being more aggressive.
Hindsight is 2020, but I think there are DEFINITELY lessons to be learned from this.
We can’t just sit here, looking back at FORTUNES that were won (and lost) in 2020, and not evaluate our decision making process going forward.
I for one want to LEARN from what happened, so I can capitalize on future opportunities with the proper amount of urgency.
1) A time machine would be really valuable.
This one is a joke. Just making sure you’re still reading.
But seriously, if someone can get on with inventing that, I think we’d all be billionaires or trillionaires.
2) The news is NOT your friend.
Want to know how I figured out what was going on in 2020, actually?
Twitter.
YouTube.
Notice I didn’t say.
CNN.
Fox News.
CNBC.
Those people either A) don’t know what they are talking about or B) are purposefully trying to manipulate you for their own gains.
I figured that out after probably the 2nd day of news conferences and just turned it off.
This ALONE saved me multi-millions in 2020.
If I would have wasted another day watching that filth, who knows where I’d be?
It honestly makes me cringe.
3) Skin in the game is quite literally everything.
Man was I doing research during March 2020.
What should I invest in?
I was talking to my “wealth advisor”…
I asked him “What do you think about Bitcoin?”
He said, “Do you enjoy Gambling?”
I hung up and transferred all my money out of his brokerage and back into my control.
I’m serious.
Actually wait that’s a story for the next point.
SKIN IN THE GAME.
(stay focused Kale you have more readers now)
(sweats profusely)
It was very simple.
I listened to every podcast, every video, but I was only listening for ONE thing…
What are these people, who are TALKING, invested in THEMSELVES???
What did they put THEIR money on the line for???
There was one community that ALWAYS, and I mean ALWAYS had ridiculous conviction and BRAGGED about putting 50-99% of their NET WORTH into ONE THING.
I’m guessing you can guess who those people were….
Yep, the Bitcoiners.
4) SEE THE RED FLAGS
Back to my wealth advisor.
It would be easy to be swayed by the fancy suit.
The office in Naples.
And the appearances in Forbes Magazine.
But then I stopped myself.
I really had to slap myself and take a cold shower.
I started thinking…
“Kale, YOU’VE been featured in Forbes Magazine!”
“this guy is probably just a normal guy, who has a nice cushy life, and is OLD.”
“he probably doesn’t benefit from any sort of technology, if technology keeps advancing, what use is there for him?”
“Therefore, of course he doesn’t like Bitcoin. That’s like Michigan liking Ohio State.”
These were my actual thoughts, BTW.
I think 2020 taught me this clearer than anything else could.
PEOPLE TALK OUT OF BOTH SIDES OF THEIR MOUTH.
They tell you something and even ADVISE YOU to do something, when they are so biased that they can’t see clearly.
I think it was the news that first revealed it, which then showed it to me more clearly in my wealth advisor, which finally caused me to stand up against it.
I decided that I was personally going to rock with those that have skin in the game.
5) URGENCY URGENCY URGENCY
The #1 thing I’ve noticed from running a successful business for a long time now is this.
People lack urgency.
They just do.
Gone are the days of being attacked by a literal bear, where chiseled families would spring into action with spears and the cardio ability to sprint for miles.
Urgency USED to be built into the human race.
Now, that urgency has been SYSTEMATICALLY taken away from us.
“Just sit on the couch and order doordash and watch Netflix and CHILL!”
“Don’t worry, no seriously, worrying is bad. If you ever feel anxious just take a nap or take a day off.”
It’s honestly sad, and I’m constantly having to push people because I’m definitely wired a little bit differently.
They say “time is money” but in 2020 it really was.
Every day that you lacked urgency in the financial markets was another day that you got absolutely destroyed by some kid in a basement investing in Tesla.
Regardless of what happened to you in 2020, good or bad, let it remind you that timing IS important, and you need to act with urgency in this life if you are going to get ahead.
My favorite example of this is this 27 second clip by the GREAT Casey Neistat.
https://youtu.be/L9VBpbnXhWk
Actually, I’ll just leave it there for today, I don’t want these letters getting too long.
Let’s open this up for a little discussion in the comments…
What were YOUR biggest takeaways from 2020?
What are you going to do differently now that you know what you know?
See you beautiful subscribers on Monday.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Literally a couple of minutes ago this work of art by Beeple just sold for $69,346,250.
Yes, SIXTY NINE MILLION DOLLARS.
Don’t believe me? Here’s the link to the auction -> https://onlineonly.christies.com/s/beeple-first-5000-days/beeple-b-1981-1/112924
Admittedly, the artwork is incredible.
Here’s the description straight from Christies auction house…
In May 2007, the digital artist known as Beeple set out to create and post a new work of art online every day. He hasn’t missed a day since, creating a new digital picture every day for 5,000 days straight. Individually known as EVERYDAYS, collectively, the pieces form the core of EVERYDAYS: THE FIRST 5000 DAYS, one of the most unique bodies of work to emerge in the history of digital art.
That’s pretty amazing, a work of art that quite literally took 14+ years to create… some of the detail in them is absolutely bonkers as well.
And it get’s crazier, still.
This work is sold as an NFT.
For those that haven’t seen the NFT craze stirring the internet, an NFT stands for NON FUNGIBLE TOKEN.
Whatever that means, right?
Basically it utilizes BLOCKCHAIN technology, similar technology that underpins BITCOIN, to VERIFY and assign OWNERSHIP to digital goods.
Here’s what Christies said about this particular 69 million dollar NFT…
The recent introduction of Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) and blockchain technology has enabled collectors and artists alike to verify the rightful owner and authenticity of digital artworks. EVERYDAYS: THE FIRST 5000 DAYSwill be delivered directly from Beeple to the buyer, accompanied by a unique NFT encrypted with the artist’s unforgeable signature and uniquely identified on the blockchain. MakersPlace, a digital marketplace, has issued the NFT for the piece.
So, the question of the day is, would you pay $69,346,250 for a piece of art that ONLY exists in the digital world?
Obviously I’m sure they will send the buyer a PRINT of the artwork, but again, this might make your head hurt….
Anyone can get a PRINT of it….
Even crazier..
The PRINT, HANGING IN THE OWNER’S HOUSE, isn’t the ORIGINAL!
The original ONLY exists online, on the blockchain.
Just like the Mona Lisa ORIGINAL only exists in the Louvre in Paris…
I know, trust me, this hurts my brain too.
Here is what I’m taking away from it.
1) New technology will ALWAYS warp your brain.
Just like cars warped horse Owner’s brains back in the day, this is warping my brain right now.
THAT DOES NOT MEAN THAT IT WON’T BE THE STANDARD AND LAUGHABLE THAT WE FOUND IT CONFUSING.
2) Scarcity is quite literally FLYING OFF THE SHELVES.
Anything that is scarce.
Bitcoin
Small Businesses
Real Estate
and, yes, 69 million dollar digital art
If you aren’t invested in scarce ASSETS you are going to get crushed and I honestly feel bad for anyone who doesn’t know this information.
3) Just because you think it’s dumb doesn’t mean it isn’t valuable.
I’ve heard so many intellectually lazy people call new technology “dumb” or a “fad” or a “scam” that if I had a dollar for every time they’ve said it… I’d be a bazillionaire.
It isn’t dumb.
The next 10 years and the rest of this century for that matter, will be DEFINED by crazy technologies like this that by definition will seem CRAZY to us and NORMAL within a few years.
That’s just how it works.
If you plan on being alive for the next decade you should probably just remove the word “dumb” from your vocabulary and start trying to understand what REALLY drives value in this day and age.
Anyway, that’s what I’ve got for today, what do you guys think about Beeple?
Crap? Amazing? Worth the money?
Let me know in the comments and share this with someone if you want to blow their mind today.
69,346,250. Wow.
As the famous song goes…
“The times they are a-changing.” - Bob Dylan
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Need to make this one brief today because I’m swamped with meetings.
But, many of you have likely noticed that Bitcoin is back at $56,000….
I can hear all the skeptics now…
“What? Wait I thought it was a bubble?”
“I thought it was a ponzi scheme, the scam of a century…”
“What even is a Bitcoin, does it even EXIST?”
I don’t have time for all of that nonsense today so for those of you who have been paying attention I’m just going to lay out what I think is going to happen….
1) $100k Bitcoin this year or I’ll eat my shoe
(Honestly I think it hits 100k by the end of May…)
I seriously think 100k BTC is inevitable this year.
A) It only has to double from here (i’ll remind you that it has already gone up more than 14x this year already).
B) There is literally a statistical model tracking its price to 99% accuracy. It’s called Stock to Flow. You should probably google it. It calls for a price from 100k-288k this year. I will REITERATE. IT HAS TRACKED THE PRICE TO 99% ACCURACY TO DATE.
C) The institutions are coming. Remember “Bitcoin Conference” that Michael Saylor held in early February? Those people haven’t even bought yet. They have to get their boards of directors to all agree, and it takes time. It took TESLA (one of the most innovative companies in the World…) 6-8 weeks to get it done. The 8,000+ corporations who attended are coming, and coming soon. Tic toc.
2) Honestly I think Bitcoin hits 250K+ this year. Not joking.
If you think I’m crazy you haven’t actually seen a parabola.
“What’s a parabola, you ask?”
That’s a Parabola.
As you can see, even in crazy bull runs like the one we are in, MOST of the gains happen in the PARABOLA, when the price literally goes vertical.
This has happened TWICE before, mind you. Twice.
Ever heard the term, “history repeats itself?”
Oh, and remember that model I talked about above, the one that predicts the price so accurately?
That same guy, who will likely win the Nobel prize in Economics for his model btw… also made THIS chart….
This is a chart of the two times this has happened before (two shades of Blue).
We are the RED.
As you can see, this cycle is actually MORE violent than the 2017 cycle, where the price went from 1k-20k.
So, saying we are going to hit 250k is honestly pretty conservative of me… dang, who knew Kale could be so bearish on Bitcoin… :)
So what should you do?
Honestly, I tweeted this yesterday, and it really is true….
YOU DON’T HAVE TIME TO UNDERSTAND BITCOIN FULLY IF YOU WANT TO PARTICIPATE IN THIS CYCLE.
I’m sorry, you really don’t.
At this point you’re going to just have to GET OFF ZERO and buy some, and THEN learn as you go.
Or, you can just ignore me and go on with your happy life, that’s okay too.
How do you buy?
Easy, just click one of these two links…
1) https://www.swanbitcoin.com/kale/
2) https://blockfi.com/?ref=e9fefa3e
I honestly don’t care if you use those links or not, I just trust both of those companies.
Once you have some, here are the top 3 resources I recommend to everyone who is trying to understand this.
1) BTC001: Bitcoin Common Misconceptions w/ Robert Breedlove (Bitcoin Podcast)
https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/we-study-billionaires-the-investors-podcast-network/id928933489?i=1000500156216
2)
3) BTC005: Bitcoin & Michael Saylor - A Masterclass in Economic Calculation (Bitcoin Podcast)
https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/we-study-billionaires-the-investors-podcast-network/id928933489?i=1000503270615
FAQ:
“Bitcoin is so expensive, shouldn’t I buy Etherium or Litecoin or Dogecoin instead?
Do whatever you want, I personally think anything other than BTC is a huge gamble and not worth the stress. I don’t have time to explain why, and you don’t have time to learn. So it truly is gambling if you chose to go that route.
“Won’t the government ban it”
Actually screw these FAQ’s haha… for all of these lame arguments please refer to this handy dandy cheat sheet that will destroy all of them in seconds -> https://safehodl.github.io/failure/
Hope you all enjoyed this! If you did throw it a LIKE and SHARE IT (FORWARD THE EMAIL FOR HEAVENS SAKE)
ALSO SUBSCRIBE WHAT THE HECK IT’S FREE FOR 30 DAYS.
ARE YOU NOT ENTERTAINED?????!?!?!?!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you beautiful human you.
I keep having this recurring daydream….
I dream about what I would do if I woke up one week before Covid hit… with ALL of my knowledge from right now….
It’s a strange fantasy where I SHORT the stock market on the perfect day before it crashes, and then immediately dump ALL of those winnings into Tesla or Bitcoin and become a Billionaire in a matter of months… :-)
For some reason it’s so fun for me to think about…
But then I realized something PROFOUND….
Life is actually kind of like that dream scenario.
Sure, we can’t know the future.
But I think we can all agree that certain DECISIONS hold MUCH MORE WEIGHT than others, no?
I mean it’s not even debate-able at this point…
If you would have made a simple decision to invest in Tesla or Bitcoin back in March 2020, you would be quite wealthy right now.
That one decision would have probably had more weight than everything else you did in 2020, right?
Let me prove it to you.
Let’s say you had 100k to invest.
Bitcoin briefly hit $4,000 in March 2020.
If you would have dumped ALL of it into Bitcoin, you’d have 25 Bitcoin.
Today, with Bitcoin at $54,000, you would have $1,350,000.
Be honest, would you have actually made $1,350,000 in 2020 in any other way, no matter how hard you tried?
For most people, the answer would be no.
Obviously, I’m not trying to shame anyone for not jumping in Bitcoin at 4k.
Honestly, I wish I would have jumped in 10 years ago when it was like 1 cent! Haha.
What I’m trying to illustrate is what I KEEP SAYING in this letter OVER AND OVER, that life is governed by the power rule, 1% of your decisions result in 99% of your important outcomes.
And today, I want you to think about this in terms of acquiring KNOWLEDGE that allows you to make 1% decisions MORE OFTEN.
If we can agree on these two things.
1) Not all decisions are created equal
2) Certain people PUSH us to make better decisions….
It only follows that one of the most PRODUCTIVE things we can do, is seek WISE COUNSEL from other people.
Proverbs 12:15 ESV /
The way of a fool is right in his own eyes, but a wise man listens to advice.
This week, my business partner Taylor and I paid someone $25,000 for 4 hours of their time.
Now, you may think that that is crazy, a waste of money, simply from the price tag.
But I want to tell you something really important.
99% of my success in life is the result of .001% of interactions that allowed me to see the world in a certain way and make better decisions.
Obviously I haven’t “made it” or anywhere close.
But I think people more successful than me would agree that ONE precious piece of advice is worth many millions of dollars, LITERALLY.
There have been numerous examples for me where this is the case, that have generated multi-millions in sales…
Specific Guidance on the format of Video Advertising (Attention Grabber, Hook, Breaking Down False Beliefs, Call to Action)
Literally ONE element of ONE webpage (it’s honestly so powerful and patented that I can’t give any more detail than that haha)
ONE livestream launching ONE recurring revenue product
I could list out 20 more but you get the idea.
Had these people not been in my life, and given me the IDEAS, everything would be different.
So, to summarize, here’s what I would suggest if you want to be the most successful, the fastest.
1) Admit that you don’t know everything. Assume you know nothing, actually.
2) Find the person who is the BEST at what they do. You are not looking for the 99%, you are looking for the 1%.
3) Find a way to learn from that person. Pay up if you have to. But actually learn. Take notes.
4) Actually IMPLEMENT what you learn. Unfortunately, money doesn’t grow on trees and great ideas are just ideas until you implement them.
———
I hope this helped a few of you, I know it’s probably advice you’ve heard before “get a mentor” blah blah blah…
But I think the key here is understanding that not all mentors are created equal, and neither is all advice.
I know too many people who are beating themselves up, working their butts off, trying to do things that they have no business doing.
That’s great, I admire the hustle.
But I’d encourage you to get actionable advice from someone who’s done it before, it’s insanely valuable, kind of like seeing into the future, or going back in time armed with the knowledge of the future….
Kale
p.s. if I’ve helped YOU in any way, maybe I’m some of that “wise counsel?” :-) if so, and you aren’t already, consider trying out my 30 day trial of this letter, it’s 100% free and no risk to you.
Also share this.
Love ya.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
If you enjoy making money, you may want to open this email….
Have you ever held a beach ball underwater?
What happens when you let go of it?
It EXPLODES upwards, right?
But before that moment, it’s energy is suppressed…
Just waiting under the surface…
I caged beast….
It takes a lot of effort and force and manipulation to hold that beach ball under there, right?
THAT is EXACTLY what is happening right now, at a global scale, and the reason you need to read this letter and share it with 999 of your closest friends.
(fair warning, I’m not going to get into the nitty gritty details, I’ve done that previously in this letter -> LINK , going to try to stick to an analogy that will actually make sense for you!)
The beach ball = the bond market.
The bond market is a $200 Trillion (Conservatively) beach ball, which is being held underwater primarily by the United States Federal Reserve, and their amazing invention, the money printer.
Now, in order to get this analogy right, we need to RETHINK the BEACH BALL.
Picture this….
A giant swimming pool, in an arena, half full of water.
There’s a giant beach ball inside the pool, massive.
On the side of the pool is a robot.
It has a HUGE robot arm. And its only job is to force that beach ball underneath the water.
So that’s what it does!!
But this is key… as it does this, what happens to the height of the WATER????
It goes up, right?
The beach ball takes up SPACE in the water, so the water RISES.
Let’s say that the water = ASSET PRICES.
Assets = Stocks, Bitcoin, Housing, Small Businesses, etc.
Still with me? That’s exactly what happened this year and last year during Covid.
The government PRINTED MONEY.
They suppressed the bond market (remember it’s worth $200 Trillion and is represented by the beach ball).
And the WATER (asset prices) rose in conjunction with it.
That’s why we had
A stock market at all time highs during a pandemic
Bitcoin at all time highs during a pandemic
Housing prices at all time highs during a pandemic
(For those who want to get technical with it, SUPPRESSING the bond market just means that the INTEREST YIELDS on things like the 10Y note have been going down down down down…)
Now here’s the thing.
Here’s where it gets crazy.
I believe we’ve reached a breaking point.
The water has gone all the way up to the top of the pool….
It is lapping over the sides, leaking into the stadium…..
Naturally, the beach ball is RISING slightly (because there isn’t as much water in the pool).
STICK WITH THE ANALOGY I SWEAR IT MAKES SENSE.
If you have been watching the markets the past few weeks you’ve seen the exact same headlines over and over and OVER again….
“Explainer: Why rising rates are unsettling Wall Street” - AP News
“Stocks waver as bond yields rise…” The Wall Street Journal
“Powell needs a stock selloff to act on bond yields” - Bloomberg
It’s everywhere.
Anytime you hear the words “Bond Yield” or “Rising Rates” or “10Y Treasury Yield” just think of this beachball analogy.
The reason rates are RISING right now (the Beach Ball) is because the Bond Market has been held underwater for too long.
It is fighting back.
That money WANTS to go somewhere else.
I mean, honestly why shouldn’t it?
Would YOU want to earn 1% interest on your money when inflation is closer to 10-20%?
Of course you wouldn’t.
And neither would any of these people in the bond market.
So, they are selling them.
And when they sell them, the rates HAVE to go up to try to encourage people to stay.
That’s why the market is barely up today EVEN when we passed a $1.9 TRILLION DOLLAR STIMULUS!
It’s crazy!
Typically if that had happened over the weekend markets would be ROARING right now.
Absolutely BONKERS that they are not.
What that tells me is simple.
The market is literally SCREAMING that it wants YIELD CURVE CONTROL.
It’s saying, in no uncertain terms, “if you don’t shove this beach ball back underwater we are NOT going to cooperate.”
And that’s the thing, the only way to shove it back underwater is to go crazy.
The first robot isn’t enough.
They need another, much larger robot.
This robot is gigantic, and made of Teflon.
It comes in and on the side of it is a “guarantee”.
It says, “I will NEVER, ever, EVER, EVER let the beach ball rise.”
That’s what Yield Curve Control is.
It is the government stepping in and saying, “We will NEVER let interest rates go up. We are CAPPING them at x %.”
By doing that they are COMMITTING to printing READ: AS MUCH MONEY AS NECESSARY to make sure that assets are pumped up, stocks and everything else GOES UP.
It really is as simple as that.
In a country and World where the economy is judged by ONE FACTOR, and ONE FACTOR ONLY (the stock market) the Gov simply can’t afford to let it slip.
(They also LITERALLY can’t afford to let the interest rate rise or else they won’t be able to pay the INTEREST on their own DEBT, lol)
So, what I’m telling you is that they LITERALLY have no choice.
Yield curve control is incoming, and Yield Curve Control = ROCKET FUEL FOR ALL ASSETS.
I know I just talked about Beachballs and Robots and you may be thinking “WTF is Yield Curve Control” but honestly you don’t need to know all the details because it gets really really hairy and technical….
YOU CAN JUST FEEL IT IN THE AIR.
$1,900,000,000,000.000 YES THAT’S 1.9 TRILLION barely affected the markets today…
That’s absolutely ridiculous.
That’s because there’s a $200 trillion dollar beach ball being shoved down into a pool, starting to rise, and breaking everything.
The only way to fix it is to bring in the other robot and shove that water up, over the edge, up over the walls of the stadium, and out the freaking top.
REMINDER: THE WATER = ASSETS.
The rich will get richer.
Those that hold assets will see those assets explode in value.
And the bottom 90% will get screwed.
I’m sending this email as a warning shot.
If you don’t know what YCC is, you should do your research, or read my other letters.
If you do, or you can FEEL the beach ball analogy simply like I can, you need to get your money OUT OF CASH and into ASSETS.
Honestly anything ELSE is better than holding cash in a bank account right now.
This year is going to be WILD, and one of the biggest WEALTH TRANSFERS in the HISTORY OF THE WORLD.
I simply want you to be on the right side of that transfer.
I hope this made sense.
Let me know in the comments.
Subscribe, for heavens sake.
I gave out my asset PRICE PREDICTIONS to SUBSCRIBERS ONLY on FRIDAY, and you may have missed it….
You can read it for free for 30 days…
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want to be more grateful.
Hey all!
So I started reading a book yesterday, it’s called “One Second After.”
It’s about the very real and scary danger of an EMP attack on the United States.
For those that don’t know, an EMP would theoretically wipe out ALL electronic devices….
No Cell Phones
No Electricity
No Running Water
No Heat
No Air Conditioning
No Food Refrigeration
No Cars older than 1970…
You get the idea…
But actually, maybe you DON’T….
I didn’t realize HOW BAD this would actually be, and how many people would die, and mostly, HOW QUICKLY society would turn against itself and send us shooting back into the middle ages of violence, looting, and all sorts of other madness.
You’re probably thinking… “What the hell is the point, Kale?”
I’m getting there, stay with me.
A couple years ago, the stuff in this book would have seemed impossible to me.
“Of course the government has a plan for stuff like this….”
“This is too obvious to ever happen…”
I don’t know about you, but Covid revealed one very important truth to me, actually two.
1) People are people. They don’t have it “all together” or “under control” no matter what status they have.
2) The entire system is very, VERY, fragile. More fragile than we want to admit to ourselves.
Case in Point…
one man’s death in Minnesota set off GLOBAL riots
The CDC & WHO (supposedly the “disease experts” have flip-flopped their views on Covid and masking and lockdowns more times than we can count at this point)
3 Social Media Platforms (Twitter, Facebook, Instagram) have arguably more influence than any World leader in history, by a wide margin.
So, as I was reading this book, and just thinking about people’s reactions to the events of last year…
I really had to ask myself, what would happen if people’s phones simply stopped working?
And the electricity?
And the cars?
It’s pretty safe to say that it would be complete and utter insanity and millions if not tens of millions would die.
“WHAT’S THE POINT KALE?”
(I can hear you screaming it)
But that’s what I was asking MYSELF last night while reading that book…
I was like “Dang, this is depressing, what’s the point?”
And then, it hit me.
I went upstairs to my wife, who was super snuggly and sleepy.
I put that worthless phone down and I hugged her like it was the last time.
I smelled her hair and just held on for dear life.
I prayed harder than I’ve ever prayed for God to keep her safe, and to give us many more happy healthy years together.
And MOST IMPORTANTLY.
THIS IS THE POINT SO CATCH THIS.
I SAID THANK YOU.
Oh wow did I say thank you.
Thank you for this beautiful roof over my head.
And electricity running through the walls.
And the air conditioning humming along like clockwork.
Thank you for food in the cold fridge.
And THANK YOU FOR THIS BEAUTIFUL WOMAN NEXT TO ME, and for my family back home.
REMEMBER THIS GUYS AND GALS, IF YOU ONLY REMEMBER ONE THING.
Gratitude.
That’s it.
If 2020 should have taught us anything it’s that we are all living in a strange fishbowl experiment of a society.
There is no “GAMEPLAN” for this.
It’s all a very well constructed house of cards that can’t be relied upon.
But instead of falling back in fear.
Worrying all night about an EMP attack (sorry in advance).
We can instead FLIP IT ON IT’S HEAD.
And CHERISH THE MOMENTS WE HAVE, like they are our last.
SOAK UP the moments, the scents, the sights, and the LOVE while you can, because tomorrow isn’t guaranteed.
I say that in NO WAY to scare you, I say that to motivate you because I sure as hell got motivated last night.
Love you all.
I hope this helped you, another pretty random one today but it definitely hit me hard and I wanted to share.
Kale
p.s. it really helps me if you forward this email to a few people you think would love it…
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you aren’t easily offended by “covid stuff”…
Hey everyone!
Honestly, I’ve put off writing anything related to Covid because it’s one of the most divisive issues in the World and I’m almost guaranteed to piss half of you off.
But I would like to discuss something very specific that I think people are underestimating.. (that holds true regardless of what you think about lockdowns)
Cities and States are BUSINESSES TOO.
Honestly, it kind of boggles my mind that most people don’t understand this.
Technically, in order for a city or state to FUNCTION, it needs money, right?
Where does it get that money?
From tax revenue….
Here’s where it gets really serious, and why I think certain cities will take DECADES to recover from this (if they ever recover…)
20% of the population pays more taxes than the rest of the 80% combined.
Honestly, it’s probably closer to the 1% rule again, which we discussed from yesterday…
1% of the population pays more taxes than the rest of the 99% combined….
This is just the truth, it’s how things have been for hundreds of years (if not forever).
It’s why the Pareto Principle (commonly referred to as the 80/20 rule) is so deadly in this situation…
Now let’s think critically about this 1% of the population… what characteristics do they have?
1) Optionality.
If you are a multi-millionaire, you have options, plain and simple. You can shop where you want, live where you want, and travel where you want, at the drop of a hat.
2) Adaptability.
It’s rare that someone generates multi-millions without being adaptive. They’ve likely crossed multiple career paths or started multiple enterprises (sometimes in different industries) before landing on success. They’ve lived and worked in more places than the average person.
—-
I could go on with more characteristics, but those are the only two that are necessary.
I would argue that the 1%, who pay the majority of the taxes in every important city and state in the World, have EXTREME optionality and adaptability…
Now, let me ask you a question…
If you are treated badly at a business, ONCE, even if you are a REGULAR CUSTOMER, will you EVER go back?
Of course not. At least I wouldn’t.
Now, what do you think the 1%’ers would do in the same situation?
Of course they won’t go back.
You can argue your case for lockdowns or Covid in the comments if you want, I really don’t care.
But here’s what I know…
A) The “Business” of the city or state is pissing people off. They are treating their best “customers” with disdain.
B) Their best “customers” don’t have to stay, and won’t stay.
C) They also probably will NEVER come back.
I’m not trying to make a political statement here, I’m just telling you what I’m hearing from a LOT of 1%’ers in ALL the major hubs that have been heavily locked down this entire time…
New York City
San Francisco
Los Angeles
Chicago
Seattle
There is a MASS exodus from those cities, and it’s not PROPORTIONAL.
The rich are leaving, and my argument is that they are NOT going to go back…
For instance, my wife and I have been blessed enough to work with a realtor in Miami recently.
Miami is wide open, and honestly quite wonderful.
People are happy, and living their lives.
He isn’t even a popular realtor, far from it.
But he is doing 7-10 one year leases PER DAY for people moving in from those cities I listed above…
PER DAY….
I realize that’s a small sample size…
But you don’t have to be a genius to understand that most of those people are never going to go back….
Why should they?
The taxes are higher, they’ve already been burned, and that trust has been completely eroded.
It’s like SAYING you’re going to go back and eat at that restaurant with that waitress who was extremely rude to you….
But you NEVER ACTUALLY DO IT…..
I just think it’s CRAZY how big of an effect this is going to have, and for how long….
I think people are TOTALLY underestimating it….
It’s not like all these rich people are broadcasting their movements…
It’s not exactly the most popular topic to discuss these days…
But they are moving, nonetheless…
And when you consider that cities and states REALLY ARE BUSINESSES at their core…
We need to ask ourselves…
Will this business SURVIVE?
Are my revenues too small to support my expenses?
When they are… what do we cut?
Maintenance of roads?
The schools?
The police force?
The city halls and courtrooms?
I don’t know guys, I’m not saying I have all the answers, and I REALLY hope I’m wrong about this…
But if there was a “stock market” for cities, I would be SUPER EXTREMELY BEARISH on the outlook of those cities that have had prolonged lockdowns, and EXTREMELY BULLISH on the cities that haven’t.
Because, regardless of politics and viewpoints, the money is moving.
And when the money moves, things change, and change forever.
Just food for thought.
See you tomorrow (tenses up for the dumpster fire in the comments)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you’ve ever been frustrated in any relationship you’ve ever been in…
Hey everyone, short note today, I don’t feel like I need to write you an essay every day :)
One thing that I’ve been thinking about a lot (I know you’ll be shocked :) is the 1% rule.
1% of your actions result in 99% of your results….
1% of your decisions result in 99% of your outcomes…
If you don’t believe me, just try to think about that for a few seconds… I bet you will find that there is a HUGE difference in the GRAVITY of certain decisions and actions, rather than others…
I’ve also been thinking about this in terms of FRIENDSHIPS…
The 1% rule literally applies to everything…
So, honestly, I think this is probably true…
1% of your FRIENDSHIPS will bring you more JOY and HAPPINESS than the other 99%, combined….
I’ve been personally a little frustrated lately by a few characteristics in some of my friends.
Some of it is little stuff…
Some of it is BIG stuff…
But regardless, I’ve been noticing it lately…
And naturally, as a “fixer”, I’ve been thinking about how to help these friends fix these areas that I honestly think are hurting them and their happiness….
But the more I was thinking…
The more I realized that that was a REALLY dumb thing to do….
Ever tried to change someone?
Like honestly change something that is CORE to their personality?
Pretty hard, huh?
Damn near impossible, maybe….
So, when I consider that unfortunate fact IN CONJUNCTION with the 1% rule, that tells me that 99% of my friends aren’t really making me the BEST version of myself anyway….
It leads me to the awkward conclusion….
That I may honestly just need to go look for stronger friendships….
I’m not saying abandon your friends, or that I am abandoning mine….
I’m just saying that the facts are the facts…
1) You can’t change people, really.
2) The 1% rule states that the best use of your time is to find better people rather than trying to change people.
Again, this might be rambling a little bit today, but hopefully it’s helping someone out there…
I just feel like many of us SETTLE.
We settle for relationships, whether they are romantic or just friendships, that are LESS than that 1% target.
They are more or less the 99% of the AVERAGE that everyone has, nothing too miserable, nothing too incredible.
I just think we are designed for something more.
And from watching this 1% rule play out in EVERY area of my life over the past 4 years…
1) Financially - 1% of decisions leading to 99% of wealth
2) Marriage - Finding that 1% girl leading to 99% of my happiness
3) Faith - Finding that 1% Church leading to 99% of my purpose…
4) Friendships - Finding those 1% friends that lead to 99% of my joy in the friendship department
You get the idea.
It IS real, and I think many of you reading or listening to this need to choose your battles.
Would you rather battle against the REALITY that IS the 1% rule which applies to literally everything.
Or instead fight gravity and try to fix someone who will never be in that 1% no matter how hard you try?
The choice is yours.
I know this was a random topic today but if this helped you please consider signing up for the free trial of this letter and most importantly forwarding this email to someone who you think it could help….
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Hope you had an amazing weekend.
For those of you who follow the markets closely, you know it’s been a pretty crazy 12 months.
The stock market/bitcoin/and pretty much any other asset (think home prices, rare art, etc) have hit ALL TIME HIGHS.
This, coupled with the fact that much of the World has been SHUT DOWN, begs the question…
Does the government actually WANT to pump these assets to the moon?
They have to be doing SOMETHING behind the scenes to be causing this, right?
Otherwise, it makes no sense!
Well, I won’t speak to whether they WANT to or NOT… (although, let’s be honest, most politicians are HEAVILY invested in whatever Wall Street is invested in…..)
I will say this…
They have NO CHOICE but to pump assets to the moon.
Last week was a great example of what will happen if they DON’T intervene.
ALL of the headlines blamed rising interest rates for the total bloodbath that was the stock market, bitcoin, and every other asset last week.
I actually wrote a very detailed letter on why this matters last week, so read that one too if you haven’t already -> LINK
But basically, it all comes down to this…
1) The government is in a crap ton of debt, we all know this.
2) If interest rates RISE, the government will be in an EVEN WORSE position, because the interest payments on their DEBT will rise. Pretty soon they won’t even be able to pay the interest….
3) The only way to keep interest rates down is to print money to buy back their own debt.
4) Printing money BOOSTS ASSETS, because it DEVALUES the currency that is being printed.
5) Thus, assets aren’t necessarily getting more VALUABLE, the currency is just getting LESS valuable.
You should probably stop and read those 5 points again.
I’m serious.
If you understand those 5 points, you already know MORE than 99.99999% of the population, who has no idea about finance or saving or wealth.
Get the basic idea of those 5 points? Good.
Now, let’s take this one step further okay?
In point #3, I said -> 3) The only way to keep interest rates down is to print money to buy back their own debt.
Now, there are a bunch of different ways to do this, the main ones are words you have probably heard of….
A) Quantitative Easing
B) Yield Curve Control
Let’s break these two down real quick I promise they aren’t that scary.
Quantitative easing is literally just the government pledging to buy back a certain amount of their debt.
I.e. they will announce, “We are going to purchase $1 trillion of 10 year Treasury Bonds (their own debt)”
QE is basically just a fancy term for “money printer go brr…”
Yield Curve Control, on the other hand, is even MORE aggressive.
Remember how I said that if interest rates go UP the government gets screwed?
How they have NO CHOICE but to print money to correct it?
Well, sometimes, they will simply CAP interest rates.
Yield Curve Control simply means that they will CONTROL the YIELD (the interest rate).
See?
So… for instance, the Gov could step in and say…
“INTEREST RATES ON 10 YEAR TREASURIES ARE CAPPED AT 1.5%.”
In normal person speak that means…
“WE WILL BUY AN UNLIMITED AMOUNT OF OUR OWN DEBT BACK FROM OURSELVES IN ORDER TO NEVER EVER EVER EVER LET THE INTEREST RATE GO ABOVE 1.5%.”
Read that sentence back to yourself real quick.
Sounds pretty aggressive huh?
And yeah, it is.
Oh, and if you think this is something that would never happen, maybe check out the headline from MoneyWeek, TODAY…
I’m here to tell you that YCC is coming, and probably coming sooner than we thought.
Last week was the perfect example.
Absolute bloodbath because interest rates went up.
This morning, everything in the GREEN, because the GOV made comments about making sure that those rates are never able to rise….
If this type of manipulation of the markets seems wrong to you…
It’s because it IS.
However, it doesn’t matter, because like I said, the Gov has no choice but to keep on doing it, or there will literally be a global financial crisis.
If they were to let interest rates go up…
Stocks would crash by 50%-70%+
Mortgage rates would skyrocket
Retirement funds would be gutted.
And the snowball effect of those 3 things alone would likely lead us into a depression 10x greater than 2008 as the dominos fell around the World.
I don’t know much about the Gov..
But I do know this…
They don’t get re-elected by causing global depressions.
So they WILL continue to do everything in their power to stop that.
And the best tool they have in their arsenal is YCC.
Expect to hear more and more about it in the coming months and for them to actually implement it sometime this summer…
When they do, or if markets even catch a WHIFF of it…
You might as well hold up a GIANT BILLBOARD that says…
PUMP STOCKS, BITCOIN, AND THE PRICE OF ANY SCARCE ASSET TO THE MOON!!!!
I’m serious.
See you on the moon, and see you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
THIS LETTER IS STILL AVAILABLE AS A FREE TRIAL FOR 30 DAYS WHAT ARE YOU DOING :) ->
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you’re sick of “keeping up with the Joneses….” and just want to be happy…
Hey everyone! First off THANK YOU to all my new subscribers, this letter has been absolutely blowing up recently and I only have YOU to thank for sharing and subscribing.
Remember, you can subscribe for a FREE 30 day trial by clicking the blue button, and then it’s super cheap after that.
And there’s always big blue share buttons to share with your loved ones!
You’re definitely going to want to share this one.
Ever feel jealous?
Ever compare yourself to other people?
Be honest.
Of course you do, we all do it.
I heard this tip on a podcast the other day and I can’t remember which one for the life of me, but it has REALLY helped me a massive amount.
Here’s how you can eliminate jealousy and comparison forever, okay?
I feel like there should be a drumroll or something…
It really is THAT good….
Oh well screw it..
Whenever you compare yourself to someone, you must be willing to exchange EVERY aspect of your life for theirs… NOT just the part that you are obsessing over…
Whoa. Okay. I don’t think you understand how game-changing this is yet so let me break it down.
Let’s say I’m jealous of this super rich guy that I follow on Instagram…
(this may or may not be a true story)
He sold his first company for $100 Million..
And his second company for $65 Million…
He spends his summers in Monaco, and his winters in Miami.
Man, seems incredibly amazing..
I want that Yacht!
I want the flights in the private jets!
I want the condo in Miami!
But now that I know the technique above, I analyze it deeper.
I can’t have what he has, without also having EVERYTHING ELSE that he has…
Do I really want his single life at age 40? No wife who loves me unconditionally?
No….
Do I really want to raise his kid? Who kinda seems like a spoiled brat?
No….
Do I really want to continue to wake up at 5am every morning to run yet ANOTHER company when I should just be retired and hanging out with my wife whom I love?
No…
SEEE???
SEEEEEEEEE!!!!???
It’s incredible!!! It really does work… you should try it….
Another big hint…. it also works for THINGS you WANT but CAN’T HAVE….
Let’s talk about FOOD haha….
Man, if it’s possible to get jealous of what other people are eating, I’ve been doing a LOT of that…
Doughnuts, pastries, carbohydrates in general…
When trying to watch what I eat, I find myself obviously CRAVING the things that I can’t have….
So, I started applying this concept to food as well…
Well I definitely want that doughnut…
But do I also want to look at my stomach in the mirror?
Do I also want to feel strange taking off my shirt at the beach??
You see what I mean? It works!
You can’t have PART of something, without the WHOLE!
One more example, for you single/dating people out there…
The grass might always seem a little greener on the other side…
She/he might look great, and I’m sure you can imagine having a lot of fun with that person.
But have you considered ALL of what comes with that?
What if her parents are complete wackjobs?
Do you really want to listen to her talk about her obsession with the Kardashians?
Remember, she isn’t just a cute picture on Instagram…
She is a human being with a WHOLE LOT GOING ON that YOU KNOW NOT OF…..
And you get ALL of that if you choose to jump ship from your current situation….
Idk, I could GO ON with the examples, but I think you get the picture.
Next time you are tempted to feel jealous, or compare ANYTHING, make sure you stop yourself.
You don’t just get to pick and choose anymore.
You don’t get to…
Be jealous of that fitness model’s rippled abs without embracing his 4am wakeup schedule and obsession with broccoli.
Be jealous of that guy with the Lamborghini without considering his 2 alimony checks to his first two gold-digger wives…
Be jealous of that single person who gets to party and run around like a crazy person without considering that they probably wake up every morning feeling completely hollow and empty inside….
You’re WELCOME for this one.
I challenge each and every one of you to share this with AT LEAST 1 person.
TRY IT OUT YOURSELF.
It’s epic for your happiness levels. I’m serious. I feel amazing after learning this.
Have a great day!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want to understand WHY the Government has NO CHOICE but to print money and stimulate the economy….
Hey everyone!!
Wanted to do an ECON 101 letter today.
I’m going to do this the best way I know how… -> SIMPLE :)
I always wondered 2 things…
1) WHY does the Government keep endlessly printing money out of thin air?
2) What are the warning signs, so we can see when they are about to print more?
Here’s my understanding of it, I’m not one of those Harvard Professors so bear with my analogies please :)
I just tweeted this out this morning…
THIS GRAPH IS IMPORTANT SO CHECK IT OUT.
As you can see from the graph, there has been a SPIKE on the US Treasury 10 Year Yield.
Now, I KNOW trust me, most of you are like, “WHAT THE HELL IS A US TREASURY 10 YEAR YIELD”.
Don’t feel bad, that’s exactly how I felt a year ago.
I’m going to explain this SO SIMPLY, but here’s the TLDR: Whenever that yield goes UP? The Government prints money. It’s that simple.
Okay so first, what is a treasury?
Think about the Government like a REALLY badly run business.
Like horribly bad.
Like “they would have been out of business 100 years ago if they didn’t own all the bombs,” bad.
Pretty much every single year, they SPEND more money than they MAKE.
But wait, how does the Government make money anyway?
Taxes. They get it from the people.
HOWEVER -> those taxes NO LONGER come even close to covering their spending.
Not by a long shot.
So, they need to take out DEBT in order to pay for things (like roads and schools and aircraft carriers and massively inflated salaries for incompetent senators :))
A TREASURY is what the government uses to take out debt.
If you or I want a loan, we go to the bank, right?
If the government wants a loan, they issue a TREASURY, which is basically just a note saying, “I agree to pay you X amount of interest over X time, in exchange for X dollars”.
So, for instance, if they want to spend a Billion dollars on their newest stupid idea, the Government can issue a Billion dollars of treasuries, and dangle some INTEREST RATE as an incentive for people to give them that money…
Make sense?
Amazing.
But wait, what does 10 year yield mean?
Glad you asked.
10 year is just the time frame.
Yield, is the interest rate (how much you would make for loaning the government your money).
Here’s where it gets juicy, okay?
Those interest rates used to be GREAT!
As early as 20 years ago you could make 5-10% RISK FREE on any dollar you had saved up, depending on how long you loaned it to the Government.
Obviously, this was a great deal, particularly for OTHER GOVERNMENTS and BANKS, who also want to make money and have a lot of money to spend.
So they were buying up these treasuries like wild fire!!
It was basically like…
“HEY! YOU HAVE BILLIONS JUST SITTING AROUND? GIVE THEM TO US AND WE WILL PAY YOU 10% FOR DOING NOTHING AND KEEP THEM SAFE FOR YOU! WIN WIN!”
But now, oh, have things changed….
That’s the 10 year yield….
yikes, right?
So much for a “free lunch”.
Those days are OVER….
Ever since 1980, the interest rate has literally fallen off of a cliff.
This is 100% a symptom of DEBT.
In very simple terms, as the US gets MORE and MORE in DEBT, they can’t AFFORD to pay any more interest!
It makes sense right?
If you were $1,000 in credit card debt…
You could probably afford a few hundred bucks in interest….
But if you were $1,000,000 in debt?
Not so easy to pay that interest, right?
That’s exactly what has happened, but at a GLOBAL scale….
Okay, I lied, here’s where it ACTUALLY gets juicy.
Imagine you are China, or a big bank, or whatever.
You’ve been loaning money to the U.S.A. for YEARS!
and they always paid you 20%.
Then it was 15%…
then 10%…
then 5%…
How soon would you say, screw this?
I’ll answer that for you…
(a few years ago).
Basically, because interest rates are now at ZERO (and have gone NEGATIVE in many countries) there is now NO incentive for ANYONE to buy them!
Why the heck would I lock my money up for 10 years, for a zero percent return???
You’d have to be insane!!!!
So, that begs the question, how does the U.S. pay for all its debt?
If no one is buying treasuries, that means that they have no money to pay for anything.
Taxes ain’t covering it, remember?
So, who buys them??
AND HERE COMES THE MOST FAMOUS MEME OF ALL TIME….
That meme has gone insanely viral, because it’s so true.
The central bank (in the U.S. we call it the “Federal Reserve”) steps in and BUYS all the treasuries.
Now, you should be thinking… WTF?
How can one part of the government buy stuff from another part of the government?
That doesn’t even make any sense!!!
How do they even have money to buy things, I thought the whole point was that they don’t have any money to begin with!!!
Exactly.
You are a smart one…
They don’t have money, they print it out of THIN AIR.
See, the Federal Reserve has a magic computer.
With a single keystroke, they can manufacture as many dollars as they want.
Because this whole treasury thing is super complicated, most people don’t realize what they are doing, but it’s simple as that.
It’s like if you or I..
Normal people…
Instead of paying our credit card debt…
We went on a magic computer.
Hit one button…
And sent dollars over to our credit card to pay it.
That’s literally what they are doing….
Hey if your mind is blown right now I’d encourage you to share this with someone or subscribe for heaven’s sake it’s free for 30 days…
Okay okay okay so what does this have to do with what I said at the beginning?
The INTEREST RATE on these TREASURIES is going UP, not DOWN, why would this mean that the Government is going to print more money?
But that’s the thing, remember?
In the past, maybe a rising interest rate would have encouraged OUTSIDE buyers to come in and bail out the U.S.
Unfortunately, those buyers are LONG GONE.
They aren’t coming back.
That bridge has been burned.
So, if interest rates go up, the Government is LITERALLY just shooting itself in the foot!!!!
ALL of its debt gets MORE expensive, and MORE impossible to pay off.
If those rates go up, it becomes EVEN MORE obvious that we are living in a ridiculous monopoly World that makes no sense!!!
How can people be hoodwinked into believing that this debt will get paid off, if the Gov can’t even pay the INTEREST on the debt, much less the principle!
No, that won’t do, that won’t do at ALL!
That’s why the tweet above is WITHOUT A DOUBT the most SURE indicator that more stimulus is INCOMING, and INCOMING SOON.
If those rates spike even a LITTLE BIT, everyone in the Federal Reserve gets cold sweats and night terrors, no joke.
So, look out for more funny money entering the system, asap!
And watch the prices of ASSETS!
Businesses
Bitcoin
Rare Art
Stocks
Anything with ANY scarcity to it will continue its rocket ship upwards.
CONGRATULATIONS! YOU NOW UNDERSTAND THE INNER WORKINGS OF THE MONOPOLY GAME WE ALL LIVE IN!!!
If you learned more in the last 10 minutes than you learned in your entire college education you probably owe it to yourself to subscribe.
It’s free for 30 days.
And I know a bunch of teachers and educators and smarter people than me read this.
So share it with your students for the love of Pete. They need to know how this crazy system works.
See you tomorrow
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want super powers……
Hey everyone!
I was sitting here this morning trying to figure out what to write to you all.
I honestly want to help you every day, and sometimes it’s hard to think of what will have the most impact.
So, I was literally just asking myself, what is the biggest difference between myself and some of my “less successful” peers?
Again, I’m not saying that I’ve made it, far from it.
But there is one SUPERPOWER that I think that I have, that most people don’t.
If this helps you, let me know in the comments and share this with someone please! :)
It all stems from this very famous quote…
Dang, it that’s not profound, I don’t know what is.
Let’s break down this very simple quote real quick, because it really is quite powerful.
It has 2 elements
1) STRONG IDEAS (CONVICTION)
I truly believe conviction is a super power. That’s what John Gruber means with this quote.
There are ideas that are weak, right?
We’ve all heard that person that “wants to start a business” and “has an idea” but never actually does anything.
That’s a WEAK idea.
It lacks the conviction necessary to succeed.
And then, on the other end of the spectrum, you have dude’s like Thomas Edison.
Tried 5 bazillion times to make a lightbulb, failed every time.
But, he never lost conviction, and you’re literally reading this right now because of him.
I rarely see people with conviction anymore, and it’s sad.
As a society, we’ve all failed so many times that it’s strange now to bring up dreams….
It’s “weird” to talk about a better future, and the outlandish goals you have for yourself and your family…
So instead, we gossip, or we talk about sports…
My challenge to you today is to have some CONVICTION.
Believe in something SO DEEPLY that it SPURS YOU to action.
Real quick cheat sheet for developing conviction, okay?
A) Do your RESEARCH.
B) That’s it.
Ha! I know that may have seemed anti-climactic but it isn’t.
Ever shopped for something online?
Something you REALLY cared about?
How many reviews did you read before you purchased? 1?
If you’re like me, you probably read more like 100…
And watched every YouTube video about it…
And called the manufacturer to see if they were legit…
Etc..
That’s doing your research.
And guess what, when you receive that item and it meets your expectations?
You have CONVICTION about that purchase. About that company.
You KNOW you did the right thing, and nothing can sway you.
If I were you and I was starting a business, or making an investment, I would DO THE RESEARCH.
That’s what separates the people that “try” from the people that “win”.
For instance, my students who KNOW Amazon is the best way to start a business online don’t fade away when things get tough. They have CONVICTION to keep going because they’ve done their research.
2) LOOSELY HELD (THE ABILITY TO CHANGE YOUR MIND)
This might be even more important.
The smartest people in the World are not the one’s with the PHD’s.
They are the ones who have (very publicly) CHANGED THEIR MINDS on important issues.
The ability to PIVOT, to go a different direction, may be the single most important characteristic for success in ANYTHING in life.
I cannot fully describe to you in this format how many THOUSANDS of times I had to pivot and change direction in order to become “successful” and own multiple 8-figure companies.
It’s almost ridiculous.
People think the path to success is a straight line, it’s absolutely, unequivocally, NOT.
You MUST be able to change your mind, and change it QUICKLY, to survive.
I like to think of business like this…
Imagine you are a caveman…
You hear a rumbling outside..
That doesn’t sound good, at all…
Could be a bear, could be a tiger, who knows….
So, you inch towards the cave opening, spear in hand….
Unfortunately, it’s worse than you think.
It’s not one lion.
It’s a pack of 12…
And they are circling….
What do you do?
Do you charge in like a madman? One last stand?
Of course not…
You silently retreat into the cave and find your sling…
You return to the mouth of the cave and fire bullets well over the lions heads…
The racket causes them to turn and investigate, and you slip off into the night….
See what the caveman did?
He pivoted.
He changed his mind.
It may sound ridiculous, but there are way too many entrepreneurs and PEOPLE running headlong into a pack of lions, simply because that was their original plan.
Screw the original plan.
Change it.
Make it better.
But again, I have ONE TIP for doing this well….
DO YOUR RESEARCH.
You all know I love Bitcoin right?
It would be super awkward for me to tell you that something changed about it, and you should sell it.
But I NEED TO GET THIS RIGHT.
So, I am 100% ridiculously committed to my RESEARCH.
Yes, I have CONVICTION about Bitcoin’s attributes.
But should any of those attributes CHANGE?
I DO MY RESEARCH EVEN DEEPER.
I must get to the truth.
I must know.
Because if the truth has changed, I must pivot.
That’s all I’ve got for you today guys! I hope this helped.
Let me know if it did!
Kale
This letter is free for 30 days still! ->
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
So, today, I wanted to just briefly go through a few things that most people don’t understand about Bitcoin, even if you’ve been “doing this” for a while.
My goal is to make this useful for you even if you are a beginner.
P.S. I’m also not going to go through all the typical ones
The Gov will ban it
It’s a Ponzi scheme
There’s no intrinsic value
etc.
For all those I will refer you to this EXCELLENT article that basically busts every single one of these arguments into little pieces… -> https://safehodl.github.io/failure/
1) Bitcoin is like a stock.
I hear this one way too much.
Technically, a stock is valued at the discount of its future CASH FLOWS.
Put simply, that means that the BUSINESS UNDERNEATH IT is supposedly what is determining the price of that stock.
Now, I know we’ve seen stocks go through the roof even during a pandemic, so obviously there is a lot of wiggle room there.
But Bitcoin is NOT like a stock, because it doesn’t get “overvalued” the more that the price goes up.
A stock gets overvalued because it values a company that only produces 100M in revenue at 700 Billion dollars or whatever.
That makes sense.
But Bitcoin actually gets MORE valuable as the price rises…
Why?
THINK OF IT LIKE FACEBOOK.
When Facebook had 1 user, how valuable was it?
Not very, right?
10,000 users?
Pretty valuable.
1 Million users? Really valuable.
2 BILLION monthly active users? You get the idea.
At its core, bitcoin is a NETWORK EFFECT, not a stock.
There are no “cash flows” underneath it, in which to value it.
Its value comes from the NETWORK, and as the NETWORK grows, the price goes up.
It really is that simple.
2) It’s in a “Bubble”
Saying it is in a “bubble” is like saying that Facebook was in a “bubble” in 2012.
That didn’t work out for people so well.
In fact, it’s kinda like saying that the “Internet is a bubble” in 1997.
Actually, it’s exactly like that.
Check this out
3) It’s going to “crash soon” because it “always does”.
Actually, no.
Sure, there are ups and downs.
Anytime something goes from literally worth ZERO DOLLARS to 1 TRILLION DOLLARS in the span of 12 years, there will be some ups and downs, sorry to break it to you.
However, saying a crash is imminent honestly isn’t looking at the chart.
This is going to hurt your brain, okay?
Humans aren’t good at understanding exponential technologies (see my #1 most recommended book for 2021 -> Jeff Booth, the Price of Tomorrow)
If this cycle follows the pattern of the last one, we still have a LONG way to go.
See that blip in 2017 where the price went from 1k -> 20k?
That’s where we are right now…
The price peaked in December 2017.
Actually, 4 years ago today, on February 22, 2017, the price was $1,123.
So, if history repeats itself, we still have 20x up from here… this year…
I’m not saying that will happen but I sure wouldn’t be selling at this moment.
Insane. I know.
4) Grayscale buys an insane amount of Bitcoin, and those coins are never coming back on the market. Never.
For those that don’t know, Grayscale is one of the largest buyers of Bitcoin in the World.
As you can see from the chart, Grayscale currently has almost 35 BILLION dollars worth of Bitcoin.
Every time someone buys a share of Grayscale, Grayscale buys Bitcoin.
The CRAZY part is, even if someone sells their share of Grayscale, they don’t sell the Bitcoin…
It’s a complicated back end agreement, but here’s the just of it…
Without a redemption program, GBTC essentially can only purchase Bitcoin but not sell it. The only scenario that GBTC sells Bitcoins is to cover trust fees and expenses.
According to Grayscale financial statement, GBTC sold 3,469, 3,843, and 4,641 Bitcoins to pay fees in the years of 2017, 2018 and 2019, while buying 7,213, 32,281, 61,555 Bitcoins in these three consecutive years.
WHY THIS MATTERS:
Ever heard of supply and demand?
Obviously, there are only 21 Million Bitcoin. Having someone buying this insane amount of Bitcoin every day, with ZERO intention or even ABILITY to sell them, does only ONE thing for the price (it goes up).
5) Bitcoin is “Expensive” and Etherium & Dogecoin are “Cheap”
First of all, do you WANT Gold to be cheap?
If gold was cheap, wouldn’t that make it loose some of its allure?
What’s the point of a Gold necklace, if Gold isn’t actually valuable?
The same is true of the DIGITAL version of Gold, Bitcoin.
The more expensive it gets, the more rare it gets, and the more people want it.
Sure, Etherium and Dogecoin are CHEAPER in dollar terms right now.
But how many are there?
I’ll wait.
The answer is, no one really knows.
You’re buying something that doesn’t have a fixed supply.
That isn’t scarce.
And that has sketchy if not downright scammy technology behind it.
I could go into all the details here, but I think the best analogy is this.
Imagine you only get one shot at proposing to the woman of your dreams (ladies, you’re going to have to just go with this).
Are you going to present her with a DIAMOND? (Scarce, Rare, Valuable)
Or are you going to hand her a ring pop?
I personally prefer to go with the diamond, particularly where my money is concerned.
p.s.s.s for people that are VERY new.
You don’t have to buy a whole Bitcoin. You can buy $5 worth.
6) It’s “risky”, “volatile”, kinda like “gambling”.
Okay, I said I wouldn’t do the really common misconceptions that have been debunked multiple times by people way smarter than me.
DO YOUR RESEARCH.
Oh wait, that’s why I wanted to write about this one ^^^^
LITERALLY the only reason I’ve ever seen for someone to think that Bitcoin is akin to gambling is that…
They HAVEN’T DONE THEIR RESEARCH…
And that’s okay.
If everyone had already done their research, Bitcoin would already be $10,000,000 a coin and we wouldn’t be able to buy a whole coin to save our lives.
Also, one of the best responses to this is…
“It’s been the best performing asset over the past DECADE. Literally better than anything else. So, unless you are trying to trade it and make money in one day, if you would just have bought and held it you would have outperformed literally everyone. Remind me how that is risky again?”
7) The smartest people in the World are in this space.
There’s not much else to say other than, if you think that Bitcoin is only for drug dealers and criminals, you need to hurry up and get educated.
If you simply follow me on twitter -> https://twitter.com/kale_abe
You will see this immediately.
I’m talking about
Billionaires
Savants
Quants
Hedge Fund Managers
S&P 500 CEO’s
Statisticians
Engineers
Software Wizards
Just go check it out, one letter isn’t going to convince anyone.
See you all tomorrow! Crazy day today for me, sorry to cut this one a little short!
Kale
p.s. if you aren’t subscribed, why? It’s FREE for 30 days. If you hate it I’ll give you your money back. (you won’t hate it).
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Here’s why the price of Gold will NEVER go higher than it was in August 2020. Never.
Hey everyone! Happy Friday!
Want to finish up this week with a warning, and no, I’m not saying you shouldn’t buy gold JEWELRY.
That’s great, if your girl is into that…
Mine prefers ROSE Gold..
But I digress…
We’re talking about Gold as the ASSET!
Now, for many of my loyal readers, you know I’ve been cautioning you for nearly 8 months now to invest in ASSETS that have SCARCITY.
The reason for this is that money is being printed out of thin air by our Governments worldwide.
For instance, and you may want to be sitting down for this…
35% of all US dollars in existence have been printed in the past 10 months.
Wow, that’s insane, and it’s obviously not stopping anytime soon.
So, to prevent your dollars from inflating away to literally nothing….
You have to own assets!
I’ve been recommending on this letter
1) Your Own Business
2) Bitcoin
3) A basket of technology stocks
4) Gold, Silver
However, you may have noticed, I stopped recommending Gold and Silver about 5 months ago… and personally have zero dollars invested there.
Why is that?
Well, REALLY QUICK, I swear it’s important, let’s establish a brief history of Gold.
3600 BC: Gold is first smelted in ancient Egypt.
600 BC: The first gold coins are struck in Lydia, Asia Minor. These are a crude mix of gold and silver.
1717: The UK sets the gold standard. This means currency is linked to gold at a fixed rate.
1848: The California Gold Rush begins when gold is found at Sutter’s Mill in Coloma by James W Marshall.
1870-1900: The rest of the world apart from China adopts the gold standard.
1914: Many countries move to fractional gold standards, inflating their currencies to help pay for the First World War. They don’t return to the gold standard until 1925.
1944: After the Second World War the gold standard is replaced by a system of nominally convertible currencies related by fixed exchange rates called the Bretton Woods Agreement.
Although gold initially served as the base reserve currency, the US dollar gradually becomes the reserve currency which is linked to the price of gold. Central banks continue to keep a portion of their liquid reserves as gold in some form.
1971-73: US President Richard Nixon abandons the Bretton Woods Agreement. This means the dollar and other global currencies are no longer linked to the value of gold and the US can effectively print money at will.
Whew, you still with me??
Obviously, 1971 is where it all went haywire.
There’s even a website dedicated to this year.
We can trace back pretty much every problem we have in our current society to that pivotal moment in 1971.
Don’t believe me? Check it out after you finish this letter -> https://wtfhappenedin1971.com/
“But Kale, you’re saying DON’T buy Gold, Gold seems like the only good thing we had!”
Yep, you’re right, the key word is “Had”.
The reason Gold has any value, other than Jewelry, is simple.
It’s SCARCE.
It’s hard to get.
It’s hard to mine more of it.
Thus, you are able to STORE VALUE in it, because people can’t PRINT IT.
This is great, absolutely fantastic.
However, it does have many flaws that make Gold difficult to use.
1) It’s heavy
2) It’s hard to move around due to it’s value (security concerns)
3) It’s hard to verify if Gold is real or fake
4) It’s hard to divide it up into smaller pieces for smaller transaction sizes
5) It’s not totally scarce. If Miners are motivated, they can increase the supply at least 2% per year. We also don’t know how much Gold is in the ocean or on asteroids/other planets.
Now, before 2020, these issues honestly didn’t matter.
It was still MUCH better than holding cash in a bank account, and people always saw it as a great hedge against inflation.
And then, something broke.
I, luckily, saw this coming.
Here is the stock I owned, that tracks the price of Gold. (I would have bought the real thing, but again, that’s difficult, another of the issues…)
As you can see, after Covid hit, and the Gov started the printing press, Gold performed exactly as expected, rising month over month.
And then it hit August.
And all downhill since…
I’m going to make a pretty bold claim here on this letter…
Gold will NEVER go higher than it was in August.
Never, ever.
If you own Gold, you should sell it all.
Here’s why.
Check out this chart of Bitcoin instead…
Notice how Bitcoin started to go parabolic, at the exact same time?
Coincidence?
I think not.
Guess what also happened around that August time frame?
MicroStrategy shares have been on a tear since August as some investors looked at the stock as a way to gain exposure to bitcoin. Shares had been more than 660% since Aug. 11, the date the company revealed its first bitcoin buy. The stock hit a 52-week high of $1,315 on Feb. 9.
Hmmm…..
So…
1) Gold peaks
2) a Publicly traded company buys a crap-ton of Bitcoin and starts teaching the World why it’s “Digital Gold”.
3) And Bitcoin starts a historic price run…
All in the same month?
Coincidence?
Doubtful, actually, pretty much impossible.
Here’s a few smarter people than me talking about it…
I am a long term dollar bear and gold bull but have been neutral on both for over six months. Lots of liquid poured into a funnel creates a torrent. Bitcoin maybe The Stimulus Asset. Doesn’t look like gold is. - Jeffrey Gundlach - DoubleLine Founder and CEO
Bloomberg’s Lynn Thomasson explained it well by saying “Gundlach’s comments are another sign the investment case for Bitcoin is winning over institutional money managers and possibly siphoning cash from the gold market. Historically, traders have turned to the precious metal as a way to play rising inflation expectations. But over the past year, it has been range-bound and gold exchange-traded funds have seen outflows.”
And here’s why I’m utterly convinced Gold is dead, forever.
1) We don’t need 2 “Stores of Value”.
Why aren’t there two “Gold’s?”
Why has Gold ALWAYS been the standard of wealth preservation?
Because it’s universal.
Everyone agrees that it’s valuable.
Everyone knows what it is.
And it isn’t owned by anyone, no one government, nothing.
You don’t need 10 of these assets, you just need 1 that everyone recognizes.
Gold has been around for 4,000 years.
I would argue that if the market NEEDED more “Gold’s” then it would have found more.
It didn’t.
2) Bitcoin is better at being Gold by about 1,000x
Let’s just do a thought experiment.
Let’s say you need to move $1 BILLION dollars from New York City to London.
How much would that cost?
Now, be careful here.
I know many are thinking “we will just send a wire!”
But that isn’t final settlement.
There are like 10 banks and processes involved with doing that.
I’m talking about holding an ASSET that you KNOW is yours, that isn’t owned by some government or some bank.
So, to send $1 BILLION of Gold…
You’d need.
a 747 plane…
Dozens of armed guards…
A vault…
Dozens if not hundreds of permits and other paperwork
Minimum 18 hours of effort
About $5,000,000 to finance it all.
In contrast, you could use Bitcoin.
1 hour.
$5
That’s it.
And the crazy part is, I’m not exaggerating.
Bitcoin is…
Scarcer than Gold (Completely capped supply vs 2% at least)
1,000,000x easier to move
More secure (impossible to hack, don’t need security guards)
More divisible (divide down .0000000000001+)
Completely decentralized instead of held in Government vaults
Verifiable in seconds with any computer
And many more…
I hate to break it to all the “Gold Bugs” out there…
But Gold reminds me of Barnes and Noble…
Or maybe Blockbuster….
Sure, Bookstores had been around for thousands of years..
Blockbuster, not so long, but still…
It seemed impossible that they would cease to exist…
(I know, Barnes and Noble still exists, but when’s the last time you went to one?)
And then little old Amazon came along…
And put the Bookstore online…
And then Netflix came along…
And put Movies online…
And extinction came QUICKLY for the current system.
If you think that the same won’t happen for the “Store of Value” category, you are shockingly mistaken.
This is a “winner take all” battle.
The market has already spoken, and I expect it to speak QUITE LOUDLY over the next 10 months as well.
Sell your Gold, buy the digital version.
If you don’t know how, here’s an easy link from my friends over at Blockfi -> https://blockfi.com/?ref=e9fefa3e
I honestly don’t care if you use it or not, Swan Bitcoin is also great -> https://www.swanbitcoin.com/kale/
With either one I think there is a bonus if you deposit a certain amount, like $10 free or something.
I hope this letter was helpful to you.
These take me a while to write, and I wish more people would read them.
If you could take 30 seconds and forward this to people who you think it would help, that would mean the WORLD to me…
They can subscribe and get this letter 5x a week for FREE just by clicking the “30 day trial”.
After that, it’s like $50 a YEAR.
See you on Monday!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you’ve ever dreamed about getting a massive check….
Hey everyone!
Crazy news today in the Amazon FBA world.
Thrasio, the #1 Buyer of Amazon FBA Companies globally, has raised ANOTHER $750 Million dollars to keep buying more businesses.
Thrasio has raised over $1.75 BILLION to date….
AND, this funding round was OVERSUBSCRIBED.
That means that there were more investors wanting to invest than Thrasio could even handle….
The company is now expanding globally and hiring 30-40 people a WEEK.
They are now up to over 700 employees and contractors.
The CEO is quoted as saying ->
“Thrasio continues its exceptional growth. Over the past two months, we’ve been acquiring $1.5 million in revenue per day. Thrasio is now closing two or three deals every week.”
Wow, that’s a lot of Amazon businesses.
So, what does this mean for YOU?
Here’s a few quick things to note, whether you are currently selling on Amazon or not…
1) The “Amazon is a scam” argument, is dead.
If this doesn’t completely bury that argument once and for all, I don’t know what will.
Thrasio’s investors include… JP Morgan, Chase Bank, Goldman Sachs, BlackRock, Barclays, UBS, Credit Suisse, Oaktree, and RBC.
Those companies don’t mess around…
They wouldn’t be investing in a company who’s stated business model is to AQUIRE and RUN Amazon FBA Businesses, if selling on Amazon was a scam. Simple as that.
2) Floods of Money Flow Downstream
Obviously, 2020 cemented Amazon’s dominance.
If you weren’t shopping on Amazon before, you are now.
Amazon’s revenues have always flowed downward to its sellers, which is why it’s been the best way to start an online business for over 10 years.
However, because Amazon is growing so rapidly, the flood of institutional money has come in.
The “big dogs” want a piece of the pie.
And that means they are coming in and funding dozens of companies like Thrasio in order to buy up as many Amazon FBA Businesses as possible…
3) Thrasio is not the only one doing this…
Thrasio may be the largest, but there are dozens if not hundreds of well funded companies doing exactly what Thrasio is doing, which means more money available for sellers.
4) Selling a company is by far the quickest way to get “ACTUALLY RICH”.
Did you know that most billionaires aren’t actually rich?
It’s true.
They don’t have billions in their bank accounts.
They are just rich “on paper”.
Their stock is valued in billions of dollars, but unless they sell their stock (which is often difficult for CEO’s) they actually don’t have the cash.
In contrast, when you sell your company, you simply get a massive check.
After seeing many of our friends and clients pull this off, I will tell you from personal experience that NOTHING changes someone’s lifestyle more quickly than receiving that massive check in the mail. Nothing.
5) In this market, having an exit plan is like knowing where a vault of Gold is….
Obviously, markets are crazy right now.
You only have to look at the GameStop thing to realize that.
Like I’ve written about in many letters prior, I don’t anticipate this stopping anytime soon.
The governments NEED to keep printing money, which will keep causing the markets to rise.
What does this have to do with selling your business?
Well, if you get a big check in the mail for your business… all the sudden, this crazy market becomes your CASH FLOW.
By investing in the right things, you can take your millions and simply “live off the interest”.
I’ve discussed this in previous letters in detail, head to the archive and search for “the 4% rule”.
(hint* whatever that “big check” amount is, just assume that you can withdraw 4% of that every single year and never even TOUCH the big amount… talk about freedom!)*
All of this is incredible news, guys and gals.
When money pours into a market like it is pouring into Amazon FBA, people get rich, and they get rich, quickly.
Obviously, it takes the right education, work ethic, and focus to get it done, but we are seeing it happen left and right with our clients.
You know you can always schedule a consultation with us by going to nineuniversity.com and clicking on “Nine University Custom”.
We will put together a custom solution for you and your goals.
Another easy way to keep tabs on all of this is to subscribe to this letter.
I write it 5 days a week to subscribers, and for a limited time, I’m offering it FREE for 30 days.
If you don’t like it, I’ll refund you. Simple as that.
See you subscribers tomorrow!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want to know what the most obvious investment of all-time is…..
Guys, Gals, its blindingly obvious at this point.
It’s so ridiculously obvious that I need to share a VERY SHORT story with you to illustrate how obvious it is.
Okay here goes.
Once upon a time, there was a man named Michael Saylor.
Michael Saylor had really big kahunas.
He is the CEO of a publicly traded company, MicroStrategy.
He went ahead and purchased a crap ton of Bitcoin.
To date, they have purchased 70,470 BTC (yes you read that right) at an average purchase price of $15,964 per bitcoin.
That means, they have spent $1.125 BILLION on Bitcoin.
That bitcoin is now, as of today, worth $3,593,970,000.
That’s almost $4 Billion if you can’t read a number that big (I sure can’t).
Just to put that in perspective…
It took Saylor’s company 25 YEARS to generate $400 Million Dollars.
So, in about 7 months, Saylor has generated 798.49% MORE MONEY than he generated in the HISTORY OF HIS COMPANY.
That’s bonkers level crazy.
But oh, this story isn’t over.
Saylor hosted a “Bitcoin for Corporations” event in early February.
I attended a few of the sessions, it was amazing.
And it was a smashing success.
yes, you read that right.
nearly 7 THOUSAND different companies attended.
Now this is when it starts to get crazy.
Today, yes, Today, Michael Saylor announced that his company is raising $900 MILLION to (you guessed it) buy MORE bitcoin….
Now, let’s just stop and think about this for a split second.
Obviously Saylor has enough BTC, right?
Like, he’s got plenty.
So there’s no need to do this, literally ZERO NEED, unless he KNOWS, FOR SURE, that his conference was a success….
Are you actually sitting there and telling me that Saylor isn’t in contact with these CEO’s, personally?
Last week, a CNBC anchor asked Saylor whether he helped convince Tesla’s Elon Musk to invest $1.5 BILLION in Bitcoin….
Here’s the clip..
You can literally see him smiling ear to ear and laughing.
OF COURSE HE HELPED HIM ARE YOU SERIOUS?
So, here’s the deal.
1) There is absolutely no doubt that Michael is in direct contact with hundreds, if not thousands of the most powerful CEO’s in the World.
2) Those CEO’s are actively working with their accountants, lawyers, and boards of directors to purchase a crap ton of Bitcoin. This process takes time, and they are referring to Michael Saylor’s “playbook” in order to get it done quickly (because he’s already done it.)
3) Saylor knows, without a doubt, that this is going on. So, logically, he is buying more Bitcoin before these other “big dogs” do. Because when they buy, the price will go up, and he will make even more money than he already has.
That’s honestly it guys and gals.
There has never been a more obvious investment, because there has never been another Bitcoin.
You don’t need to be a brain surgeon or rocket scientist like Elon Musk or Michael Saylor to understand it.
It’s simple supply and demand.
There are only 21 million Bitcoin, there can never be 21.1 million.
There are thousands if not tens of thousands of corporations lined up to buy this stuff.
There are not enough coins to go around.
The only way for everyone to get some, is for the price to rocket upwards, and convince some “weaker hands” to sell their coins.
So, what should you do?
1) If you already own BTC, please, for the love of God, don’t sell your coins to Michael Saylor and his friends. They have enough.
2) If you don’t own BTC yet, you should get some. Here’s the platform I use, I just got a referral code yesterday that will give you $10 free if you deposit $100. So that’s cool -> https://blockfi.com/?ref=e9fefa3e
That’s all I’ve got for now!
Honestly I don’t benefit at all from telling you guys this, but it’s so freaking blatantly obvious that I had to.
Many of you readers are already up obscene amounts because you listened to me, and that makes me happy.
If this helped you, please consider subscribing, and SHARING (forward the email).
Subscribing is free for 30 days (with a 100% money back guarantee) so it’s kinda a no brainer.
See you subscribers tomorrow!
Kale
p.s. Oh, as if that story wasn’t good enough, the World’s LARGEST asset manager (Blackrock, 7 TRILLION under management) said that they are “dabbling” in Bitcoin, today.
TRANSLATION? We are buying Bitcoin, and a lot of it. We’re saying “dabbling” because we don’t want to pump the price too much while we buy more….
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Everything you now use on a daily basis, that seems common, was once ridiculed as “impossible” by a REALLY smart person….
Don’t believe me?
Let’s do this.
(as you read these, try to internalize the POINT of this exercise… -> people are STILL doing this today. All game-changing technology is ALWAYS underestimated, even right before its breakthrough, EVEN by the people that should know better…)
1) 1902 - Flying? Yeah right.
“Flight by machines heavier than air is unpractical and insignificant, if not utterly impossible.” - Simon Newcomb, Canadian-American astronomer and mathematician, 18 months before the Wright Brothers’ flew at Kittyhawk.
2) 1903 - Cars? Nah.
“The horse is here to stay, but the automobile is only a novelty, a fad.” - President of the Michigan Savings Bank to Henry Ford’s Lawyer.
3) 1916 - Movies? NO WAY.
“The cinema is little more than a fad. It’s canned drama. What audiences really want to see is flesh and blood on the stage.” - Charlie Chaplin - World Famous Actor, Producer, Director, and Studio Founder
4) 1927 - Movies with SOUND? Get outta town.
“Who the hell wants to hear actors talk?” - H.M. Warner, co-founder of Warner Brothers.
5) 1946 - TV? No way that lasts…
“Television won’t last because people will soon get tired of staring at a plywood box every night.” - Darryl Zanuck, movie producer, 20th Century Fox.
6) 1995 - Internet collapse.
"I predict the Internet will soon go spectacularly supernova and in 1996 catastrophically collapse." - Robert Metcalfe (the inventor of Ethernet)
7) 2003 - Subscription music will never work.
The subscription model of buying music is bankrupt. I think you could make available the Second Coming in a subscription model, and it might not be successful.”— Steve Jobs, in Rolling Stone
8) 2007 - iPhone? Piece of crap!
“There’s no chance that the iPhone is going to get any significant market share.”— Steve Ballmer, Microsoft CEO.
You guys get the idea right?
What do all of these have in common?
A) They were horribly wrong in their predictions.
B) The predictions centered around some sort of EXPONENTIAL TECHNOLOGY.
For instance, Airplanes exponentially changed the way the World functions. Military, transportation, commerce, etc.
C) The people that were wrong were usually experts in their fields and it still didn’t matter.
So what do we do with this information?
Here’s how I see it…
Don’t assume that an expert in one area is already an expert in another. For instance, Charlie Chaplin went on to become one of the most famous MOVIE actors of all time. But he said it would never work. Sometimes the best people get so focused on what they are currently doing that they miss what’s right in front of them.
Get a variety of opinions. Of course there will always be naysayers, but for everything listed above there were also dreamers, who knew the truth. Often, the truth was not conveyed by traditional “experts”.
Break it down to first principles. This deserves a letter of its own, but basically it means, break down a concept to its CORE, what is actually possible. For instance, the people that thought flight was impossible, were not thinking in first principles. First principles would say that as long as you generate enough lift, theoretically, ANYTHING can fly.
Stay informed, keep studying. Don’t be afraid to change your mind. The smartest people in the World have been wrong so many times it’s crazy! Steve Jobs thought Apple Music would fail! And here we are.
If you enjoyed this letter, I would REALLY appreciate it if you would share it and subscribe.
For a limited time I’m offering it FREE for 30 days, if you end up not liking it I won’t charge you a penny :)
Here’s a few more super bad predictions as a bonus, haha!
“Fooling around with alternating current is just a waste of time. Nobody will use it, ever.” — Thomas Edison, 1889.
“There is not the slightest indication that nuclear energy will ever be obtainable. It would mean that the atom would have to be shattered at will.” — Albert Einstein, 1932
“I must confess that my imagination refuses to see any sort of submarine doing anything but suffocating its crew and floundering at sea.” — HG Wells, 1901.
“To place a man in a multi-stage rocket and project him into the controlling gravitational field of the moon where the passengers can make scientific observations, perhaps land alive, and then return to earth – all that constitutes a wild dream worthy of Jules Verne. I am bold enough to say that such a man-made voyage will never occur regardless of all future advances.” — Lee DeForest, 1926
"There's just not that many videos I want to watch." — Steve Chen, CTO and Co-founder of YouTube, 2005.
See you subscribers tomorrow!
Thanks for reading and sharing!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want to hear a current update on the best performing investment of the last decade.
Hey everyone!
I was traveling last week, it was much needed.
So, I apologize if the letters weren’t “breaking news” style, as I wrote them prior so I could spend time with my wife.
So, BREAKING NEWS, Bitcoin is better than ever, haha.
I’m sure many of you saw this, but last week Tesla put $1.5 BILLION dollars worth of Bitcoin on their corporate balance sheet.
Obviously, this was the single most incredible Bitcoin news that has ever happened, and the market responded to it.
Bitcoin rose nearly $10,000 in ONE DAY and now sits around $48,000 as of this morning’s letter.
I’ve been telling you guys for months now that this was on the way, but seeing it play out in such a dramatic fashion is quite incredible.
Here’s what this news means.
One of the most valuable companies in the World now owns Bitcoin.
The richest man in the World now owns Bitcoin (Elon Musk).
Pretty much every investor in the World now owns Bitcoin through Tesla (Tesla is a part of the S&P 500, the most commonly traded ETF in the World. Every investor has exposure)
Every single other company on the PLANET is now seriously discussing doing this.
Like I said, I’ve been telling you that every company will eventually put BTC on the balance sheet.
But this news virtually GUARANTEES that they are all talking about it, and talking about it seriously.
Tesla ALREADY made more money simply by buying Bitcoin than they did by selling cars, ALL OF LAST YEAR.
I’ll write that again, bigger, so you can see it.
Tesla ALREADY made more money simply by buying Bitcoin than they did by selling cars, ALL OF LAST YEAR.
I’m not a total genius but I am a CEO.
And if someone told me I could make more money in a week than I made all of last year, simply by hitting a few buttons on a computer, I would do it.
It’s a no brainer.
There were a bunch of other Bitcoin announcements last week as well…
The two most important, I thought, were.
1) BNY Mellon (oldest bank in the U.S.) announced that it will custody Bitcoin for its clients.
2) Venmo announced they will allow customers to purchase BTC (likely in a month or less)
Those two things alone would be CRAZY news a few years ago, but they are commonplace these days in the Bitcoin space.
It honestly feels like an avalanche.
Eventually, everyone and every company and organization will capitulate and jump on the BTC bandwagon.
Now, for some straight talk.
It’s not too late.
If you Google “Bitcoin” there will be a bunch of idiots telling you that it’s going to crash, that it always crashes, that it’s a “bubble” all of that.
They are completely, 100% wrong and it’s not even funny.
Sure, we might crash down to 70k this year (after reaching 300k+) in quarter 4.
But that’s about the only thing I see happening, if I’m being honest.
It doesn’t take a brain surgeon to look at this one and make a decision.
There are only 3-4 million Bitcoin available for sale.
The rest are completely locked up, never being sold.
In fact, 60% of ALL Bitcoin have never been moved in the past 12 months…
Think about that…
60% of the entire supply is just NOT FOR SALE.
And now, you have every corporation literally in the World trying to buy some.
You don’t have to be a genius to see what’s going to happen with the price.
So, use it as your savings account.
Don’t put off starting that business.
You should do that, ASAP.
But any money that you have left over?
Just chilling in Bank of America?
It NEEDS to be sitting in your BITCOIN savings account.
Just do it, quick, and thank me later.
Everyone also asks me, “How do I buy Bitcoin?”
So I set up an account with my friends over at Swan Bitcoin -> https://www.swanbitcoin.com/kale/
I honestly have no idea if I get a commission if you use them or not I could care less.
I just know that they are the best in the biz and have the lowest fees so you might as well.
Let me know if you have any questions!
I could talk about this stuff till I’m blue in the face, but your best bet is to just trust me for now, get some BTC, and then LEARN MORE so you can have the conviction to hold onto it for a long period of time.
Kale
I write this letter 5 times a week while also running multiple 8-figure companies. I don’t need your money but if you are getting value please consider opting in for the 30 day free trial. I guarantee this letter will provide you a 7 figure value for a $50 a YEAR price, seems like a good deal to me!
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want a list of the best movies ever made!
If you can’t find a movie in this list that you like I feel sorry for you, I truly do.
Hey, you amazing human you.
I’m traveling today and tomorrow so I thought I would do a couple fun editions of “The Kale Letter”.
I’m just going to list out my top movies of all time and why they are amazing. I’m sure you will enjoy.
And, if you come back tomorrow, I’ll do TV shows and maybe some more books or something.
About Time
My all time favorite. Yes, I’m a hopeless romantic, but it’s more than that. It is honestly profound and has a dead simple message at the end that will resonate with you for the rest of your life, most likely.
Not a day goes by where I don’t think about this movie, I’m serious. It has changed the way I see the World. Just watch it and let me know what you think.
The Fundamentals of Caring
This is a new one, will make you cry your freaking eyes out. It’s about this kid with Duchenne’s syndrome who is stuck in a wheelchair and his caregiver (who happens to be the guy who plays Ant Man)
I know that description won’t do it justice but I bet you $1,000 you will LOVE it and cry and recommend it to all your friends. Oh and Selena Gomez is randomly in it and awesome.
Yes Man
Jim Carey. A hilarious concept of saying YES to everything. Realizing it’s actually a super deep concept. A love story as well. Come on, seen it 10,000 times. Like a fine wine it gets better with age.
Salt
Want to watch the most badass movie of all time? Enjoy Angelina Jolie in her prime? (who doesn’t). Watch it.
Interstellar
Like space? Like to dream big? Like to watch movies by the greatest living director in my opinion? (Cristopher Nolan)
Anything involving Will Ferrel.
I’m serious, the guy is hilarious.
Talledega Nights
Semi Pro
Step Brothers
The Other Guys
Daddy’s Home
Need I go on? Just search the guy and thank me later.
Eternal sunshine of the Spotless Mind
Enjoy movies that make you think? I literally found this movie in a film class, yeah, it’s that good.
Catch me if you can
Leonardo Dicaprio. A true story about a kid who launders a crap ton of money, becomes uber rich, poses as an airplane pilot and doctor, and runs from the FBI led by none other than Tom Hanks. Enough said.
The Prestige
Remember when I said Christopher Nolan is the best director alive? The Prestige is literally a magic trick, played out on the screen. It’s about magicians (Christian Bale) yet by the end you understand that the only one who was really getting a trick played on them was YOU. Mind BLOWING.
In Time
Justin Timberlake. A world where there is no currency, time literally IS money. If you run out of time, you die. Crazy concept that is so relevant to today’s world that it’s quite profound.
Wedding Crashers
Hilarious. Classic. You’ve probably already seen this but it needed to be on the list.
The Notebook
Say what you want, this is a TEARJERKER I CRY EVERY TIME. Don’t judge me.
The Next Three Days
His wife gets wrongly imprisoned, he breaks her out. Pretty badass.
Inception
Haven’t seen this? Do you even have a life?
The Kingdom
Super intense action movie that many haven’t seen. Will rock you and literally make you sweat.
Oceans 11
Obviously a classic. They rob a hotel casino. The sequels weren’t as good imo.
The Spectacular Now
A spectacular love story with two actors that have some of the best chemistry I’ve ever seen. Not cheesy like the others.
A Beautiful Mind
Umm.. I apologize FOR YOU if you haven’t seen this classic. It’s about, you guessed it, a really really smart man who solves a really really important problem.
RV
You may pee yourself laughing. You’ve been warned.
Forrest Gump
Duh.
Okay, this is taking forever, here’s a DUMP of the rest of them you need to see. Just trust me.
-The big lebowski
-All lord of the rings
Saving private ryan
-Memento
The Green Mile
-The departed
-Gladiator
-Django Unchained
-Good will hunting
-The kings speech
-Shutter Island
Titanic
All pirates of the Caribbean
Bridesmaids
-Shooter
-Mud
All three iron man
2nd sherlock holmes
Bruce almighty
-Chronicle
The vow
-The bucket list
Limitless
Think like a man
Thats my boy
-National Lampoons Christmas Vacation
-The Adjustment Bureau
Meet the fockers
-Scent of a woman
The book of eli
-Safe House
-The taking of Pelham 123
-Deja Vu
-Inside Man
Olympus has fallen
Friends with benefits
-The Italian Job
-Source Code
-5$ a Day
-Spring Breakers
-War horse
The last castle
Mr brooks
The revenant
ENJOY! Share this with someone tonight and grab the popcorn!!!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want to know what percentage of your dollars are getting DESTROYED every single year, behind closed doors….
Hey all!
So one of the things that really started me down this journey of entrepreneurship and investing (like my life depended on it it) was this concept of inflation.
Our entire lives, we’ve been told that inflation is 1-2%, NO BIG DEAL.
This “inflation rate” comes from something called the “CPI INDEX” which is just a fancy term for a basket of GOODS that everyday people use.
Think
Milk
Sugar
Eggs
etc
Now, this SEEMS to make sense.
Milk and eggs haven’t all the sudden gotten crazy expensive….
Maybe a little more expensive year after year sure, but not something to write home about.
So, people automatically THINK that their money is safe!
Basically, for the majority of my life, I thought that MY DOLLARS would buy the SAME AMOUNT (or pretty much the same) of STUFF the next year!
Now what if I told you that wasn’t true, at all?
What if I told you that the TRUE rate of inflation was 10%.
That every year, your money would purchase 10% LESS stuff.
Would that bother you?
What if I told you it was 20%?
Picture this.
Every year, on new years day.
Instead of sleeping off a hangover like the rest of the World.
You do something crazy.
You take ALL your money, all your assets, everything.
You LIQUIDATE THEM.
You take that cash, and you put it in the middle of a random parking lot.
Hopefully, theres a decent stack of cash there.. :)
Regardless of how much there is…
You light 20% of it ON FIRE.
POOF.
Gone forever.
And then next year you do the same exact thing…
and the year after that
and the year after that…
How long until this starts to seem insane?
How long until you literally can’t buy anything you want?
So let’s talk about the REAL inflation rate.
Because I really don’t want any of my readers burning their money in a parking lot :)
Here’s a concept that is really important.
For MOST PEOPLE, CPI is MEANINGLESS.
If EGGS increase in price $1 every year, will that bankrupt you?
Absolutely not.
However, if the price of your DREAM HOME on the BEACH increases in price 25%?
Will that hurt?
Absolutely.
What about if all the stocks on the stock market increase in price 25%, and you don’t own any?
Exactly.
2020 made it GLARINGLY obvious that the true inflation rate was around 20%, for things that PEOPLE ACTUALLY WANT TO BUY.
Vacation homes
Stocks
Bitcoin
Businesses that generate cash flow
Don’t believe me? Here’s a chart of the stock market, (DURING A PANDEMIC, MIND YOU)
As you can see, the Nasdaq, a basket of tech centered stocks, went up 42% during the pandemic.
42%.
That means that if you want to buy any of the BEST companies in the World…
You have to pay at least 42% MORE this year than you did last year.
That’s pretty crazy huh?
Hmmm.. what about real estate?
I’m sure you’ve seen the crazy headlines…
There has been a MASS EXODUS of people from places like San Francisco and New York City to warmer, less locked down cities like Miami and Austin.
Real estate prices in hotbed areas like these have absolutely soared.
What about Bitcoin?
Up 400+%
What about cash flowing businesses?
As I’ve written about previously, Amazon businesses are selling at record speeds for record prices.
Now, I could go DEEP down the rabbit hole here and into way more detail than is necessary.
If you want that detail, I would HIGHLY recommend this podcast, you will learn more in 2 hours than you’ve learned in the past year… ->
However, we can summarize the argument for 20%+ inflation very simply.
Remember the game monopoly?
What if I told you that the monopoly banker just handed out 20% more money to each of the rich people playing the game?
What would be the inflation rate?
If you guessed 20%, you’d be correct!
Those rich people would buy 20% more houses, and bid up the prices on those at least 20%.
If they weren’t stuck in the game of monopoly, and actually in the real World, they would buy other scarce things, because why would you keep cash?
Clearly the banker can add cash whenever he wants, and thus devalue your cash.
So you might as well buy something to try to store your wealth in…
So they would buy stocks, bitcoin, businesses, start new businesses, etc.
AND THAT’S EXACTLY WHAT’S HAPPENING IN THE REAL WORLD.
Actually, it’s really EASY to calculate the true inflation rate.
Just go here. -> https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/M2
That is a LIVE graph of the M2 MONEY SUPPLY.
It’s just a fancy word for how many dollars the government prints.
As you can see, that SUPPLY OF MONEY (think Monopoly banker) has gone up by 20% in the past YEAR.
That’s ridiculous.
I’ll stop typing now because this letter is getting really long but I just want you to stop and think about that for a second…
If what I am saying is true, are you ACTUALLY lighting 20% of your money on fire every year? (by leaving it in CASH that is being devalued)
What can you do to AVOID doing that?
hint subscribe to this letter, I’m here to help, and it’s free for 30 days
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Spoiler alert: Yes, it is. This one email will change your happiness level 1000x so you should probably open it.
Spoiler alert #2: I stole this from one of my favorite books of ALL TIME “The Magic of Thinking Big”.
I’ve read this ONE passage dozens, if not hundreds of times over the years, and I felt compelled just to read it to you today, because I’ve SEEN with my OWN EYES how much this can change someone’s life.
So without further ado, let’s go. You’re going to love this.
——————————————————————————-
Your mind is a “thought factory.” It’s a busy factory, producing countless thoughts in one day.
Production in your thought factory is under the charge of two foremen, one of whom we will call Mr. Triumph and the other Mr. Defeat. Mr. Triumph is in charge of manufacturing positive thoughts. He specializes in producing reasons why you can, why you’re qualified, why you will.
The other foreman, Mr. Defeat, produces negative, deprecating thoughts. He is your expert in developing reasons why you can’t, why you’re weak, why you’re inadequate. His specialty is the “why-you-will-fail” chain of thoughts.
Both Mr. Triumph and Mr. Defeat are intensely obedient. They snap to attention immediately. All you need do to signal either foreman is to give the slightest mental beck and call. If the signal is positive, Mr. Triumph will step forward and go to work. Likewise, a negative signal brings Mr. Defeat forward.
To see how these two foremen work for you, try this example. Tell yourself, “Today is a lousy day.” This signals Mr. Defeat into action, and he manufactures some facts to prove you are right. He suggests to you that it’s too hot or it’s too cold, business will be bad today, sales will drop, other people will be on edge, you may get sick, your wife will be in a fussy mood. Mr. Defeat is tremendously efficient. In just a few moments he’s got you sold. It is a bad day. Before you know it, it is a heck of a bad day.
But tell yourself, “Today is a fine day,” and Mr. Triumph is signaled forward to act. He tells you, “This is a wonderful day. The weather is refreshing. It’s good to be alive. Today you can catch up on some of your work.” And then it is a good day.
In like fashion Mr. Defeat can show you why you can’t sell Mr. Smith; Mr. Triumph will show you that you can. Mr. Defeat will convince you that you will fail, while Mr. Triumph will demonstrate why you will succeed. Mr. Defeat will prepare a brilliant case against Tom, while Mr. Triumph will show you more reasons why you like Tom.
Now, the more work you give either of these two foremen, the stronger he becomes. If Mr. Defeat is given more work to do, he adds personnel and takes up more space in your mind. Eventually, he will take over the entire thought-manufacturing division, and virtually all thought will be of a negative nature.
The only wise thing to do is fire Mr. Defeat. You don’t need him. You don’t want him around telling you that you can’t, you’re not up to it, you’ll fail, and so on. Mr. Defeat won’t help you get where you want to go, so boot him out.
Use Mr. Triumph 100 percent of the time. When any thought enters your mind, ask Mr. Triumph to go to work for you. He’ll show you how you can succeed.
Wow. Pretty incredible huh?
Feel free to forward this email to someone who needs to hear that, I sure did today.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you like watching TV shows and want to watch something that doesn’t suck.
Hey you! Traveling today so I’m just dropping a list of all my favorite TV shows, if you can’t find something good in here I think maybe we’ve both been watching too much TV! :)
Altered Carbon
Now, fair warning, this definitely isn’t for kids. Nudity, violence, all of it.
However, this is my favorite because I’m a HUGE future nerd. I never stop thinking about what the World will look like in 10, 20, 100, even 1,000 years.
This is the first TV show I’ve watched where I truly BELIEVED that this is what the World COULD look like in the future.
It’s staged like 1,000 years in the future and is absolutely riveting. Definitely not for everyone though, maybe watch the first episode and see if you get hooked.
The Queens Gambit
I’m pretty sure most of you have already seen this.
Since the whole world already has.
But the fact that this show actually ENDED.
And didn’t leave you on a stupid cliffhanger…
Is the BEST THING EVER.
Not to mention amazing casting, and it’s about CHESS.
I love chess.
So a little biased.
But it’s incredible and you’ll love it.
The Office
Do I need to describe this one? It has a cult following, for a REASON.
There are multiple people in my life who literally fall asleep to this nightly and have been doing that for YEARS.
It’s that good. Probably nothing will ever surpass it honestly.
And please don’t watch the first episode and quit. Are you serious? Give it a season.
How I Met Your Mother
Again, one of the best ever.
Seinfeld
You know this one, moving on haha!
Travelers
On Netflix, again, I love the future and time travel. This is the best time travel series ever made.
Money Heist
Not even originally filmed in English. Doesn’t matter, at all.
They literally rob a bank by taking control of it and PRINTING 100s of million of euros.
And then in the next season it escalates from there. Absolutely fantastic.
Game of Thrones
Now, I say this with a HUGE caveat. DO NOT WATCH THE LAST EPISODE.
Just watch everything up until the last episode and then IMAGINE what your ideal ending would be.
I’m serious.
They messed up the ending SO BADLY that if you can’t handle that you shouldn’t even start.
I was depressed for like a week after I watched the finale.
Breaking Bad
Obviously one of the best TV shows ever made, no question. About a dude who makes meth, go figure.
Broadchurch
You probably haven’t heard of this but it’s wonderful. Incredible casting, murder mystery detective style.
24
This was my favorite show growing up. They INVENTED the cliffhanger ending. Jack Bauer baby! If you like action this should be required viewing.
Sherlock
THE BBC ONE!!
New Girl
Hilarious, heartwarming.
Hmm… I’m probably forgetting like 500 shows I’ve watched. But that’s a really good 13.
Let’s just do this…. Comment your favorite shows below!
I’m writing this letter a week in advance and predicting I’m having a blast in the sunshine right now, so cheers!
See you all on Monday!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Open this if you want the #1 way to actually GET that car, house, boat, or vacation that you’ve been dreaming about….
Unfortunately I can’t find the original tweet that inspired this post.
But I saw it 3 or 4 years ago from some entrepreneur that I admire.
It was simply a picture of his garage, full of Ferraris, Lambos, Bugattis, you name it.
And all the tweet said was “Your Obsessions Become Your Possessions.”
That hit me, HARD.
I knew, deep down, that this was probably the truest (is that a word) sentence that had ever been written.
As many of you know, I played Division 1 College Basketball.
Since I was in 5th grade, I was OBSESSED with playing at Duke University.
And I mean OBSESSED.
I worked out 7 days a week.
Obviously, I’m also 6’8 so that helped, but damn, if I didn’t get close…
I actually visited Duke (didn’t get a scholarship offer though) and ended up choosing Northwestern University over Stanford, Wake Forest, Florida State, Iowa, Nebraska, Seton Hall, and 30+ others.
If that’s not (your obsessions becoming your possessions) I don’t know what is.
Sure, I didn’t actually end up at Duke, but I got damn close.
The thing that I literally went to sleep obsessing about for 10 years of my life, ended up coming true.
Weird how that works right?
We have all HEARD about how the greatest athletes in the world use VISUALIZATION to achieve what they achieve.
But how many of us are actually doing it on a day to day basis?
Before I saw that tweet, I sure wasn’t.
I was running my businesses, honestly just trying to keep my head above water and make it to the next day…
But then, I realized I was doing it all wrong.
I remembered how obsessed I had been with Duke, and how that FUELED me to go through all that pain and suffering (endless hours in the gym and weight room).
I needed a new OBSESSION.
So, I took a couple days, and went “shopping”.
HINT you should do this, immediately.
It will be different for everyone.
Some people want a vacation, or a mansion, or a boat, or just time with their loved ones.
For me?
I wanted a Tesla.
And not just any Tesla, the FAST one.
The Model S P100D.
Zero to 60 in 2.2 seconds.
Melt your face back and drive itself baby.
I felt that obsession bubbling back up in me again.
I could almost feel the wheel under my fingers.
(hint, this is when you know you’re actually obsessed, when you start smelling and hearing and feeling things as if you already own it)
I could see the look on my dad’s face as I pulled up to pick him up in it….
I could feel the pride of pulling up to a nice dinner with my wife and watching the valet park it out FRONT because it was the nicest car at the restaurant.
Oh, and it was bright red.
I went to sleep every night for nearly 2 years thinking about that car.
I watched every single review on YouTube.
I customized it 400 times on the Tesla website.
I was OBSESSED.
And lo and behold…..
She was mine.
Now, you may notice that ABSOLUTELY NOTHING in this letter has been TACTICAL.
There haven’t been any “how to’s” on how to actually make enough money to afford this $150,000 car.
That’s because you don’t need them.
This is truly one of the best entrepreneurship hacks because it doesn’t require ANYTHING of you other than actually becoming obsessed enough.
Once you become this obsessed.
Your brain will automatically start formulating ways to make it happen.
I promise.
I’m going to make that bigger so that you read it.
Once you become this obsessed.
Your brain will automatically start formulating ways to make it happen.
This is not just my opinion.
This is factual science backed information. (See CLASSIC books “The Magic of Thinking Big” and “Think and Grow Rich”)
It really is that simple.
I know you may not believe me right now, you may think this is some pie in the sky nonsense.
But it’s not.
You truly can achieve ANYTHING you set your mind to.
The hardest part is SETTING YOUR MIND to it.
So “go shopping” today, and share this with someone else who needs to get their mind right.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
Free 30 day trial of this letter I send it out 5 days a week + podcast version ^
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
You should probably open this email if you want to learn the #1 relationship hack I’ve ever been taught in my life….
This one trick has allowed me to have nearly 3 years of marriage, and 5 years of dating my wife in pretty much perfect harmony.
No, I’m not joking, or exaggerating.
ALL of our friends think that we are absolutely ridiculous, that they can never “have what we have” because we literally NEVER fight, spend every second together, and are more in love today than the day we were married.
I’m honestly not BS’ing you.
Here’s what we learned going through pre-marital counseling, that once you see it, will change EVERYTHING about your relationship with your significant other.
It all comes down to two words.
Love & Respect.
Now, before you close this email and say “DUH” at the top of your lungs, STOP.
It’s much deeper than that.
Here’s how it works ready?
I’m willing to bet you every dollar I’ve ever made…
That EVERY SINGLE FIGHT you’ve ever had comes down to the vicious cycle of love and respect.
Every single one.
Here’s the framework.
If a WOMAN doesn’t feel LOVED, it’s not good.
If a MAN doesn’t feel RESPECTED, it’s not good.
Those two things are so universal its honestly kind of ridiculous.
Now, what’s important is the way they INTERACT.
It can start with either person.
Let’s say the man comes home, and doesn’t show his normal level of affection to his woman.
No kisses, kinda grouchy.
Obviously, the woman now doesn’t feel loved.
And this is where it becomes a vicious cycle.
She will then, usually subconsciously, lash back out with some level of a lack of respect.
It could be as subtle as her tone of voice when she snaps, “Can you at least hang up your coat?”
Now, the guy doesn’t feel respected.
He had a long day at work, and this woman is yipping at him as soon as he walks in the door?
Oh hell no.
Now, he doesn’t show her any affection for hours..
He’s on his phone, being an A-Hole.
She starts to pile it on in the disrespect as well… "you never do anything around here…” “don’t you care about my day..? Of course you don’t…”
DOES THIS SOUND FAMILIAR AT ALL?
HAHAHAHA I hope your mind is blown right now because mine certainly was.
Here it is, mapped out for you.
It really is that simple.
It can start with either person, mind you, it really doesn’t matter.
It’s just a vicious cycle as diagrammed perfectly above.
Eventually, if you don’t break out of it, you end up not even knowing what you’re fighting about in the first place!!!
So, the real question then becomes, how do you break out of it??
And herein lies the secret sauce.
Now, I’m a guy, so I can only speak from my side of it, but I’m sure this applies to women as well.
It’s so easy it will shock you.
All you have to do is..
1) RECOGNIZE when you FEEL disrespected (for guys)
2) RECOGNIZE when you FEEL un-loved (for girls)
3) And in that moment, do the OPPOSITE of what you would normally do.
So, for guys. Instead of showing a lack of love in response to being disrespected, IMMEDIATELY go hug or kiss her.
So, for ladies, instead of showing disrespect for feeling un-loved, IMMEDIATELY tell him you are proud of him or genuinely be curious about what he has been up to.
That’s it.
Obviously, it’s easier said than done, in the moment.
HOWEVER, watching the cycle literally SNAP into a thousand pieces the second you pivot and do the opposite of what you normally do is SO SATISFYING that I PROMISE it will start to become almost like a game to you.
I personally have been “winning” this game for over 3 years now and the level of happiness I’ve experienced in my marriage is honestly so insane I feel BAD for people who don’t know about this simple concept.
It truly is universal, and I truly believe if you TRY IT TODAY it will change your life forever.
PLEASE - Send this (you can forward this email or hit SHARE) to someone who it will help.
I seriously want this to be the MOST SHARED “Kale Letter” ever because you can quite literally change the trajectory of someone’s life through this simple concept.
Subscriber only letter tomorrow! See you then.
Kale
You can subscribe for FREE for 30 days to this letter, it’s pretty awesome and will help you, I promise. If you hate it, I won’t charge you a dime. ^^
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Did you know that Amazon Businesses are selling for insane prices, at insane speeds?
In fact, Forbes has called BUYING Amazon Businesses “The Latest E-Commerce Gold Mine”.
And if you stay till the end of this letter I’m going to outline how you could hypothetically spend $13k a month FOREVER and never run out of money. So read on.
Heyday is one of DOZENS of companies that are approaching Unicorn status ($1 Billion Dollar Valuation or Greater) simply by PURCHASING Amazon FBA companies that already exist.
Naturally, this allows for massive opportunities downstream, to the people who actually OWN the Amazon FBA Businesses.
Now, I know, as the #1 educator of Amazon FBA business owners in the World, I’m a little biased.
I’ve seen with my own eyes the benefits of owning one of these “Gold Mines” when everyone is mining for gold.
I’ve seen exits, I’ve seen ridiculous offers get turned down because of bidding wars, I’ve seen it all.
So, with this letter, I’d like to share something that I’m not sure many people have access to.
This is taken directly from one of those “Gold Mining” companies (I’m not going to name them because I’m not sure if I should be sharing these haha).
This is basically what these giant companies, with massive amounts of funding, are LOOKING FOR when they are searching for Amazon Companies to buy.
Important things to remember….
They have raised BILLIONS of dollars under the premise that they will buy Amazon companies. Thus, they can’t buy other things with it. Thus, that naturally creates more competition for Amazon companies and drives their prices up.
All of my edits are in BOLD below (to explain what is happening).
—————
Amazon Seller Criteria
The Company expects that the following Criteria shall evolve, expand and change. Consequently, the Company may amend the Criteria applied by Finder by amending in writing the Criteria set forth in this Amazon Seller Criteria. Initially, the Company criteria shall be:
· Earnings: Earnings or EBITDA of $0.25MM - $25.0MM on a TTM basis
This means you can sell your business even if you only have profits of $250k per year.
That may seem like a lot, but to have a seamless exit like this, that is one of the lowest numbers possible.
o Annual revenues of $1.0MM - $100MM if earnings metrics are not available.
1M in revenue is not ridiculous, even with less than 10 products on the market. We’ve coached students who are doing nearly 500k/yr on ONE product.
· Review Moat: Critical
This just means that you have the most reviews for your category, something that naturally happens as you scale and dominate your chosen Niche.
· Amazon Revenues: 80%+ of the company revenues from Amazon;
Isn’t this awesome? Remember when everyone talked about “Diversifying?” in this case, diversifying HURTS you.
· Market Place Criteria: Flexible, but primarily US preferred.
Well that’s convenient, because it’s the easiest marketplace to sell on.
· Product Mix: We will look at companies that sell most products, however, we do not buy companies that sell products with the following criteria:
o Fashion risk (including handbags & dresses - but not baby pajamas, which we would buy);
o Beauty Product Companies, etc.;
o Shoes (too many SKUs);
o Food / Grocery; and
o Diet Pills.
All of our students have been cautioned against selling any of the above since day 1.
· Preferences (but not requirements):
o US revenues represent 65% + of all revenue – higher the better
o The lower the number of SKUs the better
WOW, less products is BETTER, it’s like they are trying to make this EASY!
———
Pretty cool huh?
Before I let you go, I want to make this a lot cooler for you.
I’m not sure all of you understand exactly what an EXIT means….
Let’s take a hypothetical LOWEST POSSIBLE example.
Your company generates $250k in profit per year.
You do this for a couple years.
Save half of it, invest 1/4 of it. End up with about 400k in the bank if you do it right.
Then, you decide to sell your company.
At that point, the competition in this “Gold Mine” space has reached a fever pitch.
Today, in 2021, companies like Heyday are paying 3-5x earnings (profit).
By 2023, I expect that number to jump to 4-8x earnings.
Let’s say you get 6x.
250k times 6x = YOU GET A CHECK FOR $1.5 MILLION DOLLARS.
You’ve put in 2-3 years of work.
You’ve already quit your day job.
You have 400k+ in the bank.
And now you just added $1.5 Million to that.
You decide to retire.
You take your $1.9 Million and you transfer it to BlockFi.
BlockFi is paying out 8.6% APY on cash right now.
Look it up.
Pretty insane.
So, that $1.9 Million pays you $13,616 PER MONTH.
Yes, per month.
And the best part?
You can spend that $13,616…
Every single month..
Forever..
AND NEVER TOUCH THAT INITIAL $1.9 MILLION.
You can give it to your kids.
Or donate it to charity.
Or buy 1.9 million McDonald’s sweet teas on your death bed if you want.
No one can tell you what to do, or how to do it.
Now THAT is freedom.
Now THAT is worth sacrificing for.
Now THAT is worth waking up in the morning and getting to WORK for.
I’m done, but if this grabbed you today make sure you share it.
If you’re interested in selling on Amazon obviously you can always visit us at nineuniversity.com
Hope you’re having an amazing day..
Unless you aren’t subscribed to this letter! Then I hope it’s crap!
Haha, just kidding. But seriously, subscribe. It’s free.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
If you’ve ever wanted to achieve something great in your life, you should probably open this email….
I’m going to lay out the “holy grail” of entrepreneurship…
Inventors, dreamers, and investors far and wide have been searching their entire lives…
Scrolling through YouTube tutorials…
Listening to endless podcasts…
And google searching like raving psychopaths…
But here, today, I’m going to give you the actual secret…
Ready?
Actually, first, a VERY quick story that will make it all make sense, ready?
Here are the stats for my last “Kale Letter”, sent out on Friday.
Pretty amazing huh?
I’m a FREAKING OVERNIGHT SUCCESS BABY!!!
Actually wait…
I started writing this letter back in SEPTEMBER….
5 days a week, 1-2 hours a day in order to make these letters actually decent.
So, I’m 5 months in, and honestly, while those numbers look good above and I’m super proud of them…
It’s not like I’m making enough money to become a full-time writer, haha!
This letter started as a FORCED project.
The end goal?
Write a #1 New York Times Bestseller.
I figured the only way to do that properly was just to START WRITING, build an audience, and figure out what YOU guys want to read.
So I forced myself to do this newsletter.
Now, here we are, 5 months later.
Want to know the big secret?
Okay let me just tell you.
I’ll make it bigger so you don’t miss it.
People OVER-ESTIMATE what they can do in a SHORT period of time, and UNDER-ESTIMATE what they can accomplish over a LONG period of time.
That’s it.
You’re probably like, “Come on Kale, that’s so lame.”
But is it? Really?
I would argue that it’s the #1 difference between those that succeed and fail at Entrepreneurship.
Let’s go back to the Kale Letter example.
When I first started, I honestly thought it would be quick.
I already have an audience from building my prior companies.
So I thought by now I’d have thousands of subscribers, be making 100k+ a month, and writing a book soon.
Seriously, I believed that.
After like a month or so of writing, I QUICKLY realized that it was going to take MUCH MUCH MUCH longer than that.
I considered quitting.
I make plenty of money elsewhere, and I don’t need all this time consumption of this letter, I thought.
BUT THIS IS WHY IT’S SO IMPORTANT.
Because I’m not unique.
This literally happens to EVERY SINGLE ENTREPRENEUR I’ve ever worked with (and it’s 10’s of thousands at this point).
here’s how it goes.
They start, they have insane, incredible goals, they have unlimited energy.
One month later, they realize it’s going to take at least twice as long as they thought and require 5x more energy than they thought.
Many quit.
Those that don’t quit, end up succeeding in a big way, because there is less competition… (everyone else quit).
Think about it in simple terms from the newsletter example…
Let’s say there were 10,000 “Kale’s” that started a newsletter in September…
How many quit after month one?
Month 2?
Month 3?
Month 4?
Month 5?
Obviously, I’m probably one of like .00000001% of people that have actually stuck it out this long.
(that’s not because I’m cool, btw, that’s because I FORCED MYSELF to do it, see my previous letters on life hacks)
So obviously, now the letter is picking up steam, because it has grown, steadily, and now, there is less competition.
I expect from here it will do 10x over the next 5 months as it did in the first 5 months.
And then 10x after that.
And another 10x.
But, let’s go back to the rule of the day, okay?
People OVER-ESTIMATE what they can do in a SHORT period of time, and UNDER-ESTIMATE what they can accomplish over a LONG period of time.
I’m probably still over-estimating how massive this letter can grow in the next 5-12 months, absolutely.
But I KNOW, from experience, that I’m UNDERESTIMATING where this letter will be in 5 years…
Honestly, the only real question at this point?
Will I still be writing this letter in 5 years?
Because if I am, my competition will be essentially ZERO.
No one who started at the same time as me will be left.
And I’m willing to bet those rewards will be quite hefty.
(first rule of biz, if you don’t have competition, you usually make a lot of money…)
Now, I understand that there are other newsletters.
But I’m trying to simplify this example for you.
Does that make sense?
Let me know in the comments below.
Be encouraged today, you future or current Entrepreneur YOU!
Every single day you survive, is another 10 of your competitors quitting.
Every single wall you break down is another wall your competitors thought was too sturdy to tackle.
Every single doubt you have in your head about your SHORT TERM performance will be ERADICATED if you just decide to SHOW UP and KEEP showing up over the long term.
Every single “overnight success” that the media tries to portray, spent YEARS if not DECADES in the shadows, patiently chipping away.
I’ll leave you with one more quote.
This one is from Lionel Messi.
He just signed a $673 MILLION DOLLAR contract, for 4 YEARS of playing soccer.
I’m not great at math but that’s like 170 million PER YEAR….
“I start early and I stay late, day after day, year after year…
It took me 17 years 114 days to become an overnight success.”
Share this with someone, pretty please.
Subscribe if you aren’t already, it’s freaking FREE for 30 days (ARE YOU NOT ENTERTAINED!)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
The Bitcoin price jumped nearly $4,000 in minutes today as the richest (and arguably the smartest) man in the World put one word in his twitter bio early this morning….
He followed that up with the tweet..
In retrospect, it was inevitable
Now, apart from just screaming I TOLD YOU SO to all of you who have been reading this letter for months…. :)
I can’t UNDERSTATE the significance of this moment…
I know, it’s just a twitter bio.
But oh my goodness is it so much more than that.
Let’s break down why this is so incredible, one step at a time.
1) The entire World has been exposed to the benefits of decentralization, overnight.
If you haven’t heard about what is happening with GameStop right now you should probably use the internet more…
I wrote about it yesterday for those who have been busy, go read it.
Yesterday, we truly hit a unique point in human history.
Censorship has been rampant for months, with Trump’s twitter account being the prime example.
However, yesterday, this censorship went down to the core beliefs of society.
The thing that holds it all together.
Our money.
A group of people on reddit (r/wallstreetbets) decided to buy the stock GameStop, and due to a variety of market factors, the price has gone vertical.
Instead of allowing this to happen, as a free market should, Wall-Street stepped in.
They bullied RobinHood and many other exchanges into literally PREVENTING anyone from buying the GameStop stock (sell only).
The price crashed.
Real people lost a TON of money.
It’s absolute insanity, and one of the most unfair and ridiculous things I’ve ever laid eyes on.
However, it has shown the world’s brightest spotlight on the true issue that I’ve been yapping about for months.
The chairman of the WallStreetBets community put it best with this tweet..
“They can only control us because we use their currency.”
The fact that Bitcoin is just sitting there, off to the side, while all this ridiculous, unfair manipulation is happening right in front of the World’s eyes….
Is one of the craziest things I’ve personally ever seen.
For those that are new to this letter, Bitcoin has no CEO, no one in charge. It is completely decentralized.
There is literally zero way to manipulate it, which is what makes it so beautiful.
2) Elon Musk is not a dumb guy, but he’s been playing dumb.
Ever since Elon Musk started pretending he didn’t know about Bitcoin, I knew something was up.
Let’s just back WAY up for a second.
Guess what the STATED MISSION of PayPal was (Elon Musk’s first company that he built…)
Yep, you guessed it, to create a DIGITAL CURRENCY to replace the U.S. dollar.
That was Elon Musk’s life mission, back in 1999, 10 YEARS before Bitcoin was even invented.
And you’re telling me he doesn’t understand Bitcoin?
Give me a break.
But that’s what he’s been trying to convince people of…
It’s hilarious…
He asked Michael Saylor pretty average questions about it publicly on twitter…
He tweets about a random joke coin called DogeCoin…
He basically just avoids the issue or plays dumb altogether when asked about it.
And then, all the sudden, boom.
Bitcoin in his bio + the “inevitable” tweet.
I’m sorry, but Elon owns Bitcoin now.
Probably many Billions of dollars worth.
There is no way in actual hell that Elon didn’t buy a couple billion worth AND THEN put that word in his bio.
He’s NO DUMMY.
He saw what Michael Saylor did, buying all that BTC and effectively 10xing the value of his company (MicroStrategy)
My guess is Tesla and SpaceX now have Bitcoin on their balance sheets.
And if not, Elon owns a ton personally.
Time will tell.
3) It’s deeper than just the money here.
Elon doesn’t need more money.
He’s already the richest man in the World.
If ANYONE has shown that his goals and aspirations are NEXT LEVEL it’s Elon.
Here are some of his stated goals…
Man on MARS by 2024.
City of 1 Million+ people on Mars by 2050.
Electrify the entire world and rid the world of gasoline vehicles.
Pretty tiny goals, huh?
By tweeting, “in retrospect, it was inevitable” I believe that Elon means a lot more than just him putting Bitcoin in his bio.
I think he means that Bitcoin itself was inevitable.
And I tend to agree.
4) As I’ve stated in previous letters, the global financial system is hanging by a thread.
Interest rates are at zero (and negative in many countries).
Global debt is soaring completely out of control, the governments aren’t even trying to hide the fact that taxes no longer come anywhere close to covering it.
Technology is deflationary in nature, and accelerating at a pace that no one can really comprehend.
In response, the governments of the world are printing money out of thin air in order to fund the never ending stimulus that is necessary to keep the wheels on the bus.
AND, a global pandemic accentuated all of these cracks in the system.
Without Bitcoin, I would truly be very worried about how the next 10+ years would play out.
For example, what happened yesterday with GameStop is NOT new in the history of the World.
In Weimar Germany in WW1, the currency went through a hyper-inflationary collapse.
The German Mark LITERALLY wasn’t worth the paper it was printed on.
It was so bad that waitresses would stand on the tables and yell out the new menu prices halfway through your coffee, because it now cost more Marks to purchase the same food.
Right before all of that happened, guess what the people were doing?
You guessed it, gambling in the stock market.
People were desperate to preserve their purchasing power, and it was clear that there was so much funny money floating around that people started doing crazy things.
The German stock market went through the ROOF in the last days of this, but it didn’t matter, because even though stocks went up up up up the value of the CURRENCY went down much faster.
If you don’t believe me, go read about it, it really is a fascinating topic.
5) The great experiment
The parallels to what is happening right now are shocking, but honestly, not surprising.
Many people don’t know this, but the US dollar we are using today, which seems like its been here forever, is just an EXPERIMENT.
In 1971, we removed ourselves from the Gold Standard, which effectively meant that we created a new type of financial system.
Instead of being backed by something physical, something with scarcity, all of the currencies would now be pegged to the US Dollar.
What’s the catch to that?
Unlike Gold, you can just keep printing more US dollars out of thin air.
That’s why a hamburger was 20 cents in 1971 and $15 today…
And it’s all coming to an end folks.
The US is the World Reserve Currency.
That means that everyone is pegged to our dollar, and it basically controls the economies of the World.
Here’s a graph of other World Reserve Currencies, and how long they lasted.
As you can see, this isn’t the first time people have tried to “mess with the money”.
Anytime someone gets this ridiculous power of being able to print as much money as they want, human nature takes over.
The USA has had this privilege for nearly 100 years now, and the cracks are starting to show.
Ever hear the term “it’s a bubble”? That’s because it is. It’s a global bubble 100 years in the making.
6) The pin to the bubble.
Back to Elon.
He says “it was inevitable”.
Hmm…
You don’t think he knows the history of the reserve currencies?
You don’t think he knows about Weimar Germany in the 1920s?
Of course he does.
My belief is that Elon believes, and has believed for a long time, that Bitcoin really is the pin to this bubble of a financial system.
There’s only 21 million.
It’s the scarcest asset in the World, it’s not even close.
Its digital in nature, you can just as easily send $100 Billion worth of Bitcoin as you can $1.
And, it’s totally decentralized, something that the World is LITERALLY SCREAMING FOR on a day to day basis on every social media channel (that isn’t actively censoring them and proving the point further).
Elon Musk knows all of this, and his tweet and change of bio today could not come at a more important moment in the History of the World.
—-
So what now?
Buy some Bitcoin, and hold on tight.
It’s not going to be a smooth ride to $1,000,000 a coin (although it is headed there, and farther).
Like I’ve been saying, there has never been anything like Bitcoin.
People constantly underestimated Amazon, Facebook, Google, all of the big network effect businesses.
Financial advisors with fancy degrees kept saying “it’s a bubble” and “you should diversify”.
What they missed is that Network Effects, once they reach this size, are nearly impossible to stop.
At nearly $800 Billion in market cap, Bitcoin is a monster that is far past the “stoppable” point.
That doesn’t mean that people won’t try.
Eventually, governments may even try! (But we’ll likely be at 500k a coin by the time they realize what’s happening).
Even then, there’s nothing they can do.
I could write on for another 3 hours on this topic.
It is truly fascinating and today was honestly one of the happiest moments of my life, waking up to realize that the smartest man in the World GETS IT, and even though he likely got it (or invented it himself let’s be honest) long before me, the fact that I’ve been writing about this for a long time now feels pretty good.
Stay safe out there, hold on to your damn coins like your life depends on it.
See you subscribers on Monday.
Kale
P.S. if you are reading this far you should 100% be subscribed to this letter. It’s free for 30 days and if you would have been reading it back in July you’d be up 300%+ on Bitcoin right now.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Heard of GameStop yet? The last 24 hours have been some of the most significant in the history of the internet.
Here’s what happened.
1) A community of people on Reddit called “WallStreet Bets” figured out that certain companies like GameStop had been SHORTED MORE THAN 100% of their shares. This means that companies were betting more than 100% of GameStop’s shares that the price would go DOWN.
2) The community essentially said screw that.
3) They all started buying GameStop.
4) The internet broke.
5) No seriously.
6) GameStop went VERTICAL.
7) Those companies that were shorting it have lost 10s of BILLIONS of dollars and it still isn’t over yet.
8) Oh, and it gets worse!!!
9) Wall Street decided that the only way to save its own ass was to convince trading platforms like Robinhood to DE-LIST GameStop and other stocks from its app.
Okay, so that was a quick summary, because this is all happening in real time and I wanted to get this letter out.
But I just want to state, for the record, that this is some next level stuff happening.
In 2020, they shut down restaurants and other businesses because of a VIRUS.
This, in 2021, is entirely more menacing.
I’m serious.
It’s much much worse.
The entire idea of the stock market, supposedly, is that it is a FREE MARKET.
You’re going to laugh, but look what Robinhood’s MOTTO IS…
Our Mission
Robinhood’s mission is to democratize finance for all. We believe that everyone should have access to the financial markets, so we’ve built Robinhood from the ground up to make investing friendly, approachable, and understandable for newcomers and experts alike.
EVERYONE SHOULD HAVE ACCESS??? REALLY????????
So, let me get this straight.
A group of average, everyday people sticks it to Wall Street SO BADLY that they cry to their mommies…
And Robinhood De-Lists the PEOPLE??
Remind me again what they did wrong?
They bought a stock???
Holy smokes.
Guys.
This letter is one of the most informal I’ve ever written because I NEED to get it out there so you understand this….
THE FREE MARKET IS DEAD.
Anyone who tells you that it isn’t is literally lying to your face.
Even the companies DESIGNED to be “for the people, by the people” like Robinhood, INSTANTLY turn their backs on the people the SECOND that Wall-Street cries to their mommy.
I know you all think I’m crazy about Bitcoin, and crazy about owning your own Business.
But when stuff like this happens?
It’s not something that should be “a nice little dream for people to have”.
It’s a necessity.
It is my prediction that this is the beginning of the end for the economic system that is currently in place.
At the end of the day, the Government is the PEOPLE, not some old dudes in Washington.
The PEOPLE are not going to stand for this, I promise you that.
You can mess with a lot of things, but when you start OPENLY manipulating markets…
Honestly it’s not even OPENLY at this point, it’s like they WANT you to know what they are doing!
Ask your Grandma if she’s heard about GameStop….
When you start messing with the MONEY right out in the open is when things start to get super super weird.
History has left us MANY examples of countries where the people caught on to what was happening with the money, and things changed, quickly. (Google Weimar Germany).
Thankfully, this time around, we have two beautiful things.
A) Entrepreneurship.
You can build something that fixes these problems. You can build something SCARCE that the government can’t print and manipulate.
B) Bitcoin
Yes, I really do believe all these WallStreet Betters….
All these mom and pops messing around on Robinhood and sticking it to the man in Wall Street…
They will move over to Bitcoin.
Because guess what…
You can’t shut it down.
You can’t halt trading.
You can’t mess with it, in any shape or form.
At the end of the day, this all started because a few people on reddit noticed that Wall Street was playing games with an innocent company.
They decided to stick it to the man, and buy that company.
And now, the curtain has been thrown back.
Guess what?
The real “man” isn’t just wall street, it’s the entire economy, based around the US dollar.
This tweet from WallStreetBets sums it up pretty perfectly I’d say…..
Stay safe out there.
More happened in the past 48 hours than happened in 20 years of markets before this.
I’m serious, this is huge.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey all!
Definitely a more personal letter today.
I recently filmed an interview with my pastor, Jason Howard, about Jesus & Money.
Now, I know those two words are probably THE MOST supercharged words in the English language….
However, regardless of what you believe, I think this interview will help MANY of you PRACTICALLY (it just went live a few minutes ago ->
Jason (from Amplify Church here in Pittsburgh) has a unique way of bringing difficult to understand concepts about life and faith (and how they intertwine) down to a level that is easy to understand and simply STICKS.
I told Jason at my wedding that “I’m with him until they put me in the ground.”
That’s a pretty bold statement but that’s how much I believe in the vision of Amplify Church and what they are doing here in Pittsburgh and around the World.
My business partner Taylor and I are incredibly involved weekly with what is happening, and are proud to finally be able to CONNECT our worlds together with this video.
So, without further ado, instead of reading this letter today, I would encourage you to go check out that video above right now :)
It literally just went live a few moments ago and I think it will bless your life no matter what you believe in.
also, I drop a few of my favorite industries for the 2020’s and a few practical tips for new business owners
—> For those of you who are Christians or want to impact the World for the better, both of us drop practical knowledge about how to USE your business to make a much greater impact than you could make on your own.
Anyway, that’s all for today.
Let us know what you think of the video in the comments on YouTube (AND SMASH THE LIKE BUTTON ON YT OF COURSE! :), and make sure you share it with a friend or two if you enjoyed it.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Last Friday’s episode of “The Kale Letter” was one of our most downloaded to date.
Nearly 10,000 people read the letter, which is astonishing to me.
The letter was about the 7 best life & business hacks that I stole directly from entrepreneurs who are much smarter than I am. Here it is for those who haven’t read it yet -> LINK
I wanted to expound on that concept today by talking about just ONE life hack/business hack that really makes all of the difference.
It’s the simple art of going ALL IN.
Understanding this has 100% changed my life for the better, and I think it can help you too.
First, a key framework to understand this all, here’s what I’ve observed about 99% of humans (remember from the letter on Friday, only 1% of humans control more than 99% of the World’s wealth).
99% of people never go “all in” on anything. They simply don’t know how.
99% of people THINK they are going all in, when in reality they aren’t even close.
Those two facts have been obvious to me my entire life, both in school, basketball, and business.
Take basketball for instance.
Many of you know I played Division 1 at Northwestern, Drake, and Duquesne.
When I was in high-school, I legitimately had friends and opponents who couldn’t understand why they weren’t better than me.
They thought they were all in!
“But Kale! I go to the gym everyday and shoot just like you do!”
I would just smile…
And invite them to come workout with me sometime.
Let’s just say that most of them never made it past the warm-up.
Their “All-In” wasn’t even equivalent to the first 10 minutes of my daily workout.
Of course they had no chance of guarding me in an actual game.
In college, I realized that even I hadn’t been going “all-in”.
It sounds weird, but there were different levels of “sweat”.
Like obviously, if you are playing D1 ball, your practices are going to make you sweat like a stuck pig.
However, the practices where I dominated?
Where I got every rebound, hit every shot, and dunked on people?
I could literally feel the sweat coming off my body was different.
It was almost as if I’d pushed myself so far “All In” that it operated differently. Smoother. Every complex motion, just a snap reaction of pre-programmed perfection.
Why am I going into detail like this when most of you have never even dribbled a basketball?
BECAUSE IT APPLIES TO EVERYTHING.
Today, I’d like to propose an idea for you to try…..
A) Focus ALL your attention on only ONE thing at once.
And I really mean only one.
Not one + whatever notification comes up on your phone.
Not one + the 12 other thoughts in the back of your mind…
Do you think elite athletes have time to think about their dinner after the game as they are guarding LeBron James?
Of course not.
B) Understand that this applies EVERYWHERE.
Don’t be having dinner with your wife and still thinking about your business meeting from earlier.
ALL of your attention should be on her.
Don’t be watching a movie and playing candy crush on your phone.
All of your attention should be on the movie.
The cinematography, the camera angles, the storyline, the twists and turns of the plot.
I’m serious. This level of focus probably sounds strange.
It’s strange, because no one does it.
C) Take the focus FURTHER.
Like with my basketball analogy, there are LEVELS to this.
You may think you are all in.
You may think you are performing at peak capacity.
But you probably aren’t.
And that’s okay.
Find a way to be MORE all-in.
The perfect example I have is one that I don’t see a lot in businesses run by UNSUCCESSFUL people, and one that I see a TON in businesses run by SUCCESSFUL people.
It’s the CONSTANT, NEVER ENDING, AGGRESSIVE, act of FOLLOWING UP.
Successful people don’t sit on their hands.
They don’t let things slide.
If someone doesn’t email them back in the time frame they promised?
They follow up.
If something isn’t done when it is supposed to be done?
They are climbing down that person’s throat and asking what’s going on.
I so VERY clearly remember this story from Elon Musk’s biography…
I remember because it offended me.
Elon was hosting a Christmas party at Space X…
Family all invited, all of the traditional office party stuff going on…
But someone had missed a deadline…
A whole team in fact…
And low and behold…
Musk had them all in his office and was laying down the HAMMER.
Screaming.
Cursing.
I think even throwing a few things.
All within earshot of their spouses and loved ones.
He literally couldn’t care less.
Now I’m not saying that was the right thing to do, but the morale of the story is that Elon Musk is the richest person in the World.
And he DID NOT get there by being passive…
And by “letting things slide”.
He got there by being a son of a gun…
By going places no one else would even dare to tip-toe.
And going there with excessive boldness and aggression.
I hope this letter made sense, it was a concept kind of on the tip of my tongue but that is hard to articulate.
I think it can be summarized very well by Elon’s tweet here…
Now THAT is “ALL IN”.
In a World where pretty much EVERYONE is afraid to go all-in on ANYTHING…
— “Can’t make a statement that’s too bold… it’ll offend people…”
— “I can’t have that conversation with an employee, they’ll quit…”
— “I can’t pursue that business type, it’s too competitive…”
In a World where everyone is making excuses and not diving in headfirst…
Those that DO will be rewarded, and be rewarded richly.
I hope this helped you.
If if did, forward it to someone please.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Here’s a list of life hacks I’ve learned over the past years of running multiple 8 figure businesses.
These are mostly NOT my ideas.
They are stolen from people smarter, richer, and overall better than me in every way.
They’ve worked for me in PRACTICE and I think they will work for you as well.
So without further ado…. (in no particular order)
1) Take time to actually THINK.
This sounds stupid. But I noticed that every day I would literally GO GO GO GO.
And the ONLY time I would stop and think was when I put my head on the pillow and was trying to sleep.
You can imagine how bad my sleep was.
So, I started PLANNING OUT time for me to just go on a walk, grab a coffee, and THINK.
You can play inspirational music too, it helps (I use worship music like Elevation Worship or Hillsong United).
2) Ask yourself “What would this look like if it were easy?”
Definitely the most important question I ask myself daily.
Basically, this question, if used the right way, allows you to stop “working hard for no reason” and cut right to the heart of the issue and take the easiest, most efficient path.
For a detailed explanation of how to use this tactic that will probably save you thousands of hours in 2021, see the dedicated letter I wrote about it -> LINK
3) Start LIVING OUT the POWER RULE (99/1)
Once you deeply understand that everything in life follows this rule, everything will change for you.
The rule is simple -> 1% of your actions/decisions account for 99% of your results.
That is true in everything from the most important business decision to your most flippant relationship.
Once you learn to identify this you will see it LITERALLY EVERYWHERE.
Pretty much every letter I write daily has this concept buried in it somewhere, so you should probably just subscribe, it’s free.
4) Procrastinate more.
Haha, you’re probably thinking “my goodness this is all bad advice!”
Be careful though, that’s just the world talking.
And if you check out number 3 above, you will realize that 1% of people live totally different than the other 99%.
A lot of the time, the BEST decision to make is to do nothing.
To wait.
To gather more information.
And then act at the LAST POSSIBLE MINUTE.
This basically allows for 3 amazing things that I didn’t understand before
A) The problem often takes care of itself
B) Even if it doesn’t when you do have to face it, that extra time and information allows you to solve it in half the time
C) Even if it doesn’t save you time, the fact is that now you MUST complete the task because you waited so long, and you work harder and better as a result.
Now, I say this with a grain of salt because many of you readers are NEW entrepreneurs.
If you are just starting, don’t use this as a cop-out to be lazy.
This is best used once you’ve already made a lot of money and want to start LIVING your life.
5) Make it impossible to quit.
It’s so easy to gamify your life.
In a game, if you have leveled up 500 levels, it’s hard to stop, because you don’t want to lose your progress.
Even more addicting are games where money is involved.
Go put $1,000 into a slot machine and you’ll see what I mean.
With goals that are actually important to you, just force yourself to get them done!
Perfect example is this letter.
Goal = Write a book. Book becomes a #1 best seller. Become a thought leader and world-renowned speaker. Write more books from my balcony in Miami.
Now, that’s a big goal, and a difficult one.
If I would have just started writing a book not only would I have never finished, it probably would have sucked.
So I figured, I’ll just write this letter as “practice” and “market research”.
I’ll see what people like to hear from me, then I’ll write a book about that.
But how to FORCE myself to write this letter every day?
(Because trust me, some days I don’t feel like it)
Easy!
Charge money for it!
Anyone who subscribes to this letter EXPECTS a letter!
They paid for it!!!
And I can’t let my most loyal readers down, that would pretty much invalidate my goal right there!
So I’m stuck, writing this letter every day, ON PURPOSE.
You can do the same for your goals.
6) Ignore most people and ideas.
This one made me a ridiculous sum of money last year.
I had a financial advisor try to take direction of my money when the markets crashed in March 2020.
School, my teachers, even my parents probably would have told me that was a great idea.
But it didn’t feel right.
I took my money back and did my own research and invested in what I believed in.
Let’s just say I outperformed that financial advisor by about 500%.
The lesson learned is that NO ONE ELSE is going to care more about YOU, your family, and your finances, more than YOU.
Stop taking advice from people that don’t have as much skin in the game as you.
7) Learn to say “no” more than you say “yes.”
Oh, and I don’t mean the cop-out no.
The one that’s like “Hey something came up, sorry, next time”
That’s so lame that it hurts me inside.
Learning to say “no” without any explanation, just a flat out “no” is one of the skills that I most respect in people, and one that I see the most frequently in the richest and most successful among us.
It all goes back to the power rule, obviously.
There simply isn’t enough time in the day to say “yes” to even half of the things people ask of you, and still focus your energy on the 1% of things that really matter.
It’s not possible.
So, you have to say a resounding “no” to 99% of the “opportunities” that come your way.
Because simply put, they aren’t opportunities, they are distractions from the 1% of things that really matter.
Hey, if you enjoyed these 7 things, please consider forwarding this email or sharing the letter on social media.
It would really help me towards my dream of becoming a #1 best selling author :)
But more importantly, I think it would actually help a bunch of people, because these 7 things truly have changed my life for the better (and made me millions of $$$ along the way…)
Oh, and I send this letter out 5 days a week plus the podcast version and it’s literally FREE for 30 days for a limited time -> (just click the blue button below)
See you subscribers on Monday! Thanks, as always, for reading!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
You may have noticed that Bitcoin has been dropping slightly lately.
Right now we’re sitting around 31k, and the high a few weeks ago was 41k.
I just want to explain to you, with one chart, why it is EXTREMELY dumb to sell your Bitcoin now, and why I’m 100% confident Bitcoin is going much much higher throughout the rest of this year.
Boom.
One of the most bullish (bullish means good) charts I’ve ever seen.
Let me break it down for you.
See that faint squiggly white line? You may have to squint, sorry.
That line is the Bitcoin price over time..
Before this year, the previous all time high was in December 2017.
See that on the graph? Good.
Notice that there are GREEN BARS right after it?
Also notice that the PRICE (white line) dropped significantly as those green bars rose?
The same thing has happened MULTIPLE TIMES throughout the history of Bitcoin.
The red arrows in the chart above point right at these points in time.
So, what do the RED and GREEN bars mean, you ask?
Simple.
— RED = Liquid Bitcoin Supply DECREASING. This means that people who believe in Bitcoin are MOVING IT into COLD STORAGE (the gold equivalent of a VAULT 300 feet in the ground guarded by an army). People that are in the RED category DO NOT SELL. They are holding it long term.
— GREEN = Liquid Bitcoin Supply INCREASING. These are people who move their coins to an EXCHANGE, like Coinbase, Kraken, Gemini, etc.
These people are net SELLERS. They want to exchange their bitcoin for dollars or euros or whatever and cash out.
See, this is where it gets interesting.
Notice the FAR RIGHT of the graph?
That’s our present time, right here, right now, in 2021.
As you can see, the faint white line? It’s at ALL TIME HIGHS.
However, the RED BARS are ALSO at all time highs??
What does that mean??
Here’s my hypothesis, which I think has been confirmed over the past few weeks of price movement.
1) Bitcoin price went up over 300% this year. Lot’s of people got into it without knowing much about it. Now, seeing the price “crash” a little bit, they are selling in order to preserve some of their gains.
I pretty much know this is the case because I’ve had to talk MULTIPLE of my friends and family off the cliff lately. As soon as Bitcoin hit 40k, they were all texting me asking if they should sell. I get it. Seeing your money 3-10x over the course of a few months would make anyone pretty anxious about selling it and buying a car or something.
2) Those people who don’t fully understand Bitcoin are the ones that are SELLING IT right now.
3) The INSTITUTIONS are GOBBLING UP ALL OF THESE COINS and PLACING THEM IN COLD STORAGE.
Grayscale bought $700M+ worth of Bitcoin 3 days in a ROW this week.
Paypal buys hundreds of millions daily.
Square does the same.
Now, the world’s LARGEST asset manager, Blackrock, just released that they can now purchase it.
These institutions are the RED BARS on the graph.
These institutions are not “strapped for cash”.
Blackrock alone has $7.6 TRILLION DOLLARS under management. (that’s about 8% of GDP)
These “big dogs” are not worried about the price right now, and will likely never sell.
Those massive red bars are SCREAMING at us right now.
Don’t be that guy or gal who is uninformed, who sells their digital gold to the big hungry greedy corporation.
They will GLADY scoop up your coins and lock them away in a vault, never to see the light of day again.
This wouldn’t be a problem, if Bitcoin were like the US dollar, and the government could just easily print more to supply the demand.
There will NEVER be any more than 21 Million Bitcoin.
Never.
Once you sell to these “big dogs” those coins are gone.
Not to mention, when you sell, you have to pay 20-40% capital gains tax.
So good luck paying that tax, and being able to buy back your coins for 20-40% less than you sold them for.
More likely, this current cycle will shake out all the wusses (sorry, that’s what I told my dad he was when he considered selling haha)
And then the price will keep going up because there’s literally nowhere else for it to go.
No one else will be selling.
There’s not enough Bitcoin to go around.
I hope that made sense, let me know in the comments below.
And share this with anyone you know who might own Bitcoin. (you can just forward the email)
And tell them, from me, to stop being a wuss and hold their damn coins.
Kale
REMEMBER, for a limited time, this letter is FREE for 30 days. You should subscribe. I send awesome letters like this every day.
Plus, if you hate it, I’ll never charge you a dime.
And even if I do charge you a dime, it’s cheap as dirt.
Win win.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Joe Biden will be inaugurated as the 46th President of the United States today.
I know the country is VERY divided on that, so this won’t be a political letter, trust me.
Here are the 5 of the 17 executive orders that Biden plans to lay out, TODAY, his first day in office.
Launch a “100 Days Masking Challenge” and Leading by Example in the Federal Government
Structure Our Federal Government to Coordinate a Unified National Response [to Covid-19]
Extend Eviction and Foreclosure Moratoriums
Extend Student Loan Pause
Rejoin the Paris Agreement on Climate Change
Now, I’m not here to debate the cause and effect of any of these orders OTHER than the ones that effect your wallet.
So when I see moves like this, plus Janet Yellen’s quote from yesterday’s letter ->
“Janet Yellen, President-elect Joe Biden’s nominee for treasury secretary, urged lawmakers Tuesday to “act big" on economic relief for the coronavirus pandemic as she appeared before a Senate committee for her confirmation hearing.”
That’s why I’ve highlighted and bolded the actions above that seem most likely to increase government spending.
And, because, as we all know, the Government is already spending TRILLIONS more than we take in in tax dollars…
And in fact hasn’t spent less than we make since the Clinton administration…
That all of this government spending must be financed by PRINTING MONEY… AKA “funny money” or “monopoly money”.
Let’s break down the executive orders that cause more money printing…
Launch a “100 Days Masking Challenge” and Leading by Example in the Federal Government
This one is super controversial, obviously. Do masks cause money printing? Probably not directly, but I think we can all agree that this stance of tighter covid restrictions will REQUIRE more government bailouts for ALL industries that are affected…
Restaurants
Airlines
Travel industry as a whole
Etc.
All of these have MASSIVE domino effects and the only way to ease people’s pain temporarily is to print more money, which they will do, and do in droves.
Structure Our Federal Government to Coordinate a Unified National Response [to Covid-19]
I’m pretty sure this alludes to Janet Yellen’s quote above about “going BIG” with stimulus. Which is basically a direct order from the President to print money.
Extend Eviction and Foreclosure Moratoriums
Someone has to pay for this. Likely, it will be the owners of the real estate, who take these losses hard on the chin. These losses will need to be subsidized from somewhere, or the entire system will start to show cracks.
This is a big deal. I’m not saying we’re going to get another real estate crash like 08’. Instead, the Gov will have to step in and bail people out in order to prevent something like that from happening.
Extend Student Loan Pause
Again. Money isn’t free. Someone is paying these loans. Seems like that “someone” is the federal government.
Rejoin the Paris Agreement on Climate Change
Another controversial, and EXPENSIVE one. Many of Biden’s policies including the even MORE controversial “Green New Deal” will cost trillions.
So what does all this mean?
Honestly, the same thing as it meant yesterday.
If you haven’t read the letter from yesterday I really encourage you to go back and read it -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/can-you-just-keep-getting-rich-forever
The government is spelling out what rich people already know, in BLACK AND WHITE.
They are giving you the FORMULA for getting rich in the coming decade.
They are not even TRYING to hide the fact that they are going to print TRILLIONS of dollars and thus devalue the dollars in your pocket.
If you hold ASSETS during crazy times like this, your purchasing power will be maintained, and you will grow wealthier.
That is because ASSETS are not being printed by the government, the currency is.
If you hold the CURRENCY, expect your purchasing power (at least for the things you actually want like a beach home…) to go DOWN by 15-20% every single year for the next decade.
I’m serious.
Imagine going out in your backyard.
Putting all your money down.
And lighting 20% of it on fire.
Every.
Single.
Year.
That’s what’s happening guys and gals!
Crazy times.
Again, go read my letter from yesterday, and share this one AND that one with someone who needs to read it.
Love ya, and stay safe out there.
Kale
-> If you like this letter you can try it free for 30 days…
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
“All of the things rich people own are going up in value at 15-333% per year… poor people are quite literally being left in the dust” - Kale Abrahamson, 2021
Let’s talk about getting rich.
That’s what we all want, right?
Whether we want to get rich because of the freedom it brings…
Or simply because Lamborghini’s are cool…
It’s a very common desire.
Let me show you some VERY interesting stats related to this universal human desire.
In the last year….
The price of a home in the Hamptons increased 50+%
Amazon Businesses are selling for record highs, in record time.
Bitcoin is up 333%.
The S&P 500 is up 15%.
Don’t believe me?
Just google any of those topics.
The headlines are ridiculous.
For instance, here’s a quote from an article about the Amazon buyout spree that is occurring…
“It’s a seller’s market. There’s a race to see who can buy up the most Amazon accounts and build a portfolio of Amazon products.” LINK
What do all 4 of these things have in common?
House in the Hamptons
Amazon Business
Bitcoin
S&P 500
If you guessed “they are ASSETS” you would be 100% correct.
Here’s the thing that the media won’t tell you, but I’m telling you now.
RICH PEOPLE OWN ASSETS.
In fact, just looking at a simple graph of the stock market since the 2008 financial crisis, and you will see in very obvious terms where the term “the rich get richer” really comes from…
Up and to the right baby!!!!
It’s honestly kind of hilarious how easy it is….
Even a monkey could have invested in ANY asset over the past 10 years…
And looked like a freaking genius.
Now, here’s the scary part…
What if you don’t own any assets?
Unfortunately, the government has been lying to you.
This is what the government classifies as INFLATION….
HAHAHAHA.
The ridiculousness of that chart almost makes me want to cry.
According to those imbeciles (I apologize for the strong language but a lie at this level is nothing short of criminal…)
THERE IS NO INFLATION!
HAHAHA!!!
Here’s the problem with that ridiculous statement.
ALL OF THE THINGS YOU WANT TO BUY ARE EXPONENTIALLY RUNNING AWAY FROM YOU.
No one really cares about the price of eggs.
All of the things we actually want to buy…
A house at the beach…
A stock that performs well…
A business that can generate wealth..
Are all INCREASING in price by 20-333% PER YEAR, as I outlined above.
Imagine you are a wealthy New York Attorney.
Making 500k per year…
What is your dream at that point?
To pay less for your eggs and milk?
No, your dream is to buy a house in the Hamptons…
Let’s say you’re a very smart attorney.
And you save 100k a year…
You want to retire in a 20 million dollar Hampton estate…
The down payment is 2 million.
So, NORMALLY, you’d have that money in 20 years!
Not bad…
The issue is that the price of that home increased 50%, THIS YEAR!
And will likely do the same thing next year..
And the year after that….
If you do the math, even the best of the best, the richest attorney in NYC, has NO CHANCE of living his dream.
It would literally take him hundreds of years to save up enough.
That is a sad story to tell, but it’s the truth.
Oh, and it’s not stopping anytime soon.
As I’ve written about in MANY of my other letters, the REASON this is happening is because we don’t have a “free market” anymore.
The government prints money, and that money finds its way into ASSETS because there is literally nowhere else for rich people to put it.
I want to stress this, because it’s that important.
ALL OF THE THINGS that RICH PEOPLE want to BUY are inflating away at 15-333% PER YEAR.
They have only one choice, buy them NOW, before they are out of reach.
People that can’t afford them? Too bad.
The REASON they are inflating is because the government is printing money.
If you don’t understand this relationship please refer to my other letters. It’s very important.
Here’s a quote from Janet Yellen, TODAY.
“Janet Yellen, President-elect Joe Biden’s nominee for treasury secretary, urged lawmakers Tuesday to “act big" on economic relief for the coronavirus pandemic as she appeared before a Senate committee for her confirmation hearing.”
Guess what “Act Big” means?
Yep, it means that the money printer is turning back on, and in a BIG way.
Why, you may ask?
Well, Janet answered that as well…
“I think there is a consensus now: Without further action, we risk a longer, more painful recession now — and long-term scarring of the economy later,” Yellen said in written testimony submitted to the Senate Finance Committee ahead of the hearing.
Remember when we had free markets?
Remember when things actually crashed?
Me too. Barely.
The government has made it CRYSTAL clear.
They WILL NOT let the markets crash.
They WILL NOT turn off the money printer.
If they do, everything will crash.
Now, I don’t know how long they can continue this out of whack game of monopoly.
Maybe the rest of our lives! Who knows.
Obviously, eventually the bubble will pop, and it will be devastating for the World.
But in the meantime, and for the foreseeable future, the rich will just keep getting richer.
It’s a straight up guarantee that any asset that has ANY scarcity..
Amazon Businesses
Bitcoin
Stocks
Real Estate
Gold
Will keep going UP UP UP UP UP.
We can get mad about this, or we can RIDE THE WAVE.
If I were you, I’d get my happy butt invested in a few of those things above.
Have a great day.
I feel like this was one of my best letters.
If you feel like it was too, or if you think it could help someone, PLEASE share it.. (you can also FORWARD this email)
If you aren’t subscribed, you should be, it’s free for 30 days and I send out this letter 5x a week (PLUS the podcast version).
What you are reading now is just a free version that I send out once a week.
I’ll see you subscribers tomorrow, everyone else, talk to you next week.
Kale
p.s. let me know in the comments if you have questions… I know all of this can seem like a lot and I’ve been studying it for a long time so if I was confusing in any way let me know…
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Jack Dorsey, the CEO of twitter who has been bathed in controversy recently due to the banning of sitting President Donald Trump, had one of the most important tweet storms in history yesterday.
It deserves an entire letter.
——-
If you aren’t subscribed yet, you should be. It’s free for 30 days and I promise to never charge you unless you love this letter.
——-
I’ll pick up his Tweet-storm on the third tweet, it’s important that you understand what he is saying here as it is the future of the internet…
That said, having to ban an account has real and significant ramifications. While there are clear and obvious exceptions, I feel a ban is a failure of ours ultimately to promote healthy conversation. And a time for us to reflect on our operations and the environment around us.
Having to take these actions fragment the public conversation. They divide us. They limit the potential for clarification, redemption, and learning. And sets a precedent I feel is dangerous: the power an individual or corporation has over a part of the global public conversation.
The check and accountability on this power has always been the fact that a service like Twitter is one small part of the larger public conversation happening across the internet. If folks do not agree with our rules and enforcement, they can simply go to another internet service.
This concept was challenged last week when a number of foundational internet tool providers also decided not to host what they found dangerous. I do not believe this was coordinated. More likely: companies came to their own conclusions or were emboldened by the actions of others.
This moment in time might call for this dynamic, but over the long term it will be destructive to the noble purpose and ideals of the open internet. A company making a business decision to moderate itself is different from a government removing access, yet can feel much the same.
Yes, we all need to look critically at inconsistencies of our policy and enforcement. Yes, we need to look at how our service might incentivize distraction and harm. Yes, we need more transparency in our moderation operations. All this can’t erode a free and open global internet.
The reason I have so much passion for #Bitcoin is largely because of the model it demonstrates: a foundational internet technology that is not controlled or influenced by any single individual or entity. This is what the internet wants to be, and over time, more of it will be.
We are trying to do our part by funding an initiative around an open decentralized standard for social media. Our goal is to be a client of that standard for the public conversation layer of the internet. We call it @bluesky
It’s important that we acknowledge this is a time of great uncertainty and struggle for so many around the world. Our goal in this moment is to disarm as much as we can, and ensure we are all building towards a greater common understanding, and a more peaceful existence on earth.
I believe the internet and global public conversation is our best and most relevant method of achieving this. I also recognize it does not feel that way today. Everything we learn in this moment will better our effort, and push us to be what we are: one humanity working together.
Wow. That is a lot to take in, huh?
Regardless of how you feel about Jack politically, or how Twitter has handled Trump, I think we can all agree that this was one of the most transparent and thought provoking tweet-storms in history,
And then, of COURSE, the punchline is… you guessed it…
Bitcoin.
I summarized as much with my tweet a few seconds ago…
I find it VERY interesting, the pivotal moment we are in right now.
It feels to me like this crazy year has forced people to understand a few key important points…
The internet is still VERY young…
Society is still not very prepared for the unintended consequences such a powerful thing can have on all of us.
Every aspect of our lives is shaped daily by this force.
Right now, huge tech companies like twitter, facebook, and google control that very thing that is shaping our lives.
The future belongs to the companies that find a way to de-centralize the internet.
No one wants to be censored.
And honestly, I doubt that good people want to do any censoring!
Jack put it so eloquently in the tweets above, that Bitcoin provides this pristine, 12 year old example of “decentralization gold”.
For those that don’t know….
Bitcoin has no CEO (it’s founder disappeared months after creating it)
It has no board of directors.
There is no one in charge of it.
It is simply beautiful, well designed computer code that has incentivized MILLIONS of people to use it and build upon it.
It’s core “truths” (Absolutely limited supply, The Verification and Security of All Transactions by Decentralized “nodes”, etc.) cannot and will not be changed.
Essentially, all of Bitcoin’s core “beliefs” (if computer code can have beliefs) are unalterable. Unchangeable. 100% resistant to human corruption and greed.
That’s what we need, ALL OVER the internet.
We need to remove the human element.
A few rich people in a room shouldn’t be forced to decide the information diet of billions of people.
We need decentralized applications, companies, and heck, maybe at some point, governments themselves.
I’m not trying to sound like an anarchist or a futurist or anything like that.
I’m just trying to present the truth as it appears to me.
It’s obvious to me that decentralization is the “honey badger” of the internet.
Honey Badgers are known as the “Most Badass Animal on the Planet”.
There’s literally a viral youtube video titled “Honey Badger Don’t Give a F***”
Bitcoin is the first example of the decentralized “Honey Badger”.
It hard coded itself to be 100x better than its closest competitor (Gold) in every way.
It’s more scarce.
It’s easier to transport.
It’s more secure.
It’s easily verifiable.
And remember, these characteristics are HARD CODED, and not controlled by any one person.
It’s like a robot Honey Badger that doesn’t care what you, or I, or even Jack Dorsey thinks.
It KNOWS it’s better than its competitor.
It knows no one can stop it, because there’s no one to stop…
So it just keeps taking market share.
On its way to becoming the next Global Reserve Currency.
Now, before you think I’m crazy AGAIN, just think about it.
De-centralization WILL win.
It’s not a question of “if”, it’s “when”.
Take twitter for example…
Which is better?
A company controlled by a handful of rich people in a room?
Improved by a team of 1,000 programmers?
Or…
The decentralized alternative…
That allows for ACTUAL FREE SPEECH…
That is improved on by MILLIONS of talented programmers due to its open sourced, decentralized codebase.
Oh, and did I mention it will probably be FREE?
And not have any ads?
How do you compete with FREE?
You don’t.
You get crushed.
Jack Dorsey knows this.
He basically said as much in his tweet-storm above.
De-centralization is coming.
It’s already here and quite successful in the form of Bitcoin.
——
I normally end these letters with some sort of “so what”…
What should you DO with this information?
But in this case, honestly I don’t know!
I don’t expect anyone reading this to go out and build the next decentralized platform to challenge the current tech monopolies :)
I just wanted to let you know where we are at, & where we are headed.
Staying informed is the only way to actually benefit from the massive changes that we will see in the coming years.
If 2020 taught me anything, it’s that we are all WILDLY underestimating the magnitude of that coming change.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you.
Simple, yet deeply PROFOUND letter today, okay?
One sentence has changed my life, and I think it might change yours too.
“What would this look like if it were EASY?”
That one question, as simple as it may seem, really is life changing.
I stole it from the classic book by Tim Ferris, “The Four Hour Work Week.”
For the last year and a half, I’ve been asking myself that before every single decision I make, and the rewards have been PRICELESS.
Now, I know what you’re thinking, because it’s exactly what I thought when I first started using this tactic….
Random “sayings” started to go through my head like…
“If it was easy everyone would do it….”
“you get what you pay/work for”
“a hard day’s work is an honest day’s work..”
You’ve heard them all…
And they really are roadblocks to using this LIFE CHANGING sentence…
Because the “Easy Route” has such a TABOO in our culture!
I mean seriously!
It’s almost a curse word!
Success is supposed to be hard, isn’t it!?
It’s supposed to be all “blood, sweat and tears” for YEARS, and THEN you get your reward!
I 100% bought into this, as a division 1 basketball player, it was 100% true.
If you didn’t put in the work? It wasn’t going to happen for you, plain and simple.
So it was even harder for me to get my head around this sentence, even though the legendary Tim Ferris swore by it…
“What would this look like if it were EASY?”
Real quick, before we get to how to actually USE this sentence effectively, let me explain why it WORKS.
I think it comes back to that 80/20 rule, or even the “Power Law” that I’ve discussed in MANY of my other letters.
Basically, both of these rules state that a SMALL number of your actions ACTUALLY DETERMINE your success or failure, and the rest is just noise.
So while working hard is definitely admirable, this rule clearly proves (with thousands of examples that I’m sure you’ve seen in your own life) that all hard work isn’t created equal.
It’s only the hard work CONCENTRATED and FOCUSED on the things that REALLY MATTER that makes a difference.
And it’s this principle that so elegantly DRIVES the success of the “Easy” rule….
The “Easy” rule, as I’m naming it right now, is SO SIMPLE.
Before every task, every decision (and DEFINITELY before IMPORTANT decisions) you must STOP and ask yourself, “What would this look like if it were EASY?”
Like I said above, all these negative thoughts will come at you.
You will feel super lazy, like you’re trying to “get out of something”.
You need to ignore that feeling and press on.
The key to it being EASY is that it STRIPS AWAY ALL THE USELESS STUFF.
All the useless tasks?
All the random “effort” and “striving” that you could JUMP TO without thinking?
It gets rid of that.
Making something honestly easy strips it down to the bare essentials, and gets you MAXIMUM results for MINIMUM effort.
I don’t want to harp on this too long, because this is one of those things that you really need to TRY to experience the power of it.
It sounds so dumb, but if you actually focus in, take the time to THINK before acting, and take the EASIEST, most EFFICIENT path….
You will feel more peace.
You will feel more in control.
And you will have more TIME than you know what to do with.
Here’s some quick examples of how I’ve used this powerfully.
Problem = “I don’t know who to hire as my head of advertising. It’s probably the #1 most important hire in our company. If I get it wrong, we lose hundreds of thousands of dollars….”
“What would this look like if it were easy?”
Answer: Hire 3 top candidates at the same time. Pay more money up front but virtually guarantee that we find a winner within one month. Problem solved.
Problem = I don’t know what topics people would like to hear about most for the Kale letter….
“What would this look like if it were easy?”
Answer: do a quick email survey and ask people what they want to hear about… write about the most common responses.
Problem = I don’t have time to pursue X, or Y, or Z, I’m worried that it will affect my main business or focus…
“What would this look like if it were easy?”
Answer: Either avoid it altogether, or hire a CEO of that project and leave it up to them. Give them 1 month to pass or fail the project then decide what to do from there.
See? This can be applied to literally anything (I just picked a few business examples off the top of my head…)
Your marriage…
Your relationships…
Your company…
Your task at work…
Your long term goals…
Ask yourself that ONE question at least 5 times each day for the next week.
And then come back to this letter and let me know in the comments if it worked for you :)
If you found this interesting, feel free to forward this email to 10 people who it would help.
Thank you so much!
Kale
P.S. still running this special for 30 days of free access to this letter, take advantage while you can! 100% free zero payment if you don’t like it.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Ever wondered if you have a little Elon Musk in you? Ever thought it would be cool to be the richest man alive? Read THIS. You are more similar than you think….
—————
I’m RE-SENDING this because the last one like ZERO people opened (I think it went to spam because I included too many pictures hahaha!) SO here it is without pictures!
—————-
Hey you.
Public service announcement, this epic letter is free for 30 days… You can subscribe for FREE + audio podcast version straight to your podcast app by clicking the blue button below.
So, I told this story on multiple livestreams with our students yesterday, got great feedback, so thought I would share with you.
How Elon Musk Becoming THE RICHEST MAN IN THE WORLD Relates to YOUR Amazon FBA Business.
It all comes down to one concept, maybe 2. Here goes.
Write this down in your phone or something, it’s very important.
—> FIND A SMALL, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKET THAT YOU CAN ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
^^ that is how Elon Musk became the richest man in the World (and also how Jeff Bezos became the SECOND richest, ironically).
I’m serious. That’s all it was.
When you look at Tesla now…..
You see a massive company.
Hundreds of thousands of employees….
Factories in Shanghai, California, Texas, you name it.
Tens of thousands of superchargers everywhere…
And even your NEIGHBOR has a Tesla….
But that’s not how it started.
Let’s wind the clock back to the beginning.
Elon didn’t set out to dominate the CAR market (as he has now).
He set out to dominate a MUCH SMALLER ADDRESSABLE MARKET.
The key? He was only focusing on a small(er) market that he could actually 100% DOMINATE.
What was that market?
Was it cars?
Nope.
Was it SUV’s?
Nope.
—->> It was ULTRA-LUXURY, 2 DOOR, ELECTRIC, SUPER-CARS.
It was called the Tesla Roadster.
Now THAT is a small, FOCUSED, addressable market that Elon could DOMINATE.
And dominate he did….
The roadster was so unique.
So different.
And he was basically the ONLY one doing it well…
That it sold!
And word started to get out!
They started to make money!!!!
Now before I continue the story let me relate this back to selling on Amazon FBA.
Selling on Amazon is EXACTLY the same.
In fact, my business partner Taylor and I have literally Trademarked and Patented our software, which AUTOMATICALLY FINDS… you guessed it…
THE SMALLEST, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKET THAT YOU CAN ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
It’s called Boost Nine Pro, and it basically pulls DATA straight off of Amazon, and tells you WHICH MARKETS are markets that you can ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
For instance, the “score” that it is looking for is this….
You want GREATER than 7 out of the top 10 products for a MARKET (also known as an Amazon KEYWORD) to have more than $5,000 in revenue.
That means that there is good DEMAND for the product (just like Elon had demand for an ultra-luxury electric sports-car).
Then, the RIGHT circle shows you something that’s even MORE important.
Remember, I keep saying the word DOMINATE?
It’s hard to dominate something that has a ton of competition, right?
So, the circle on the right turns GREEN if 7 out of the top 10 products have LESS than 150 reviews.
If you were wondering, reviews are the BEST measure of competition.
If a competitor has 1,000s of reviews, it’s very hard to compete against them, obviously.
Imagine, for instance, that Elon tried to launch the roadster, but there was another company out there called “Kalesla” :-)
Kalesla already made an electric supercar, and it was faster, had better range, and had 10,000 5 star reviews on it’s website.
Would Elon have been as successful?
Would he be the richest man in the WORLD right now?
Of course not.
The SAME is true for your Amazon business, which is why we developed and patented our Boost Nine Pro software.
And you know what really blew my mind?
Not only are our students and Amazon sellers around the World using the same tactics Elon used, but now our software has made it 1,000x easier than Elon’s situation.
I mean think about it, Elon had to use his own intuition and genius to decide WHICH of the THOUSANDS of addressable markets he would go after and try to dominate!
And there was NO AVAILABLE LIST of these markets!
With Boost Nine Pro, you get 15 SMALL, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKETS that you can DOMINATE, every single day, in less than one second.
Now look, this is NOT a sales pitch for Boost Nine Pro or Nine University.
I just think it’s SHOCKING how there is an EXACT PARALLEL between what normal every-day people like me and you do on a day to day basis to start Amazon FBA Businesses…
And what the literal RICHEST MAN in the WORLD did way back when….
Even better than that is the way the story played out, and what it means for you.
So, Elon launches the Roadster, it goes well.
Then, what does he do?
Does he find a totally unrelated market to go try and dominate?
No, of course not!
He finds a SLIGHTLY LARGER addressable market (just slightly) that he can ALSO dominate.
First market = Ultra Luxury - 2 door - Electric supercar (Tesla Roadster)
Second market = Ultra Luxury - 4 door - Electric Sports Car (Tesla Model S)
Now, I know from PERSONAL EXPERIENCE how awesome this second market is.
I had a P100d Model S for over a year, and it was absolutely a rocket ship on wheels.
When you have a product as DOMINANT as that, for it’s category, it’s no wonder that Elon eventually became the richest man in the World.
Literally everyone I knew wanted a ride in my rocket ship.
They would post on instagram as I warned them to “keep their head back” before I launched it out of a stop light like a bat out of hell.
THAT is a product that is DOMINATING its category, one that people can’t stop talking about, and that is the FIRST thing that someone sees when they search for “Electric Sedan”.
Again, it’s the same thing on Amazon.
Once our students launch one product, they launch more. Slowly but surely WIDENING their reach, and dominating slightly larger markets.
For instance, our head of training now has 144 products on Amazon and does millions of dollars in sales per year on Amazon.
THAT ^^ is what happens when you follow this “Elon Strategy” of dominating progressively larger markets as you scale.
You know how the rest of the story goes….
First market = Ultra Luxury - 2 door - Electric supercar (Tesla Roadster)
Second market = Ultra Luxury - 4 door - Electric Sports Car (Tesla Model S)
Third Market = Ultra Luxury Electric Sports SUV (Model X)
Fourth Market = Mass Market Electric Car (Model 3)
Food for thought as I leave you guys for the weekend….
Would Elon have been as successful if he would have STARTED with the mass market car, the one with all the competition, the Model 3?
How can YOU use this concept in YOUR life, whether that’s with starting an Amazon business, or something else?
Always remember guys and gals, that the biggest companies you know today…
Facebook, Google, Amazon, Tesla.
ALL STARTED by becoming MINI-MONOPOLIES over MUCH SMALLER MARKETS than they dominate now.
Facebook DOMINATED the HARVARD ONLY social network.
Google dominated WEB SEARCH (which funny enough was small at the time)
Amazon dominated ONLINE BOOKSTORES only…
Tesla dominated electric sports cars only…
You get the idea.
Here’s to one of you readers getting YOUR piece of the pie and using this tactic in YOUR life to become much wealthier and more free.
Have a great day, and please share this with someone and subscribe if you found it useful. It’s free for 30 days for a limited time.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you.
Public service announcement, this epic letter is free for 30 days… You can subscribe for FREE + audio podcast version straight to your podcast app by clicking the blue button below.
So, I told this story on multiple livestreams with our students yesterday, got great feedback, so thought I would share with you.
How Elon Musk Becoming THE RICHEST MAN IN THE WORLD Relates to YOUR Amazon FBA Business.
It all comes down to one concept, maybe 2. Here goes.
Write this down in your phone or something, it’s very important.
—> FIND A SMALL, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKET THAT YOU CAN ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
^^ that is how Elon Musk became the richest man in the World (and also how Jeff Bezos became the SECOND richest, ironically).
I’m serious. That’s all it was.
When you look at Tesla now…..
You see a massive company.
Hundreds of thousands of employees….
Factories in Shanghai, California, Texas, you name it.
Tens of thousands of superchargers everywhere…
And even your NEIGHBOR has a Tesla….
But that’s not how it started.
Let’s wind the clock back to the beginning.
Elon didn’t set out to dominate the CAR market (as he has now).
He set out to dominate a MUCH SMALLER ADDRESSABLE MARKET.
The key? He was only focusing on a small(er) market that he could actually 100% DOMINATE.
What was that market?
Was it cars?
Nope.
Was it SUV’s?
Nope.
—->> It was ULTRA-LUXURY, 2 DOOR, ELECTRIC, SUPER-CARS.
It was called the Tesla Roadster.
Here’s a picture of the original roadster.
Now THAT is a small, FOCUSED, addressable market that Elon could DOMINATE.
And dominate he did….
The roadster was so unique.
So different.
And he was basically the ONLY one doing it well…
That it sold!
And word started to get out!
They started to make money!!!!
Now before I continue the story let me relate this back to selling on Amazon FBA.
Selling on Amazon is EXACTLY the same.
In fact, my business partner Taylor and I have literally Trademarked and Patented our software, which AUTOMATICALLY FINDS… you guessed it…
THE SMALLEST, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKET THAT YOU CAN ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
Here’s what it looks like.
It’s called Boost Nine Pro, and it basically pulls DATA straight off of Amazon, and tells you WHICH MARKETS are markets that you can ACTUALLY DOMINATE.
For instance, the “score” that it is looking for is this….
You want GREATER than 7 out of the top 10 products for a MARKET (also known as an Amazon KEYWORD) to have more than $5,000 in revenue.
That means that there is good DEMAND for the product (just like Elon had demand for an ultra-luxury electric sports-car).
Then, the RIGHT circle shows you something that’s even MORE important.
Remember, I keep saying the word DOMINATE?
It’s hard to dominate something that has a ton of competition, right?
So, the circle on the right turns GREEN if 7 out of the top 10 products have LESS than 150 reviews.
If you were wondering, reviews are the BEST measure of competition.
If a competitor has 1,000s of reviews, it’s very hard to compete against them, obviously.
Imagine, for instance, that Elon tried to launch the roadster, but there was another company out there called “Kalesla” :-)
Kalesla already made an electric supercar, and it was faster, had better range, and had 10,000 5 star reviews on it’s website.
Would Elon have been as successful?
Would he be the richest man in the WORLD right now?
Of course not.
The SAME is true for your Amazon business, which is why we developed and patented our Boost Nine Pro software.
And you know what really blew my mind?
Not only are our students and Amazon sellers around the World using the same tactics Elon used, but now our software has made it 1,000x easier than Elon’s situation.
I mean think about it, Elon had to use his own intuition and genius to decide WHICH of the THOUSANDS of addressable markets he would go after and try to dominate!
And there was NO AVAILABLE LIST of these markets!
With Boost Nine Pro, you get 15 SMALL, FOCUSED, ADDRESSABLE MARKETS that you can DOMINATE, every single day, in less than one second.
It looks like this…
Now look, this is NOT a sales pitch for Boost Nine Pro or Nine University.
I just think it’s SHOCKING how there is an EXACT PARALLEL between what normal every-day people like me and you do on a day to day basis to start Amazon FBA Businesses…
And what the literal RICHEST MAN in the WORLD did way back when….
Even better than that is the way the story played out, and what it means for you.
So, Elon launches the Roadster, it goes well.
Then, what does he do?
Does he find a totally unrelated market to go try and dominate?
No, of course not!
He finds a SLIGHTLY LARGER addressable market (just slightly) that he can ALSO dominate.
First market = Ultra Luxury - 2 door - Electric supercar (Tesla Roadster)
Second market = Ultra Luxury - 4 door - Electric Sports Car (Tesla Model S)
Now, I know from PERSONAL EXPERIENCE how awesome this second market is.
I had a P100d Model S for over a year, and it was absolutely a rocket ship on wheels.
She’s beautiful huh?
When you have a product as DOMINANT as that, for it’s category, it’s no wonder that Elon eventually became the richest man in the World.
Literally everyone I knew wanted a ride in my rocket ship.
They would post on instagram as I warned them to “keep their head back” before I launched it out of a stop light like a bat out of hell.
THAT is a product that is DOMINATING its category, one that people can’t stop talking about, and that is the FIRST thing that someone sees when they search for “Electric Sedan”.
Again, it’s the same thing on Amazon.
Once our students launch one product, they launch more. Slowly but surely WIDENING their reach, and dominating slightly larger markets.
For instance, our head of training just posted this a couple months ago in our Facebook group.
THAT ^^ is what happens when you follow this “Elon Strategy” of dominating progressively larger markets as you scale.
You know how the rest of the story goes….
First market = Ultra Luxury - 2 door - Electric supercar (Tesla Roadster)
Second market = Ultra Luxury - 4 door - Electric Sports Car (Tesla Model S)
Third Market = Ultra Luxury Electric Sports SUV (Model X)
Fourth Market = Mass Market Electric Car (Model 3)
Food for thought as I leave you guys for the weekend….
Would Elon have been as successful if he would have STARTED with the mass market car, the one with all the competition, the Model 3?
How can YOU use this concept in YOUR life, whether that’s with starting an Amazon business, or something else?
Always remember guys and gals, that the biggest companies you know today…
Facebook, Google, Amazon, Tesla.
ALL STARTED by becoming MINI-MONOPOLIES over MUCH SMALLER MARKETS than they dominate now.
Facebook DOMINATED the HARVARD ONLY social network.
Google dominated WEB SEARCH (which funny enough was small at the time)
Amazon dominated ONLINE BOOKSTORES only…
Tesla dominated electric sports cars only…
You get the idea.
Here’s to one of you readers getting YOUR piece of the pie and using this tactic in YOUR life to become much wealthier and more free.
Have a great day, and please share this with someone and subscribe if you found it useful. It’s free for 30 days for a limited time.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
I would normally never do this. But I’m going to start this letter by referring you to YESTERDAY’S letter -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/the-biggest-wealth-transfer-in-the?r=78pcb&utm_campaign=post&utm_medium=web&utm_source=copy
Seriously click that link and read/listen to yesterday’s ^^^ it’s THAT important for YOU, your FAMILY, and your LOVED ONES.
Not a joke. Please check it out and share it with those you care about.
The crazy events that happened yesterday, can pretty much be summarized by this picture…
Honestly who cares about the politics.
Objectively, we can all say one thing.
CRAZY STUFF HAPPENED YESTERDAY, and the MARKETS DON’T CARE.
This headline says it all.
It’s happening right in front of our eyes people.
Yep, you heard that right.
The day after our nation’s capital was literally invaded….
Markets hit an all-time high?
Bitcoin also hits an all-time high?
The news will try to tell you 5,000 explanations for this, but here’s what actual investors and rich people know…..
Oh wait, that’s in yesterday’s letter -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/the-biggest-wealth-transfer-in-the?r=78pcb&utm_campaign=post&utm_medium=web&utm_source=copy
I’m serious, just go read it.
Everything I wrote yesterday was just CONFIRMED today, as the rich and poor alike continue to PILE INTO ASSETS.
You owe it to yourself and your family to read yesterday’s letter and share it with the people closest to you.
Not trying to be a weirdo, just trying to help you.
Sometimes it takes someone to shake you and pester you and really GET ON YOU to make you see the light.
Here’s to praying that more and more people see the light before it’s too late.
Love ya!
Kale
p.s. We had a RECORD number of SUBSCRIBERS yesterday due to the fact that I think some of you started to realize that I really am trying to help you haha!
If you aren’t subscribed to this letter, it’s literally free for 30 days.
If, at the end of the 30 days you hate it and never want to hear from me again?
You pay nothing.
Click the blue button to try it out now.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey, very very VERY serious letter today.
If you only ever read one “Kale Letter” read this.
Last night, we witnessed Georgia deciding the balance of power in the United States of America.
As I am writing this, it appears that the democrats will control the White House, The House of Representatives, AND the Senate.
Now, for those of you not into politics, remember 3rd grade social studies and those cute little videos that talked about “balance of power”?
It appears that we no longer have that.
Now, honestly, for the purposes of this letter, I could care less about the POLITICAL side of it.
I know many of you have strong opinions on it, but I want to talk about what actually matters here.
Here’s what actually matters.
The Wall-Street Journal published that article a couple of days ago, linked here -> https://www.wsj.com/articles/welcome-to-the-era-of-nonstop-stimulus-11609697936
One of my favorite Billionaires, Chamath Palihapitiya, summarized it even more concisely in this tweet ->
(if you don’t know who Chamath is, just realize he’s “not just some dude”, think ‘Elon Musk of Investing’)
Regardless of who won last night, non-stop stimulus was here to stay.
I’ve been writing this to you all for months now, back in October I wrote -
Basically, no matter who you are voting for on November 3rd, governments around the WORLD have been backed into a corner.
Here’s the punchline right at the beginning then I’ll explain.
They now have ONLY 3 options (seriously).
1) Stop spending money in a DRASTIC way and start paying back debt.
This means the stock market will crash uncontrollably
Everyone will freak out and start hoarding money instead of spending it
We will enter into a depression probably equal to the great depression
2) Cut government programs for hundreds of millions of people
Think “Medicare” & “Medicaid”
Basically, the “Safety Net” that you’ve always thought was there for you when you retire? That you’ve been paying taxes for your whole life? Disappears. Poof.
3) The governments print more money like crazy in order to pay back all of the debt.
The purchasing power of the currencies will drop like crazy
But hopefully it won’t start an instant depression or revolution.
Now that there is no RESISTANCE between political parties, #3 WILL happen, and it will happen fast.
There is no stopping this never ending stimulus, it only has to accelerate from here.
Jeff Booth put it VERY well in his book (#1 book recommendation in my letter from YESTERDAY)
“It took $185 trillion of debt to produce about $46 trillion of GDP growth over the last twenty years.”
He goes on to say that it will likely take 3-5x as much THIS time around, to produce the same amount of growth.
Ever seen a hamster wheel?….
That’s what we’re on, haha!
I wish I was the only one seeing this, but I’m not. I could post 5,000 other tweets exactly like this one.
So, if you’ve been reading between the lines during this article…
Because I realized I never actually DELIVERED the PUNCHLINE.
THERE HAS NEVER EVER EVER EVER.
IN THE HISTORY OF THE WORLD.
Been a better time to own ASSETS.
And a WORSE time to hold cash.
I’m serious. You’ve been warned.
The writing is on the wall, and I expect $5 trillion MINIMUM in stimulus (Just in the U.S., THIS YEAR).
Assets will continue to rise in price, particularly the ones that have SCARCITY to them.
If something is SCARCE, the most logical equation in the WORLD takes hold.
More funny money in circulation? = Those assets that can’t be printed go UP.
That equation is as fundamentally true as the law of gravity.
You can fight gravity, but you will lose, 10 times out of 10.
I’m using a lot of strong language here.
And writing in ALL CAPS.
Because I’m worried.
I’m worried that the majority of people will see this email…
And just gloss over it.
They won’t read it.
They won’t think about it.
When what they SHOULD be doing is calling EVERYONE THEY KNOW.
Drive to their house if you have to.
Physically SHAKE THEM.
Tell them to WAKE UP.
(that’s what I did with my Dad a few months ago).
It’s not their fault that they don’t know this is happening.
The media won’t tell you.
Their co-workers won’t tell you.
The rich people who own all the assets sure as hell won’t tell you.
But I’m telling you right now.
The next decade WILL BE the biggest WEALTH TRANSFER in the history of the world.
I’ll write that bigger so you read it.
The next decade WILL BE the biggest WEALTH TRANSFER in the history of the world.
The question is, will you be on the winning side?
If you even PARTIALLY believe what I wrote above you owe it to yourself and your FAMILY to investigate which ASSETS you need to OWN.
Here’s some examples of HARD ASSETS that have SCARCITY to them.
1) Your own Business. It’s literally 1 of 1.
2) Bitcoin. Only 21 Million. Can never be more.
3) Gold.
4) Real Estate (preferably beachfront or some other scarce location)
5) Silver. Not as scarce as the others but likely to appreciate drastically.
That’s honestly about it…. (at least the ones that I would choose)
Do your own research.
I can’t give you investment advice.
All I can tell you is what I do with my OWN money, and what I SCREAM at my friends and loved ones to do as well before it’s too late.
Please please please share this with someone who needs to read it.
Call them and make sure they actually read it.
ALL I want to do is to make sure that you are AWARE of what is happening and PUSHED to actually look into it.
If you don’t, you can 100% for sure, take it to the bank, take it to the grave even, KNOW that you will miss out on the biggest wealth transfer in the history of the World.
We are living in a monopoly world.
The banker has gone a bit crazy.
And in order to “win the game” we have to take action.
Otherwise, there will be hotels on every property on the board.
Charging INSANE “BOARDWALK LEVEL” rents…
And you will have rapidly depreciating monopoly money in your pocket.
And a board full of land mines to navigate based on the roll of the dice.
(hopefully that analogy made sense, let me know in the comments)
Kale
p.s. not trying to be all doomsday. I do honestly believe that many of you will LISTEN and BENEFIT from these changes.
It just scares me for the people that won’t.
This is a black and white, zero and 1 game.
It’s either you “get it” and benefit, or you don’t, and suffer. Be safe out there.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Everyone’s been asking me for book recommendations for 2021, so here goes!
(I’m not going to link them here or else this email might go to spam, just search them up on Amazon)
1) The Price of Tomorrow - Jeff Booth
Best book I read in 2020, hands down. Nearly prophetic in nature.
Predicted everything that happened in 2020 and THEN SOME.
Quick read, I read it in 3 hours and my mind has been obliterated since.
2) The Future is Faster Than You Think - Peter H. Diamandis
Those that understand technology will rule the rest of this century. This book was an eye opener in more ways than one. Also makes for extremely good dinner conversation material :)
3) Elon Musk: Tesla, SpaceX, and the Quest for a Fantastic Future - Ashlee Vance
Read this on my honeymoon. LITERALLY couldn’t put it down. My wife made fun of me as I would walk from my beach chair to the bathroom holding my kindle, never even looking up.
If you’ve been wondering why Tesla went up 700% in 2020, this is the book for you.
(oh, and if you aren’t inspired by Elon’s savage work ethic by the end, I’m not sure you read the book)
4) Zero to One - Peter Thiel
I’ve read this 10 times front to back. One of the most insightful and thought provoking business books ever written. Written by someone who has founded MULTIPLE Billion Dollar Companies. Enough said.
5) This Book Will Save You Time - Misir Mahmudov
90 minute book. I can’t tell you how many times I’ve thought of it since reading it. Re-defines how you think about your most precious resource, time.
6) Hell Yeah or No - Derek Sivers
Epic. Unlike anything else. Thought provoking. Memorable.
I’m serious. Derek Sivers is some sort of book Savant. Recommend ANYTHING by him. This dude seriously thinks DIFFERENTLY.
I’ve told his “Give 50% effort and get the same result” story 100 times by now.
7) Anything You Want - Derek Sivers
Did I mention this guy is incredible? Just read it. It’s one of the most practical and HELPFUL books ever written. Quick read too.
8) Essentialism - Greg McKeown
Remember how I keep telling you guys that only 1% of your decisions matter? This book basically says that, but much smarter than I ever could. Read it. Soak in it. Can you bathe in a book? Idk, but you should try.
9) Bitcoin: Hard Money You Can't F*ck With: Why bitcoin will be the next global reserve currency - Jason A. Williams
Yes, that’s the title.
Was shocked by how READABLE yet RIVETING the arguments in here are.
Somehow Jason uses his unique “swagger” to convey complex economic topics and tie a bow on it in a way that ANYONE can understand and that will actually stick with you long after you’ve put it down.
10) Unscripted: MJ DeMarco
Can’t round out the top 10 without this one. Teaches you how to ditch the hamster wheel that society has you on, forever.
Should be required reading for every human in the World.
But I guess if that was the case, the “system” wouldn’t be around for much longer….
————
Honorable mentions because I love you guys. Some classics in here. Most are so epic the author doesn’t even need to be named, just search in Amazon. It’s the one with 20 million 5 star reviews haha.
11) Think and Grow Rich
12) The Magic of Thinking Big
13) How to win friends and influence people.
14) The Obstacle is the Way
15) Built to Sell
16) Atomic Habits
17) The Millionaire Fast Lane - MJ DeMarco
18) Purple Cow - Seth Godin
If you enjoyed this, let me know in the comments, and forward this to anyone who likes to read.
(so, maybe everyone in your contacts…)
Thank you to all the authors who wrote these masterpieces.
You’ve literally changed my life.
Kale
p.s. My wife wanted to mention that her top 2 are
1) VERITY by COLLEEN HOOVER
and “if you like love stories more”
2) HOPELESS by COLLEEN HOOVER
Apparently anything by Colleen Hoover is amazing.
^ Grab your 30 day free trial of “The Kale Letter”. Cancel anytime. Only 10 trials left. ^
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Just going to make a list. Here goes nothing.
Start a business.
“Quit” your business (sell it)
Calculate your “LIVE off the INTEREST” number (start with 4% of yearly income and divide that by 12 to get monthly interest)
Buy some Bitcoin.
Go on more walks.
Stop doing 99% of what you currently do.
Focus only on the 1% of your actions that actually move the needle.
Take some time to figure out what the “needle” is.
When you think you’ve found it (the “needle”), maybe stew on it for another 48 hours :)
Drink more coffee. Or don’t. But make a conscious decision about it.
Become “fully there”.
DECIDE to give your loved ones ATTENTION, not just your TIME.
Stop eating a meal halfway through and leave because it sucks.
Stop watching a movie halfway through and change the channel, because it sucks.
Just close the zoom meeting. Just leave. Meetings suck.
Apply points 13-15 to everything in your life. Value your time 1000x more.
When you wake up everyday ask yourself these questions (stolen from the great Jeff Booth)
Buy a ROCKETBOOK and start taking notes and journaling for better memory.
Buy an Otto Wilde grill and start making glorious steaks twice a week.
Travel somewhere you’ve never gone.
Dance in the kitchen.
Sing loudly on a walk outside with your headphones in. Bonus points if people hear you.
Get a twitter and follow me -> https://twitter.com/kale_abe
Become smarter just because you listened to step 23.
Delete your Instagram for a while and chart your happiness level in your notebook.
Buy a Kindle.
Download some awesome books on it.
Read them.
(would you like a letter with book recommendations? If so, comment below)
Visualize the life you want, daily. Add details down to the SMELL of it.
Repeat this to yourself 5x daily. “My obsessions become my possessions.”
Get a tattoo. Make it meaningful.
Get a hobby that you can share with a best friend when you’re 85 and in a wheelchair. Mine is chess.
Read this letter every day. Idk, maybe I’m biased :)
You can try it for free for 30 days, thought it would be a nice start to 2021.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey Everyone!
Don’t worry, we’re going to have an incredible 2021.
There will be enough people TRASHING 2020 so I’ll just let them do that.
This letter will focus on the MOST IMPORTANT things I learned in 2020 that I hope can help you have a blessed 2021. Let’s do it.
1) There is no “FREE MARKET”.
I’m not going to go into insane detail on any of these points (read my other letters if you need the deets).
But, essentially, 2020 showed that we’ve reached what I like to call PEAK FAKERY.
Even though the World was shut down, the stock market rallied to all time highs….
Even though millions lost jobs… the rich got EXTREMELY richer…
At this point, there is so much “funny money” in the system (the governments worldwide printing money) that the markets are all “fake” and constantly propped up by forces outside of the free market.
THE BIGGEST TAKEAWAY = This money printing can NEVER stop (or there will be a huge crash).
So, we must position ourselves in 2021 to take advantage of the printing press, not be buried by it.
Those that started or owned ONLINE businesses and other SCARCE ASSETS (like Bitcoin) did extremely well in 2020, and will continue to do so in 2021 as more funny money is pumped into the system.
2) The news is for losers.
Sorry, it’s true.
All I learned this year from watching the news is
1) It’s all about clickbait headlines and dividing people, not uniting them
2) Mainstream media is dying and desperate people say crazy things
3) there are much better sources of information.
Twitter, for instance (IF YOU FOLLOW THE RIGHT PEOPLE) can be a WEALTH of information.
I personally made millions of dollars this year from reading twitter and taking advice that wasn’t complete crap.
You should probably get a twitter in 2021.
Follow me, haha! -> https://twitter.com/kale_abe
3) 1% of your decisions = 99% of your results.
This has been a dominant theme for me in 2020.
1% of my investments produced 99% of my returns.
1% of my marketing strategies drove the most revenue for my businesses.
1% of my videos got 99% of the overall views.
1% of these letters got listened to 99% more than the others.
You get the idea.
Look back on your 2020, I bet you see a similar pattern.
Now, how can you optimize your life and spend the majority of your energy focused ONLY on those 1% decisions for 2021?
4) Stressing out + Worry = Waste of Time
We all KNOW this deep down.
But 2020 proved it to me.
Literally NOTHING I stressed or worried about changed anything.
In fact, because the World seemed so crazy there for a while.
I started literally saying “screw it”.
Screw it -> I’m not working on this I’m going on a walk and drinking coffee.
Screw it -> I’m not dealing with that employee they can do their own thing or be gone I don’t care.
Screw it -> I’m not going to go after that “opportunity” that would take me 3 weeks to build out. I’m going to go snuggle with my wife.
And guess what.
This is the big key.
NONE of those decisions to be “lazy” or to “not worry” hurt me.
In fact, MANY of them actually benefited me by not crowding my schedule doing useless things, so that I could actually do the IMPORTANT things that came along.
It ties in with point number 3.
If only 1% of your decisions really matter, why do you constantly stress about the 99%?
Stop it in 2021 and thank me later.
5) Just because it seems crazy doesn’t mean it won’t happen. In fact, it’s probably pretty likely.
Obviously none of us thought this was possible.
Back in February? If you would have told us that the whole world would shut down like this?
Everyone wearing masks?
We wouldn’t have believed it.
But then, lo and behold, it happened.
2020 taught me that just because we haven’t seen something happen in our lifetime, it doesn’t mean it can’t happen.
In fact, the more that we underestimate something, the more likely it is to bite us in the ass.
Going into the 2020s I think there are 2 things that the World still underestimates.
1) The internet.
People think it’s everywhere. It’s huge. It’s a big thing.
(spoiler alert: it’s only 20 years old)
We’re just at the start.
I’m old enough to remember dial up internet for crying out loud.
Imagine when every device is linked directly to your brain and we all have the computing power and memory capacity of our computers?
What will that world look like?
(also, the fact that you just said “no way” to me talking about linking a computer to your brain just SHOWS how much people underestimate things that haven’t happened before)
2) Digital Money
It’s coming. So buckle up.
All currencies will be digital by 2030.
Cash is dead.
Covid buried it in the ground.
There will be money that isn’t scarce, and is government controlled, like the digital dollar.
There will also be Bitcoin.
I would do some research on both before it’s too late :)
6) Getting rich is a mindset.
Sounds dumb I know.
But if you think that making money is “hard” then you haven’t been paying attention in 2020.
10 year olds literally made fortunes trading Tesla on an app. (Robinhood)
Anyone invested in any Tech company made money.
Bitcoiners got filthy rich.
Amazon sellers sold ridiculous amounts of products and got rich in the process and built massive companies that they can later sell and get more rich.
If you think you aren’t smarter than that 10 year old.
Or that grandpa who bought 100k of bitcoin in March.
Or our students who started selling on Amazon in a pandemic…
Let me tell you this.
You’re WRONG.
No one is THAT much smarter than anyone.
We’re all the same, it’s just some people BELIEVE that they can get rich, so they do.
I saw it so much in 2020 that it’s freaking undeniable at this point.
7) This letter is awesome.
Seriously.
Thank you for reading it.
The letter itself might not be that awesome, but the lives that it has changed? That’s incredible.
Here’s an example of someone I’m super proud of.
Adriana works her ass off.
Honestly idk if she reads this letter, I think she does.
But she 100% APPLIES all the principles I listed above.
She realized there was no “free market” and instead of waiting for bailouts from the government, she started something she can control, that prints money for HER.
She definitely wasn’t watching a ton of NEWS while she was focused building this badass business.
She focused on her 1% decision (growing her Amazon biz) and ignored the 99% of noise around her.
She already knew that stressing out was pointless. You should hear her on her coaching calls. She’s determined, calm, and focused.
She knew that just because it SEEMS crazy to not know anything about Amazon and then suddenly make $22,000 a MONTH from it, that it’s actually NOT CRAZY AT ALL! In fact, the fact that people THINK that it is makes it MORE LIKELY that people like Adriana exist!
Getting rich is a mindset. Adriana has that mindset, and now she’s on the path to getting rich.
So, if you’ve been reading this letter in 2020.
If you’ve shared it with even 1 person.
If you’ve subscribed to get it 5x per week.
If you’ve listened to the podcast version.
THANK YOU.
Seriously, THANK YOU from the bottom of my heart.
YOU are the reason I get up in the morning.
I have enough money.
Money fades.
Plus it’s super easy to get.
So why stress about it.
The thing I want to focus on for 2021 is helping YOU and YOUR FAMILY do better, be better, and be wealthier.
I’ve been blessed, so I’m going to do everything I can to be a blessing to you.
Have a great New Years Eve 2020.
Raising a virtual glass to you here in Pittsburgh and saying GOOD RIDDANCE 2020!
On to bigger and better things.
See you all on Monday.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you!
Cool concept I’ve been thinking about lately… hear me out on this one…
It all kind of started when I was thinking about this stimulus bill (which I wrote about yesterday).
I thought of all the corruption, all the politics, all the hidden accounts in the Cayman Islands that senators have….
Contrasted with…
Forcing restaurants to shut down….
Forcing other businesses to close…
And then sending them $600 as if that is going to help…
And I thought, “How is this possible?” “Are people just evil?”
Then it clicked for me, I already knew the answer.
It comes from an unlikely source, a book you have probably never read, but a good one.
It’s called “Skin in the Game, Hidden Asymmetries in Daily Life” -> https://www.amazon.com/Skin-Game-Hidden-Asymmetries-Daily/dp/042528462X
The book is quite dense and complex, but the core theme is this…
The more DISTANT decision makers are from the EFFECTS of their decisions, the WORSE decisions they make.
It makes these political misfires make SO MUCH MORE SENSE….
Obviously, these politicians never feel even an OUNCE of the effects of their decisions!
They sit tight up there on Capitol hill, and are affected 0% by a pandemic like this.
In fact, they likely BENEFIT financially from it (because they are rich and own ASSETS which we have discussed previously).
It’s the same with ANYTHING in life.
The first question you should be asking, before taking advice from anyone is, “Do they have skin in the game?”.
“If this all goes sideways or doesn’t work, will they personally be NEGATIVELY affected?”
“If not, why am I listening to their opinion?”
As we end 2020 and head into uncharted waters, I don’t think there could possibly be a more important question.
2021 may be THE PEAK of a LACK of skin in the game…
Everyone trying to TELL you what you should do…
How you should behave…
How you should FEEL about certain things…
In a World that has been forced almost entirely on the internet, TELLING is SO MUCH EASIER than DOING.
The “tellers” are going to run RAMPANT in 2021.
And the “doers” will be right there with them.
It will be difficult to distinguish who is who.
But it is worth your time and effort to find out.
My only promise to you is this.
This letter will ONLY EVER be about things in which I have a stake.
In which I have MASSIVE skin in the game.
Go back and read through all my letters.
Any “advice” in them?
Yep, I’m deeply concerned with those topics.
Because they affect me and my family deeply and I will “go down with the ship” if they go down.
In 2021 I would encourage you to get on the boat with a Captain that is willing to go down with his or her ship.
Leave the “Captain-less” boats floating away to their own destruction.
Last time I checked, yelling at the boat from the shore isn’t going to stop it from hitting an ice-berg.
See you guys tomorrow, hope you’re having an awesome week leading up to Christmas.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Wow, what a joke.
Actually it’s not even funny.
It’s disgusting.
And yes, I’m talking about the new stimulus package announced today by Congress.
In it, American’s will receive a $600 check from the government.
Sounds great right?
Here’s the issue.
I wish it was something else…
Something other than black and white NUMBERS.
But unfortunately, our politicians are so bad and so corrupt that I can’t make this stuff up.
The issue is MATH.
According to Google, there are roughly 328 million Americans.
Take that, and divide out this $900,000,000,000 stimulus…
And it equals…
Wait for it…
$2,743 EACH and EVERY American would have to pay in taxes in order to FUND this package.
And for the privilege of funding it, what do they give us?
$600 checks.
Yep, that’s not a typo.
The federal government actually wants us to believe that receiving $600 payments is fair compensation for charging our kids and grandkids $2,743 each in order to repay the debt.
It’s lunacy, it’s ridiculous, and it’s not logical.
Now, what am I saying here?
Am I saying there should be no checks? No.
Am I saying the checks should be for more money? No.
Am I saying that I personally would do better in this situation if I was in their shoes? No.
Am I saying that people aren’t hurting and don’t need assistance? No.
What I am saying is that the system is mathematically, unequivocally, not debate-ably, broken.
The only way to fund stimulus like this is to literally create money out of thin air.
I’m serious.
So that’s what they are doing, trillions at a time.
It’s a hamster wheel to nowhere.
1) We need money because the economy is screwed.
2) We print the money to try to “rescue it”
3) this debases the currency, hurts the people we are trying to help MORE, and makes the problem worse.
Regardless of if you understand the intricacies of how exactly the money is printed, and why that robs the very people that it is printed FOR, the point is the same.
The numbers don’t make sense.
The politicians don’t “have it under control”.
They are not your friend.
They are desperately trying to run on a hamster wheel that spins faster and faster by the day…
Most have already fallen down.
Their faces are just smooshed against the glass of the wheel, watching the world spin around them out of control.
The only thing we can control is ourselves.
I actually felt a strange sense of freedom reading the press releases last night…
Seeing how incompetent our government is to solve the real issues of society, honestly freed me up to realize once and for all…
Depending on them for ANYTHING is ludicrous.
Thinking they will “come to the rescue?”, nope.
They are honestly SO BAD.
And SO ADDICTED to money printing.
That the ONLY logical solution is to change the rules of the game.
Instead of playing the “I hope the government helps me” game…
We need to be playing the “Let’s use the governments’ stupidity to our advantage” game.
Here are the things we know for sure after today.
1) The gov is slow as mollasses. You could have started 5 businesses in the time it took them to create this useless stimulus package.
2) The gov is trying to fix an unfixable problem (unpayable debt) by cheating and printing money to make up the difference.
3) They can’t stop this printing or the economies of the World will literally collapse.
4) All the rich people already know this.
That’s why the rich got richer in 2020.
When monopoly money gets dumped into the system?
Those that hold cash?
Those that “save”?
They LOSE. And they lose badly.
Those that hold assets?
Things that can’t be printed out of thin air?
They win, and they win BIG.
That’s why I’ve been telling you all year to do 3 things.
1) Start a business.
There is no better way to put money to WORK than by CONTROLLING the engine that produces it.
2) Buy Bitcoin with the profits.
There is no scarcer asset in the World. Do your own research if you don’t believe me.
3) Stop listening to 99% of people and 100% of people paid by the government.
They are not your friends. They don’t have your best interests at heart. And they are 100% uninformed about what is ACTUALLY happening in the World right now and how it is going to affect you.
I’ll see you guys tomorrow.
Sorry for the tone of this letter, but this stimulus honestly disgusts me.
The same people that create all the laws, one of the most important being “do not steal”… just STOLE $900 BILLION DOLLARS away from our descendants today.
And what can we do about it?
Jack squat.
Besides the 3 things I said above.
So let’s get to work and do them, eh?
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Fair warning: everything I’m about to write should be taken with a grain of salt.
This is MY opinion. Don’t go doing crazy stuff because I told you to.
But I’m pretty sure I figured out the biggest secret to success today, ready for it?
Those that have the APPETITE for the most risk, typically win in the long term, and win BIG.
the only way I know how to explain this is with a few very short stories okay?
Story #1 - My Amazon Business + 50k in Credit Card Debt
Is putting $50,000 on CREDIT CARDS a proper business decision?
Ask any PROFESSOR or someone who ISN’T an entrepreneur, and they will say a resounding “HELL NO”.
But ask someone who’s been through the fire and come out the other side?
You might get a different answer….
That’s honestly how I started my first Amazon business.
I didn’t have any money!
I was fresh out of college, with a horrible 27k per year job….
How was I supposed to order inventory for an Amazon business?
Well, luckily, there’s this thing called CREDIT..
I don’t know if you’ve heard of it, but the world runs on it…. :)
And I might be a psychopath, but I honestly thought to myself, “who gives a shi*”…
If this fails?
I’m broke.
Just like I am now…
If it doesn’t fail, I get to leave this miserable cubicle….
So I literally said F it.
And put it all on credit cards.
And it was the best decision I’ve ever made.
Story #2 - Quitting my job.
Want the VERY honest truth?
I didn’t quit.
I got fired! Haha!
Here’s how it went down…
I walked into my bosses’ office.
She said, “Kale, we need to talk”
(not the best words you want to hear from your boss haha)
She showed me a youtube video that I had made talking about Amazon.
Told me it was a “conflict of interest” to be a business consultant AND help people sell on Amazon on the side….
I guess it probably was.
She basically gave me an ultimatum, shut down the youtube channel, or be fired.
I said, I kid you not, “should I pack up now?”
Maybe I’m a psycho.
Maybe I just am not wired like most people.
But this was never even a question for me.
Now let’s get something straight here.
Nine University wasn’t a thing.
All we had was AMAZON.
It was profitable, but we still had some credit card debt.
By quitting my job, I was LITERALLY putting it all out there.
It was make it work, and make it work better, or LITERALLY have no way to pay my debt and go bankrupt.
And I gladly took that risk.
Without even thinking about it for more than 2 seconds, wasn’t even an option for me.
Now before I tell any more stories, what do these two stories have in common?
#1 - A “fk it” attitude.**
I’m sorry for the language but there’s no other way to describe it.
The best entrepreneurs I know, all got to that “f**k it” moment.
It’s that point in your life where even if you completely BOMBED.
Even if this entrepreneurial venture lands you in heavy debt.
You still don’t give a s**t.
How could you?
Your situation is already so crappy, going bankrupt won’t make it crappier!!!
You’ll just have to keep working that same crappy job, that you’re working RIGHT NOW!
Who cares!
Honestly, I think this is really what holds many people back from greatness…
They have too much to lose….
Those that have nothing to lose are DANGEROUS….
#2 - A SUPREME confidence in oneself to FIGURE IT OUT.
Maybe I sound crazy.
And I am.
But the reason I wasn’t worried about racking up 50k in debt?
Or quitting my job WAY too soon?
It’s because I knew myself.
I knew that literally the only way to stop me is to kill me.
Bury me six feet in the ground.
And put a BIG HEAVY HEADSTONE over it so I can’t crawl back out.
I’m serious, I truly believe that deep down that I’m a beast.
And if push comes to shove I will make it no matter what.
I think all Entrepreneurs believe that to some level.
Which is what allows them to take that jump.
Because make no mistake, it is a JUMP, and your risk tolerance needs to be through the roof.
I guess it’s summarized as, yes, we SEE the risks, we just don’t care, because we know that even in the WORST CASE SCENARIO we will still find a way to twist it in our favor….
Last story - Someone you respect more than me - Elon Musk After PayPal.
I’m sure you all know this story but it bears repeating…
How many of you would have balls that big??
That’s some big ass kahunas right there….
Elon never had to work a day again the rest of his life…
Yet he did THAT….
Wow.
I would say it’s paid off though….
Elon is now the second richest person in the WORLD.
My prediction is that he will soon pass Jeff.
And also become the first TRILLIONAIRE…
(He has massive stock incentives at Tesla + Space X and STARLINK will generate RIDICULOUS profits at MASSIVE scale)
If you haven’t already read it yet, I would REALLY encourage you to read Elon’s biography, it’s one of the best books I’ve ever read -> https://www.amazon.com/Elon-Musk-SpaceX-Fantastic-Future
It really shows what I’m talking about here…
A RELENTLESS appetite for…
1) Risk
2) Success
and then also the INSANE confidence that it takes to persevere no matter what.
Now, you may be reading this and thinking “that’s not me”.
You probably have a decent life.
You aren’t stuck in a cubicle like I was.
You have kids to worry about, or bills to pay, or whatever.
And that’s totally fine.
I get it 100%.
But what I do want to say is that life is VERY short.
This may be the dumbest phrase ever in a serious letter but…
“You’ve gotta risk it to get the biscuit”.
That literally sums it all up ^^^ haha!
I promise you right now that every successful entrepreneur you know took CRAZY risks to make it happen.
They may not talk about it openly.
They may not always even be MONETARY risks.. (often it’s just perception, what will he/she/or MOM think)
But trust me, they took them.
Hell, I’ve even taken risks that I won’t share openly on this letter, because you’ll think I’m insane.
I’m starting to ramble now, but I guess I’ll just leave you with this.
After teaching thousands of people to become successful entrepreneurs I’ve learned one thing…
Sometimes you’ve gotta get UP IN SOMEONE’S BUSINESS to get them to change.
Sometimes it’s the easiest to just STAY where you’re at.
An object in motion STAYS in motion.
An object sitting on the couch, well, you get the idea.
I’ve dropped quite a few F bombs in my day, particularly with the people I LOVE THE MOST, in order to get them to EFFING DO IT.
From the outside looking in, it’s EASY to see that they are underperforming.
They are NOWHERE NEAR living up to their potential.
And sometimes, you just need to yell, say the F word, and point it out so it hurts a little.
The best part?
You can do this with yourself.
Stop reading now if you can’t handle a little language.
This is what I personally said to myself to get myself to start my Amazon business.
Again, stop reading now if you don’t like it getting real.
“Kale, are you just going to keep being a f*g loser your whole life? Cry home to your mommy because basketball didn’t work out? Quit being a f*g wuss and figure out how to make money. No one gives a st about you and isn’t going to help you. They are focused on themselves. Deal with it.”
Contrast that with the wussy version…
“Kale things didn’t go your way. It will be okay. One day at a time. Just do the best you can at your job and it will take care of itself.”
Seriously! That’s just one example. Which one gets you fired up more?
Stop talking to yourself like a little wuss.
Stop justifying all your little excuses for being average.
Do you really want to be f*g average?
Notice how saying a bad word makes it sound even MORE average and despicable?
You are BETTER than this.
WAY BETTER.
Okay, rant over, I hope all that above made sense.
Get out there this weekend and DO something about it.
Oh, and share this with that ONE person who needs it. This should probably have the most shares of any letter I’ve ever written.
See you Monday, if you’re subscribed.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
You’ve probably already seen the news, that Bitcoin BLEW threw it’s ALL-TIME HIGH price of 20k yesterday, and just kept on running….
Kind of like a bowl in a China shop… as of this writing it’s (so far) peaked around $23,700….
Pretty insane considering you could have grabbed a coin for around $4,000 as early as MARCH.
The asset is the best performing asset of the year, up over 200%….
Now, if you’ve been reading my letters, you probably already bought some and are super happy right now.
Great, that makes me happy, that’s what I’m here for.
Let me know in the comments if you were listening to me when I was telling you to buy it around 10k haha!
Anyway, this isn’t really a Bitcoin letter, or a traditional “news” outlet so I want to go a different direction with this news.
What do you do when your predictions come true? And vice versa?
I think this applies to everything in life, Bitcoin just happens to be the most prime example right now.
For instance, after having predicted this run to much higher prices (mostly just by piggybacking off much smarter people than me…)
I have two options…
1) Gloat, lay back, brag about how smart I am
2) Double down and buy more.
3) I guess there’s 3 options -> sell right here because I can’t believe my good luck.
And THEN on the other side, for those of you who missed all these gains this year and weren’t invested, you have options too!
1) Wait for it to “come back down” so you can buy some.
2) Admit you were wrong and buy some.
3) Act like the whole thing is a joke and try not to think about it.
Now I’m not going to tell you what to do, but option #2 has my personal vote for both categories of people.
What is really interesting is just the psychology of it.
Why are we SO PRONE to letting our emotions get a hold of us in situations like this?
Why would we rather be RIGHT than RICH?
I’ve personally seen it happen dozens of times the past few months…
I tell them to buy some.
They don’t.
They ask a few questions, send me the price when it slides a bit…
Then it goes up.
And goes up.
And goes up.
And then they still say “Oh it will come back down”.
It’s almost like they NEED to be RIGHT more than they want to make money.
And I guess that’s okay.
But I think today, we would all learn a lot if we just tried to analyze the fundamentals of a question instead of our PREVIOUS STANCE on the question.
Let’s switch to my other favorite topic, Amazon.
Some people I know have been putting off starting an Amazon business for 5+ YEARS!
At this point, they’ve SEEN with their own eyeballs the 1000’s of screenshots of my students who have made tens of millions if not hundreds of millions in the past few years.
It’s not really debate-able whether or not it’s still working, because I’m showing them screenshots from YESTERDAY, lol.
On top of that, CORONA HAPPENED.
And LOGICALLY, they KNOW that Amazon has WON.
It’s over.
Game.
Set.
Match.
AND, they physically KNOW the guy who can help them get it started! (me)
And they STILL don’t do it!!!
Isn’t that crazy???
Honestly, at this point, I’m trying to look at it objectively.
It’s too weird to me that people won’t shift their beliefs when proven wrong over and over and over again.
Maybe I’m a strange chicken…
But I could care less if I’m wrong.
I just want it to work.
I’ll change my mind in a split second if it makes it work.
At the end of the day, being adaptable like that is probably the #1 reason I’ve been successful.
So MAYBE (big maybe there) it IS a rare trait?
I’m not sure, let me know what you think in the comments.
But if you’re reading this and you know there’s an area of your life you’re being stubborn on?
Where you SEE it working for others but just refuse to do it because you stubbornly said NO in the past?
CHANGE YOUR MIND.
Life is too short.
Some of the best decisions in life come from changing your mind on something and moving in an uncomfortable direction.
See you tomorrow!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Yep, you read that headline right.
Today, in late 2020, it makes NO SENSE to save money.
Before you get your feathers all ruffled..
Hear me out.
Let’s talk about Debt.
This is how much debt the United States Currently has.
(you can see this counting up like an insane clock from the devil at https://www.usdebtclock.org/)
Yes, that number is 27 TRILLION dollars, and counting…
Just to put that number in perspective…
So, yeah, that’s a lot of Benjamins…
Another aspect of the debt that people don’t talk about is this little thing at the bottom….
Yep, that’s not a typo.
We owe 156 TRILLION DOLLARS to our OWN PEOPLE.
An entire generation of pensions, social security, and medicare are hanging there, waiting to be paid.
To put this in perspective again,
Imagine you have $471,935 in credit card debt.
That’s EXACTLY what EVERY United States Citizen will need to pay up in order to fund this….
Crazy crazy stuff.
Let’s just summarize it point blank.
This shi* is NEVER getting paid back.
It’s not. It’s not possible.
We LITERALLY don’t collect enough money in taxes to even get close to paying this back.
Hell, it barely pays the INTEREST on the loans at this point….
So what does this have to do with you? Why is “saving” stupid?
Trust me, it all ties together, stay with me here!
So, since the government can NEVER pay back their debt, what are their options???
1) Tax people more
This will probably happen but it won’t cover the cost, not even close.
2) Tighten the belt
Not going to happen, no politician wants to tell people to stop spending, be conservative, and thus crash our economy and send us into a depression.
3) Default on the debt
HAHAHAHA yeah right. Which President is going to do this one? (Answer: none of them)
So what is their ACTUAL only option, door number 4???
You guessed it!
PRINT MORE MONEY.
It’s the only way out.
Seriously, it is.
It’s why this meme has gone VIRAL this year.
The ONLY way out of this mess if for governments to PRINT more money out of thin air.
This accomplishes all their goals.
It devalues their debt…
It stimulates the economy…
And (FINALLY KALE IS MAKING SENSE) it PUNISHES people from SAVING and ENCOURAGES THEM TO SPEND SPEND SPEND.
Think about it!
Why would you SAVE your money in a bank account that pays zero interest…
And then also DEVALUES that money at 10-30% per YEAR because they just keep printing more of it?
Answer, you wouldn’t.
That is why, long story short, folks, that saving your money is DUMB.
If you have dollar bills (or euros or yen for that matter) sitting under your mattress or in the bank?
It’s getting devalued.
You might as well picture it being stolen.
Imagine someone coming and PHYSICALLY TAKING 10-30% of it EVERY YEAR for the rest of your life.
That is what is happening, whether you want to believe it or not.
I could go DEEP IN THE WEEDS in this letter explaining the nuances of this FACT, but that’s not what this letter is FOR.
This letter is for ACTION.
It’s supposed to tell you what to DO, not bore you with all the little details.
So, here’s what the smart people are doing instead of “saving”.
1) SPEND THE MONEY ON A BUSINESS.
The money is getting more worthless by the day. The best way to fight back is to start something that prints money FOR YOU (not for the government).
The best way to “print your own money” is to start a profitable business. Hands down.
Hell, you can even take out a loan to start a business.
Because the money is getting devalued so quickly, when it comes time to pay back that loan, it will be “cheaper” because the value of that loan has gone down in real terms.
It’s just like the government debt. The more money they print the easier it is to pay it off.
Now, you can use this effect for YOU.
2) INVEST IN THINGS THAT CAN’T BE PRINTED.
Guess what goes up when fake monopoly money falls out of the sky?
Things that have scarcity.
Things that can’t be PRINTED.
Rare art, Real Estate, Stocks, Gold, and Bitcoin have ALL SKYROCKETED this year.
Why is that?
Isn’t the economy completely shut down due to covid?
Yes, it is. But money printer still go BRRRR…..
In fact…
Read that tweet again.
That’s absolute insanity.
No wonder things that can’t be printed are going up in price.
It’s like if the monopoly banker just handed everyone an extra $10,000 bucks…
The property would all go into a crazy bidding war!
It’s happening right in front of our eyes, in REAL LIFE.
3) Whatever you do, don’t “save”.
Obviously I’m not saying don’t save your money.
That was just a clickbait headline to get your attention.
I’m saying don’t STORE your money in CASH.
I’ll be very honest with you.
I’ve made millions of dollars the past few years.
And I hold less cash than someone who makes minimum wage.
I’m serious.
Ray Diallo said it best earlier this year…
CASH IS TRASH.
Store your wealth in ASSETS that don’t lose value like that worthless piece of paper does.
My personal favorites are Bitcoin and my own companies.
But you can do whatever feels best to you.
I HOPE ALL THAT MADE SENSE.
IT MADE SENSE IN MY HEAD.
Let me know in the comments!
Throw this a like so more people see it!
And SUBSCRIBE FOR HEAVENS SAKE IT’S FREE FOR 30 DAYS!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey guys!
I’m tired today.
Crazy day of filming, pouring my little heart out to the camera and microphone.
It’s exhausting.
So, to be DEAD HONEST, I did NOT want to write this letter right now.
Nope, I wanted to go downstairs, lay on the couch, and kiss my wife.
But here I am, writing.
So, I thought….
This is interesting…
What about this situation is forcing me to do the RIGHT THING, which is to SUCK IT UP, and WRITE THIS DAMN LETTER???
That’s the key to getting all your goals and dreams right there…. ^^^
Here’s what it is…
Make the thing you NEED to do IMPOSSIBLE to get out of.
That’s it. Simple enough right?
In practice though, here are some PRACTICAL tips for making it happen.
1) Make sure people you care about deeply are impacted if you mess up or quit.
So, with this letter example..
If I just bail.
And don’t write this letter.
I piss off the people I care about the most.
Because let’s be honest, if you are reading this letter, you are in the inner circle.
And that really hurts me to disappoint members of the inner circle.
The good news is you can make this HURT for any bad habit you have in your life…
One guy I know had an issue with porn…
So what did he do?
He downloaded an app…
Anytime he went to that website…
Guess what happened?
Yep, you guessed it… it literally texted his FATHER, MOTHER and PASTOR his browsing history….
Guess who never looked at porn again? Yep.
2) Make it hurt in your WALLET too.
Still with the letter example, if I bail on you guys, it affects my money.
To be perfectly honest with you here, it doesn’t affect my money MUCH haha.
I do this letter for fun and to help people, not to make money, I have enough of that.
But still, money is money, and facing that decision tonight, I decided to keep writing.
For you, it’s as simple as making the most important things you do in your business directly related to the money that you make.
That way, if you don’t do those things, you don’t make money. Period.
3) Burn your ships.
Ever heard the famous story?
The story goes, that Fernando Cortez was facing an opposing army.
And he wasn’t sure if he was going to win.
So he burned all the ships (his army’s only escape route).
And basically told his army that it was either win this battle, or die.
By burning the escape routes, he gave them no option to lose.
You can do the same thing in your own life, burn your boats.
For me, it was my 9-5 job. When I was this miserable sap sitting in this cubicle…
I hadn’t burned my boats yet.
Sure, I was committed to Amazon FBA, but I still had a job (even a crappy one) to fall back on.
The day I REALLY started making money was the day I quit that sorry excuse for a job and started doing Amazon full-time.
I burned my ships behind me and the rest is history.
Some questions for you to consider this evening…
Who is most important in your life? Who’s opinions do you value most?
How can you make those people disappointed if you fail at your most important tasks?
How can you do some cause and effect? I.E. how can you make it hurt you in the WALLET AREA more next time you fail at ______ (important thing).
What areas of your life do you need to man up (or woman up) and burn your ships?
See you guys tomorrow, but you already knew that :)
Subscribe here if you aren’t already, it’s free for 30 days silly goose.
Kale
p.s. you could also share it with someone who needs to hear this.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey!
Apologies for the metaphor, but I have no other way to describe this situation.
First, a quick story, so you can understand how I was raised.
(I promise it’s important)
The year is 2010.
I’m a sophomore in High School.
I’m the best player on the varsity basketball team.
However, there’s this certain guy, named Harrison Barnes, coming in to town.
He plays for the undefeated Ames Cyclones, and they are playing us, at home.
He’s the #1 recruit in the entire nation.
Roy Williams (North Carolina Coach) is literally in the stands at my highschool signing autographs…..
So, naturally, my dad gives me a pep talk before the game…
I reckon a normal father would have said something like…
“go play hard son! You can do this!”
Not my dad.
He asked me a simple question.
“Are you wearing compression shorts?”
(compression shorts are underwear for athletic activities haha)
I said… “yes of course why..”
He said…
“take them off. Let em hang out.”
"maybe when you hit a jumper in Harrison’s face, you will fall on the ground, and he can see your sack.”
I kid you not.
That is a direct quote.
Look, I apologize if that offends you, but too bad, it’s one of the fondest memories I have of my father.
He’s a badass what can I say.
So, what happened?
Well, the ball gets tipped, I catch it on the left wing, guarded by none other than, you guessed it, Harrison Barnes.
So I take a couple dribbles to the right, pull up, and shoot it right over him.
As I shoot I yell in his face, “THAT’S TWO.”
nothing but net.
Anyway, I scored like 20 points, and we got beat by 30.
Still one of my favorite games of all time.
If you don’t believe me, here’s the youtube highlights of the game. I’m the skinny kid with the hair like Justin Bieber.
So what does this have to do with anything?
Well first of all, this is just for free….
CONFIDENCE IS IMPORTANT.
HAVING SWAGGER IS IMPORTANT.
People FOLLOW people that have swagger.
Giant COMPANIES are built around leaders that lead with CONFIDENCE.
Even Elon Musk (super nerdy guy) has a certain SWAGGER to him.
So go get some swagger.
Go talk to someone with some swagger if you don’t have any.
Maybe they will bring you up to their level like my dad did with me.
Secondly, I have now found the man with the biggest brass balls I’ve ever seen in my life.
It’s kind of insane.
His name is Michael Saylor.
He’s the CEO of MicroStrategy.
You’re probably wondering, “what the hell is MicroStrategy?”
Honestly, I had no idea either, apparently it’s a billion dollar company traded on the stock exchange.
Now, why this man has the biggest balls on the planet?
Here’s where it started…
Basically, long story short, Michel Saylor owns this company right?
The company had 400+ million in cash just SITTING THERE.
He realized it was literally melting away because the government was printing money like a crack addict who got just a LITTLE BIT TOO ADDICTED to crack…
So, he did his research…
What should he buy with 400+ million???
Honestly what would YOU buy?
Real Estate?
Stocks?
Bonds?
Gold?
Silver?
Other Companies?
Private Companies only a big dog like Saylor even has access to?
Other opportunities only billionaires get access to?
NOPE.
He just bought BITCOIN. A HELL OF A LOT OF IT TOO.
Even crazier than that.
He wasn’t like… maybe I’ll hedge my bets…
Get 10% gold, 10% real estate, 10% bitcoin…
NOPE.
100%. ALL IN. ALL BITCOIN.
NOT ONLY THAT.
People started asking him, do you PERSONALLY have any Bitcoin?
He was like, “Hold my beer”.
Good heavens.
Did I mention this guy has steel coconuts?
Oh, it gets even crazier.
Since his company invested in Bitcoin, the bitcoin price has DOUBLED.
Yes, you read that right.
So now, he is sitting on over $1 BILLION worth of Bitcoin between his personal stores and his company.
He basically doubled his cash position in 3 months flat.
That’s pretty ridiculous.
So what is this big balled man to do?
Well, how about BUYING MORE BITCOIN….
I’m serious, you can’t make this stuff up.
He raised another $650 MILLION DOLLARS.
Guess where it’s all going??
Yep. Bitcoin.
Idk readers.
I love you guys to death.
But I just had to write this letter today with honesty and passion.
I personally believe there is not enough of this in the World today.
EXTREME CONVICTION.
People that are SO SURE of what they stand for and what they believe in, that they will just go for it, balls out, and never look back.
Excuse all the ball metaphors but you guys get what I’m saying right?
This world is full of uncertainty.
Full of people “hedging their bets”.
Full of people not wanting to take a stand.
In that world comes this dude Michael Saylor..
Who basically is saying, screw all that, this is what we are doing.
Whether you invest in Bitcoin, start a business, or honestly whatever you do…
I would just encourage you to say SCREW IT.
GO FOR IT.
Ignore what everyone else is saying.
And go ALL IN on what you believe is right.
That’s the best advice I can give, and I hope it resonates with a few of you.
If you enjoyed this please smash the like button, leave a comment, and share this with someone who would like it.
Love you guys.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey guys!
Bit busy today. Want to know why?
Because we are LAUNCHING A PRODUCT TONIGHT!!!
You are invited, if you would like to come, it’s FREE -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/xmas-register
It’s at 8pm ET TONIGHT (Thursday, December 10th)
And yes it is 100% LIVE LIVE LIVE and it’s going to be a blast. Don’t miss it.
———————————————-
Okay, see what I did there?
It’s like inception up in here.
Not only am I going to teach you how to launch ANY product effectively, right here right now, I USED all of the strategies I’m about to outline below ABOVE.
The best part, is it will benefit us all.
Here’s how to launch anything.
1) Build up a BASE.
You can’t launch a new product to your mom and your cousins.
They may buy your product the first time, but that’s probably going to be the end of that sad pity party.
You need a base of people (preferably paying customers) who you can go back to and deliver value to easily.
Here’s the key elements of a base.
You need to be able to make contact with them. Email addresses, phone numbers, or facebook groups. Some way to get into contact with them.
They need to know OF you, or at least have some sort of trust in you.
That’s basically it.
This “BASE” can be acquired many ways and is different for every business model.
People make it harder than it seems though. You just have to get some small group of people to trust you enough, or to be interested in what you are saying enough, to be able to ask them for a “favor”.
2) Make it an EVENT.
News flash. No one cares about your “fall sale”.
People love EVENTS.
I mean, have you ever seen a Justin Bieber concert?
Yeah, me either, I wish I had though, he’s incredible.
But I digress.
People love events because it bonds them with people and gives them something to DO!
3) Make it EXCLUSIVE.
Exclusivity doesn’t necessarily have to mean, “only you rich pricks can get in!”
It just means that not everyone is invited.
You people reading this are only invited because you read the Kale Letter.
That makes our event tonight more exclusive.
It’s also exclusive simply because it’s LIVE and only happening once..
Which leads me to my next point.
4) It needs to be live and only happening once.
Why do people never record sporting events and watch them later?
(if you do that you’re weird btw)
Because it’s not LIVE!
What’s the point of watching something that has already happened?
We feel like we aren’t even involved then!
Would that kicker even have made that field goal if I wasn’t at home screaming… “MAKE IT YOU IDIOT!!!”
Probably not.
You get the idea.
Same thing should be with your product launch.
You don’t necessarily have to get on a zoom call with 500 people like I will tonight and make a fool of yourself…
(but it is kind of fun drinking IPA’s with 500 of your friends…)
But you DO need to make “IT” live.
Whether that’s a webpage with a countdown timer…
or a discount code that expires at midnight..
DANG i’m getting ahead of myself already!
5)YOU NEED URGENCY!
Urgency works so well that we ALL KNOW what the salesperson is doing, yet it STILL WORKS!
How crazy is that.
That’s like me playing 1 on 1 with Lebron.
Telling him that RIGHT NOW I’m going to jump and dunk on him.
And then DOING IT.
RIGHT IN HIS FACE.
I will say this one time and only one time.
NO ONE WILL BUY YOUR “THING” UNLESS THERE IS URGENCY ATTACHED TO IT.
NO ONE.
You need to find a way to get them to physically pull out their credit card and buy your thing.
“Just saying, hey, my product is for sale now!” Isn’t going to cut it.
6) BY FAR THE MOST IMPORTANT ONE. What you are selling ACTUALLY NEEDS TO BE VALUABLE.
In fact, it needs to be SO valuable that you literally are no longer SELLING anything.
Did you read that?
I’ll copy and past it again and make it huge so you actually read it.
In fact, it needs to be SO valuable that you literally are no longer SELLING anything.
No one wants to be sold something.
It’s like our first instinct.
(okay not falling off tall buildings and THEN, a close second, not being sold)
So, if no one wants it, why do it?
“GREAT QUESTION KALE YOU DUMB BUTT BUT I NEED TO SELL MY PRODUCT DORKFACE”
No, really?
That’s why it’s EVEN MORE IMPORTANT that you get the value right.
You have to be SO CONVINCED that this is A FREAKING STEAL, that you are GIVING THIS DAMN THING AWAY, or else you will come off salesy and noone will buy.
For instance, tonight on our product launch.
I REFUSED to do it for 6+ months.
No joke.
I could have launched this product 6 months ago but it wasn’t ready.
Now, after PUTTING IN THE WORK, this bad boy is so valuable that I honestly can’t NOT tell people about it.
It’s that good.
Oh, and we DISCOUNTED IT so heavily that we actually LOSE money up front (and only make money if the customer is happy).
When you know, on your side, truthfully, that you are literally doing EVERYTHING POSSIBLE to give the customer more value than any other company in the World…
THAT’S when you sell.
And you sell like freaking crazy because people KNOW you are being honest.
7) Don’t be afraid to hype the launch.
People are busy.
Like REALLY busy.
And they get a LOT of emails.
And a LOT of videos on their facebook feed.
You almost have to be extremely annoying.
Go so far beyond what you are comfortable with.
Just to get 10% of people to show up.
If you aren’t crazy aggressive marketing your launch, you need to go back to the drawing board, because clearly you don’t believe in your product enough.
That’s what I’ve got, I’ve probably got 300+ letters in this brain about marketing tips like this, so please comment below if you like this one and I’ll write more.
Oh and hit that like button.
OH, and I guess I should practice what I PREACH…
COME TO THE LAUNCH TONIGHT! IT’S A FREAKING HOLIDAY EXTRAVAGANZA! WE ARE GOING TO REVEAL STUFF THAT WILL LITERALLY CHANGE YOUR LIFE AND IT’S ONLY HAPPENING TONIGHT, YES THIS NIGHT DECEMBER 10TH, AT 8PM EASTERN TIME. NO, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO WATCH IT LATER. SO COME HANG OUT AND WE WILL BLOW YOUR MIND AND DRINK BEER TOGETHER!
HERE’S THE LINK DO IT RIGHT NOW! -> https://onlineamzcoaches.com/xmas-register
Haha I guess that’s what’s called “practicing what you preach…”
Love you all.. See you tonight hopefully!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Full disclosure.
Stealing this from a tweet that went viral.
Can’t find the tweet though. Super weird.
Anyway, this is going to really rock your world. You ready?
The thought experiment goes like this…
Imagine you can instantly become as wealthy as Warren Buffet…
However, in order to achieve that massive wealth… you also need to become his age…. right now…
Would you do it?
If not…. the question becomes… who is really wealthier???
In fact, let’s flip the question…
How much of that $87.3 Billion do you think Warren Buffet would spend to add even 10 more years to his life? 50 years?
Again, the question becomes… who is really wealthier….?
This question hit me like a ton of bricks this week.
Anyone else think that is truly profound?
Comment below and smash a like on this letter if you think so….
(oh and while I’m asking you to do stuff, try this letter out for free for 30 days by clicking the blue button)
But seriously.
I can’t shake this one, it’s way too true.
Something about human nature seems to make us forget one simple fact…
We are all going to die…
Since that is 100% true ^^
It SHOULD follow that we value our TIME above everything else…
(because it’s TRULY the only thing that money CAN’T buy…)
But do we LIVE like that is true?
I don’t know about you, but for me, the answer is, unfortunately, usually NO!
I work and work and work and strive and push, and in the process, forget to LIVE the best years of my life!
Now, I’m not saying throw away your work ethic and become some sort of hippie.
However, I do think we could ALL experience a LOT more happiness if we just truly internalized the fact that WE ARE RICHER THAN WARREN BUFFETT!
Truly, we are.
Here’s some random takeaways that I think about after I’ve really internalized that thought experiment above…
1) Scarcity is everything.
Scarce things have VALUE. Time is the most scarce of all.
2) Things that aren’t easy to create have VALUE.
You can’t create more time. Hence why it’s the most valuable “thing” in the World.
3) Humans behave irrationally, until they don’t.
Everyone knows they are going to die. It’s only when they start LIVING like that is TRUE that they truly live.
4) Those 3 concepts above apply to other things…..
Bitcoin and your own business come to mind….
Both are SCARCE. (21 million Bitcoin and ONE business that you created)
Both aren’t easy to create. (Bitcoin has a capped supply, your business SHOULD be difficult to replicate)
Humans behave irrationally towards both Bitcoin and owning a business. First, they act like there’s unlimited time to start a business, and unlimited Bitcoin in existence. Then, they realize that isn’t true, and they rush in because they know they must.
I’ll just leave it there for the day, probably better to have you reflect on this rather than blabber on about it.
Let me know in the comments if this helped you, and share it with someone else you think it would help.
(forwarding this email is perfectly fine)
Thank you!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Happy Monday!
Some of you REALLY need to hear this this morning so turn up the volume or put the phone down and read this carefully.
If this letter teaches you something I’d encourage you to sign up for a 30 day trial and get it every day…
BEING BUSY IS NOT A BADGE OF HONOR.
How many times have you heard that as the good ole, “pat yourself on the back” excuse for everything???
“Oh I’d love to come to the party but I’m just so busy with work…”
“Oh, I wish I could make it… SO BUSY LATELY…”
We all do it, and we’ve had it done to us.
BUT LET’S STOP. NOW.
Some questions for you to get us started…
When did “BEING BUSY” replace “BEING PRODUCTIVE?”
When did “BEING BUSY” start to make us feel all warm and cozy inside?
And I’m about to get ALL up in your business here…
Who of you, THIS WEEK, have neglected important moments with your loved ones and/or children, because you felt the need to be “BUSY”?
Here’s the cold hard truth of the matter that is very hard for people to learn.
Not all actions are created equal.
In fact, most of our actions, no matter how hard we try…
Whether it’s in business, in our personal lives, or in our relationships…
ACTUALLY DON’T ACCOMPLISH ANYTHING.
It’s only a small percentage (between 1% and 20%) of our actions that actually MOVE THE NEEDLE and ACCOMPLISH WHAT WE WANT TO ACCOMPLISH.
I’ve talked about this concept extensively in other letters, but let’s focus on the topic of being BUSY.
There is something deeply ingrained in most of us…
Not sure where it came from..
Maybe it’s just the culture…
But we’ve twisted the definition of PRODUCTIVITY.
We think, we honestly believe, that if we are not BUSY doing something, we are not being productive…
Am I wrong?
This leads to…
Checking email 500 times a day
Making up random tasks to do that seem super important (that day)
Incessantly checking in on your subordinates
Even when you aren’t working, creating random projects for yourself around the house…
and many more
It really is a disease.
It’s easy to “see” this, when you think about it.
It’s HARDER to do something about it.
Here’s how I try to deal with the disease of busyness.
1) Stop and think before acting.
It’s so easy to just rush off and “DO”.
I become like a squirrel sometimes… “OH A NUT LET’S GO BURY IT!”
Except that nut is…
an email I just thought of
Something I forgot to send to a client
A gig I need to hire someone for
So I just rush off and do it!
The key is to NOT do that…
The key is to STOP.
Take 10 minutes.
And actually write down PRIORITIES based on your big picture goals.
I like to ask myself, if I could ONLY do 1-2 things today and then I had to stop. No choice in the matter. Which two would I do?
Then I do those 2 things before doing ANYTHING else.
2) Eliminate most things.
Seriously.
Just stop doing it.
I’ve been leaning on the quote “it’s better to ask for forgiveness than permission…”
Random stuff that I do that when I examine it, doesn’t actually move the needle?
I’ll just literally stop doing it.
And see if anyone notices or if it affects anything.
If anyone gets mad, I just ask for forgiveness.
Try it. It works.
3) Automate or delegate what you can’t eliminate.
Stop doing monotonous things that someone in the Philippines can do for $3 an hour.
(ZERO offense thrown there).
Virtual assistants are a THING.
They aren’t going anywhere.
You can EMPLOY people who DESPERATELY NEED IT.
Pay them a wage that is FAR BETTER than what your competitors do…
And they will LOVE YOU FOR IT.
They work hard, they are available basically 24/7, and they are KIND, loving people.
Seriously, why in the World do you do some things that these VA’s can do?
They will do it better than you, and you can focus on things that move the needle more.
(if you don’t know how to hire a VA I have one word for you… UPWORK)
4) Constantly ask yourself “IS THIS ESSENTIAL?”
Seriously.
45 times a day. Minimum.
Everything you do, simply ask yourself “Is this Essential?”
Essential literally means…
absolutely necessary; extremely important.
Is what you are doing ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY, or EXTREMELY IMPORTANT?
If it isn’t, you need to AGGRESSIVELY eliminate, automate, or delegate it.
If you don’t??
You simply don’t value your time.
And like the great quote says…
Time is money. – Benjamin Franklin.
Hope you enjoyed this.
If you did, subscribe for Pete’s sake.
Here’s a 30 day trial so you can get a feel for these letters and decide if they are valuable to you or not -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/free
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Really common question I get all the time..
“Kale, how do I find a great business partner?”
I think it’s a REALLY bad question.
First and foremost, let’s just put this out there…
You probably don’t need one.
Here’s some things business partners do (negatively).
Take a percentage of your equity away = less profits for you
Cause everything to be twice as slow, minimum (each decision has to run through them)
Bring ALL of their CRAP directly into YOUR LIFE (it’s pretty much like getting married)
Yikes. Now that I’ve thrown cold water on all of you that want to get the first business partner you see… :)
You’re probably thinking…
“But Kale, you and Taylor have CRUSHED IT! Why can’t I just be like you?”
For those of you that don’t know, this is me and Taylor.
He’s the short guy.
I’m the tall guy.
I bent down so we could look cool in the same picture haha.
Now I want to make something very clear.
We got EXTREMELY LUCKY (or blessed). We did everything WRONG.
Going into this partnership, I had zero idea what to look for in a business partner.
Honestly, I didn’t even want one!
Taylor saw me crushing it selling Cornhole lights on Amazon.
So he invited me to dinner to try to convince me to let him partner with me…
He literally said, I quote…
"So, do you need a business partner?”
To which I responded, instantly.
“Nope.”
And THEN he said…
“well, do you need an investment?”
to which my broke butt said…
“yes…”
So I gave up a percentage of my company in exchange for much needed money from mr money bags, Taylor Hiott :)
His wife, Brooke, thought he was absolutely crazy…
That was the money they had saved as a downpayment for a house…
Here’s what happened next.
We launched 5 products immediately.
ALL of his 20k investment was GONE.
Whoosh.
Out the door.
We might as well have lit that money on fire…
The next day, after Taylor had signed the papers, my two bestselling products got removed off Amazon.
The cornhole lights due to a patent claim
And these baby pillows because they were unsafe for babies…
no joke.
This right here is why you don’t just rush into a business partnership.
Taylor SHOULD have…
1) Screamed at me for an hour or so
2) Threatened to sue me if I didn’t give his money back
3) Actually sue me for not being able to give his money back
And I’ve heard many stories of that exact same thing happening to real people.
I’m serious.
We were NOT friends going into this.
The fact that Taylor and I weathered THAT storm, AND all the subsequent storms (of which there were hundreds) AND became best friends AND created multi-million dollar empires?
= Literally a .0000000000001% chance of that actually being successful, considering I didn’t even know the guy before I signed the papers.
But hey, here we are.
The takeaways from this are…
1) DON’T JUMP INTO A BUSINESS PARTNERSHIP UNLESS YOU ARE CRAZY LUCKY OR CRAZY BLESSED LIKE US.
Doing it with your best friend will likely drive a wedge between you because it’s hard and serious stuff.
Like I said above but I will say again, you are basically MARRYING this person.
If they are 1% lazy you are screwed.
If they have family issues come up and can’t work hard? You’re screwed.
If they are at all influenced by money they will take quick profits and tank your business.
If you can’t trust them to jump in front of a bullet for you, it won’t work. No joke.
2) God has ACTUALLY had an influence. At least in THIS situation.
I can’t write this letter and lie to your face.
Whether you believe it or not, I KNOW it to be true.
None of this would have ever happened, not even remotely, if it wasn’t for God’s hand on it.
So, I won’t get too cheesy, but if you are getting into business, I would recommend some PRAYER first… :)
Here’s a video I made about this, I think you’ll enjoy it ->
Anyway, that’s what I’ve got for you today.
Enjoy it? Please share it.
Not subscribed? Please subscribe. Your $10/mth keeps this letter pumping. I don’t need the money but the fact that you paid for it means I can never let you down now.
Have a great weekend, talk to you subscribers on Monday.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey subscribers!
Ya’al look good today.
In the news, Slack (the app that all of my companies use to communicate with) just got acquired by Salesforce for…
Might want to sit down for this….
$27.7 BILLION DOLLARS.
Wow.
So who gets rich because of this?
According to Forbes
Per the terms of the acquisition, disclosed in a Salesforce press release, Slack shareholders will get 0.076 shares of Salesforce stock for each Slack share, plus $26.79 per share in cash. Butterfield owns more than 39 million shares of Slack; once the deal goes through, his holdings will convert to a little over 3 million shares of Salesforce, currently worth about $725 million. (The software giant’s stock, which has soared nearly 50% in the past year, closed at $241.35 on Tuesday.)
Butterfield is also set to receive just over $1 billion in cash for his Slack shares, but he’ll likely pay an estimated $390 million in state (California) and federal capital gains tax, netting him about $660 million. Combine that with an estimated $67 million that Butterfield has netted from selling over three million shares of Slack, and he’s worth around $1.45 billion.
Butterfield obviously needed to seek major Venture funding to get Slack to where it is today, so he doesn’t maintain anywhere close to a majority ownership.
Still, pretty nice pay day though :)
One other thing I thought was interesting was this Forbes article…
The headline says it all.
This is why I wrote you the letter today.
Slack actually makes NOWHERE NEAR $27 Billion in PROFIT per year…
They actually make, again, according to Forbes….
Slack is projected to grow 39% to $876.3 million in the fiscal year ending January 31, according to analysts surveyed by Refinitiv.
Only $876 Million in PROFIT per YEAR!
Okay, I know.
That’s a lot of money.
But Salesforce bought them for effectively 27 YEARS of PROFITS!
Think about that for a second……
That is absolutely bonkers.
As the owner, here would be your choices.
1) Try to grow the company so that even if you DOUBLE profits (very hard to do) you will make that much money in 13-14 years…
2) Just sell it. And make that much money TODAY…
Crazy crazy crazy stuff.
So, why does this matter for YOU and ME? People who DON’T own 27 Billion Dollar companies?
It all comes down to mindset, here’s what I would take away from this.
1) Profit is king and SELLING is the holy grail.
Think of any of your favorite famous entrepreneurs.
Heck, just think of Shark Tank.
The majority of the people sitting in those chairs are sitting there because they SOLD a company for millions if not BILLIONS of dollars.
That allowed them to get cash in the bank and also invest in so many cool companies.
SO, as you are starting and growing YOUR company, you should ALREADY have an exit plan in mind!
It’s SO MUCH MORE FUN to have an END GOAL.
Instead of thinking of your business as - “I just want to replace my income”.
Think of it as “I want to replace my income, then double it, then SELL it for 10x my income and get 10 YEARS of FREEDOM in ONE DAY.
2) It IS possible and there is always someone much bigger who can write you a check.
The fact that salesforce is so large that it can just EAT companies like slack for 27 BILLION means that there is ALWAYS someone bigger than you.
Someone can ALWAYS acquire you.
And that’s a GREAT THING.
All that means is that you will have more time and freedom if you are able to attract one of the “big dogs” to buy you.
3) Elon musk brings it all together….
That literally sums it all up.
This letter is designed to make you DREAM BIGGER.
The Slack CEO?
Probably no different than you, he just put in the work for many years.
And I’m sure he had this end goal in mind the whole time….
Why can’t YOU build a company and sell it?
Does it get you fired up knowing that not only is your company DESIGNED to be a money machine for you and your family, you can turn around and SELL the WHOLE MONEY MACHINE to someone else, for MORE MONEY?
I hope it makes sense what I’m trying to say today, just wanted to get you guys dreaming bigger and thinking about potentially being able to sell a company some day.
Let me know if you liked this one.
Have a great day.
Kale
p.s. if you are a subscriber and haven’t read yesterday’s letter about Amazon smashing every CYBER MONDAY RECORD and what it means for you, I would encourage you to check it out (subscribers only) -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/walmart-amazon-and-network-effects
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Welp, it happened.
As expected, Amazon shattered all of its own records to take some of the biggest pay-days in company history over Cyber Monday AND Black Friday in 2020.
The article goes on to say,
While Amazon didn’t disclose total sales figures for Black Friday or Cyber Monday, it did say in a blog post that customers have been shopping early for gifts and seasonal items, making it “our biggest holiday season to date.”
“In a holiday season unlike any other, it’s clear that customers still want great deals on gifts for their loved ones or a little something extra for themselves, and we’re glad to help deliver smiles throughout the season,” Amazon Worldwide Consumer CEO Jeff Wilke said in the blog post.
Amazon DID disclose how its beloved third party sellers are doing.
Might want to grab a hold of something for these stats….
Independent businesses selling on Amazon surpassed $4.8 billion in worldwide sales from Black Friday through Cyber Monday, Amazon said, noting that the figure was up 60% on last year. Some 71,000 small and medium-sized businesses have seen sales above $100,000 so far this holiday shopping season.
Holy crap.
It’s a literal holiday Gold Rush!
Having “boots on the ground” with our 10,000+ students, we are also seeing the exact same thing on the seller side…
For instance,
And
Obviously these are just new accounts.
People that have been selling for a while often see 2x-10x increases during Q4, and will likely see higher than that this year…
Here’s someone seeing a nice ramp up headed into the holidays…
Actually I lied here’s one more new seller account…
CRAZY how much traction new sellers are getting right now…
Those that said “Amazon was dead..” LIED.
-And here’s a big dog starting to break out to new highs in Q4
Anyway, I share these things with you not to brag about how awesome we are at teaching people how to sell on Amazon.
Even though we are quite awesome :)
I’m sharing it because honestly it’s SCARY that some people still aren’t taking advantage of this….
I’m not a psychologist, so I don’t know what to call it.
So I’ll just make a name for it.
I think it’s called the..
PUNISHING MYSELF FOR MISSING OUT ON SOMETHING I KNEW WOULD HAPPEN-ITIS :)
Seriously that’s what it is.
Two quick examples and I’ll let you go.
1) Here’s a guy I told about Bitcoin on July 4th of this year.
Lectured him.
(he’s a very smart millionaire who could have easily invested 7 figs)
Know what he said?
"hahaha, seems like a scam to me…”
Here was the price of Bitcoin on July 4th.
9,084.23
Yikes.
Here is the Bitcoin price today…
19,000
So, he literally could have DOUBLED his money in 4 months…
That’s tough to swallow.
So, what does he do?
He texts me about buying some, but says he still won’t buy any “unless it dips again”…
Not making fun of him, he’s a great guy.
It happens to all of us.
That’s why “PUNISHING MYSELF FOR MISSING OUT ON SOMETHING I KNEW WOULD HAPPEN-ITIS” is SO REAL!
And the WORST part of it?
It turns a SMALL mistake into a BIG mistake.
it makes you continue to repeat the SAME MISTAKES OVER AND OVER AND OVER until it is REALLY TOO LATE!
2) SAME THING HAPPENS ALL THE TIME WITH AMAZON
WHY AM I WRITING IN ALL CAPS?
BECAUSE I LITERALLY HAVE HAD TO ANSWER THIS QUESTION EVERY DAY FOR THE PAST 4 YEARS OF MY LIFE.
I’M KIND OF GETTING SICK OF IT!! ;-)
READY FOR THE QUESTION?
“Kale, is it too late to start Amazon???”
I’m guessing you know the answer to that question….
And the OVERALL reason I’m writing this letter today.
After Amazon just SHATTERED all of its OWN records.
And our students, many of whom LITERALLY JUST STARTED SELLING…
Are ABSOLUTELY SHATTERING RECORDS….
IS BECAUSE WE ALL KNEW THIS WOULD HAPPEN!!!
Don’t sit there and lie to me.
You knew it.
The SECOND that Corona hit.
Holy shi*.
People are going to buy LITERALLY everything on Amazon.
We all knew it.
Hell, MY LITERAL GRANDMA texted me in MARCH telling me that.
My Grandma can’t even turn on a computer!!!
I’m serious.
So now, once it has happened, we have 2 choices.
1) GET OVER OURSELVES and TAKE ADVANTAGE of this TREND that isn’t GOING AWAY (Amazon and online shopping)
2) Continue to succumb to “PUNISHING MYSELF FOR MISSING OUT ON SOMETHING I KNEW WOULD HAPPEN-ITIS”
If you missed out in the past?
SO WHAT.
Quit being a wuss and forward this letter on to someone who needs to read it.
Post it on your facebook timeline for all I care.
I’m personally sick of all the excuses.
But mostly, I’m sick of people PUNISHING THEMSELVES for PAST MISTAKES.
The past is in the past.
It’s time to look at this new digital world we are in with OPEN EYES.
And take advantage of it.
Whew. Rant over.
See you subscribers tomorrow.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you gorgeous human being.
Public service announcement. If you aren’t subscribed to this letter yet (to get it 5x per week + the podcast version with my sultry radio voice) you can try it for FREE for 30 days by clicking this glorious blue button ->
Seriously it would mean the world if you would at least try out the letter for 30 days.
I intend to make you richer, happier, and more FREE during that time and also not WASTE your time reading/listening to generic B.S.
So, in the spirit of that.
THIS ENDS TONIGHT FOR CYBER MONDAY.
Here’s the universal truth that you can apply to basically everything in your life that works every time.
When in doubt, add value.
That’s it.
Here’s an example from this week (which will ALSO add value to YOUR life if you read it.. see what I did there? Adding value by teaching about adding value… :)
I tweeted this out ->
As you can see, it got 27 retweets, 66 likes, and a ridiculous number of impressions.
It’s a 30 tweet rampage about Bitcoin that I would encourage you to read and share.
(I think if you click the tweet above it will take you to it)
Anyway, check out how much engagement this got.
literally CRAZY! Compare that to one of my normal tweets…
HA!
If you saw those two stats side by side you would think they were from different twitters, two entirely different people.
But nope, both are me!
So what gives?
Why was one SO MUCH more successful (exponentially so) than the others?
Remember.
When in doubt, add value.
That tweet storm of 30+ tweets took me almost an hour to write.
I pulled up multiple news sources.
Researched detailed quotes.
Carefully plotted out my train of thought.
And tagged relevant podcasts, links, etc.
Objectively, that one tweetstorm added probably 100x more value than a normal tweet from me, simply because it condensed so much valuable information into bitesized pieces.
And thus, people have shared it like crazy!
However, the real GEM here does not have to do only with twitter and trying to get people to see what you write.
It has to do with your…
Business
Marriage
Friendships
Social Media
Investment
All of it!!
Think about the businesses we all cherish and love to work with the most…
Apple..
Amazon..
Your Favorite Store…
What do they provide???
VALUE.
MASSIVE ADDED VALUE.
My wife LITERALLY jumped up and down in our living room last night because Amazon delivered this 9 foot Christmas tree to our door in less than 24 hours complete with ornaments.
Doesn’t it look great?
(and yes, I am sitting right here writing this to you haha)
But that is MASSIVE VALUE!
No wonder Amazon is worth so much!
They’ve added SO much value to SO many lives that at this point it’s probably unquantifiable!
Now scale that back to the things that are most important to you.
And really dig into how you can ADD VALUE.
Examples.
For your Amazon business, who are your primary stakeholders? Answer - Amazon and your customers shopping on Amazon. So, how do you add value to them? Run PPC ADS (so amazon likes you and promotes your store, because you are making them money) and DIFFERENTIATE your product (so that customers get something UNIQUE for their money).
For your marriage. How can you really add value to your loved one? Figure out what they actually care about and add value there… (hint, some people care more about physical touch, or they’d rather have a thoughtful gift than be touched. Each person is different, THINK before adding value in the wrong place)
For your friendships. What are THEY thinking about and caring about? It’s so easy to get caught up in ourselves. Is a friend going through something? How could you add value? A simple thoughtful text may work. Sending a virtual Starbucks gift card is sure to be a crowd pleaser… ADD VALUE.
Social Media. You saw my example above but write more! Write more often! Add more value to the platform (one of your stakeholders) and the people who follow you (your other stakeholder) and BOTH will reward you!
Investment. This one is the easiest. Everyone tells you to diversify, but sometimes that means you are adding LESS value in MORE places. Which is fine for some strategies. But if you want to really make an impact consider FOCUSING your investments on what you have the MOST conviction in. Adding more value (literally) to the investment usually produces the largest returns if you are right.
And that’s just a few examples!
What are other areas you want to “add value” to this week? Comment them below!
And better yet, who can you add value to by FORWARDING this email and letting them know they should take advantage of this FREE 30 DAY TRIAL of the Kale letter?
The trial expires at midnight.
Here’s the blue button one more time.
Love you guys and gals.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone! Never done this before but click that blue button ASAP :)
Giving out a FREE 30 day trial to the KALE LETTER.
No strings attached. If you hate it, just email me, and I’ll cancel you.
In the mean time, you can read the entire Kale Letter Archive…
Listen to all the podcasts…
And get 30 more days of it 100% free.
Best deal I can offer, I hope you enjoy it and love the Kale Letter.
Also, praying you are having an INCREDIBLE Thanksgiving with family and loved ones.
Crazy year, and I plan on bringing you THE BEST letter on the internet in the next 30 days.
how to make more money
how to live a better, fuller life
and none of the non-practical bs that seems to be everywhere right now.
Seriously love each and every one of you for reading and listening.
The response has been off the charts.
Here’s that glorious blue button for the free trial again :)
See you on the inside!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
This year has been absolutely ridiculous.
Can I just be super informal and share with you the #1 thing that has helped me to get through it and come out healthier (and wealthier) on the other side?
Walking.
Outside.
Breathing.
Air.
Looking.
At.
Pretty.
Things.
—-
I’m serious.
It sounds so stupid.
I thought it wasn’t going to be as big of a deal as it is.
But I would encourage you to try it this week.
Make a trip out of it.
If you can, walk over to your nearest coffee shop and grab a brew for the walk.
It makes it even better.
—
I don’t need to make some long winded argument about why this helps you become healthier and wealthier, so I’ll just tell you why it’s helped me.
1) Being inside alone is depressing.
No, seriously.
Even if you enjoy all this “work from home” stuff.
I’ve noticed a MARKED difference between days my wife is home, and days she is not.
If I’m alone in this house?
Doesn’t matter that it’s a beautiful modern masterpiece.
Doesn’t matter that my office is super nice.
I’m still stuck in a box and the air is stale.
2) Moving is UNDERRATED.
We’ve all been sitting still too much.
I personally feel a huge difference in my ability to THINK when I’m MOVING and not just sitting in this desk chair.
Which leads me to..
3) The real key is THINKING.
News flash, our thoughts determine EVERYTHING about us.
If 2020 has taught me anything it’s that the PULL of SCREENS is nearly irresistible.
You could literally just be sitting at your desk.
Computer off.
Phone down.
And those screens seem to PULL at you.
You have this itch to check it..
Don’t believe me?
Try leaving your phone in another room for 10 minutes.
It feels weird as hell.
This is why you’ve gotta get outside folks.
Something about nature is the ANTI PHONE.
Don’t get me wrong, I love technology, and the ability for it to create wealth for my family and loved ones.
But looking at trees and WATER (that’s a big one for me if you can find it) seems to remind me that that phone in my pocket?
It’s like 10 years old, max.
The Earth was spinning LONG before that stupid device was created.
Hell, that water was running, and will be running, long after I’ve come and gone.
That perspective, simply, puts things into PERSPECTIVE.
Your little computer driven worries seem much smaller.
That bad zoom call with your boss seems a little less weighty.
Whatever it may be for you, I’d encourage you to just try it today.
Also, for subscribers, I send this letter out 5x a week..
So you could grab a coffee, throw your airpods in, and LISTEN to this letter on that walk…
I’ll do my best to up-lift, encourage, and inform you each day.
Appreciate you.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey beautiful.
Yes, I’m talking to you.
You are BEAUTIFUL if you are consuming this whether it’s reading it or listening to it. THANK YOU.
Here’s what I’ve got for you today.
The importance of KEEPING SCORE.
Ever play pickup basketball?
Or pickup soccer?
Or really ANYTHING, from backgammon to checkers to monopoly to cards.
Ever notice something?
Playing for fun is LAME.
No one plays hard.
They make mistakes easily.
They lose focus even easier.
But the second you start keeping SCORE????
Oh my, all bets are off.
People play hard.
They fight and claw in order to win.
Even if it’s for something stupid.
Don’t believe me?
Next time you’re watching something you don’t care about on TV.
Bet your friend or spouse or whatever $10 that something will happen on the TV.
Bet you just got a LOT more interested…. :)
So how do we use this simple concept to our advantage?
First -> Decide what is ACTUALLY worth SCOREBOARDING
It’s very important that you designate scoreboards for stuff that actually matters.
Whether your goal is personal or business…
Most things in life…
DON’T ACTUALLY MATTER.
It’s the 80/20 rule that I talk about on pretty much every letter I send out from here…
20% of your actions produce 80% of your results.
It’s true, and it’s probably more like 99/1.
1% of your actions produce 99% of your results.
Assume that’s true for a second (it is).
Now, that means that you MUST scoreboard the RIGHT 1% of things, or else you won’t be able to actually move the needle towards your goals…
Right?
Right.
Here’s some examples of 1% goals that are worth score boarding (this will be different for everyone, so you will have to really think about your own situation)
X Dollars in PROFIT per day for my business
X number of SINCERE COMPLIMENTS I pay my SPOUSE daily (try this you’re welcome)
X minutes at the gym weekly
Second -> ACTUALLY MEASURE AND TRACK IT.
It’s very important that you actually write it down.
Google sheet.
Notes in your phone.
Something you can actually LOOK at.
Now, this has to be this type of goal ready?
I’m going to push you a little.
I will do X (quantified activity) by X (designated time).
It’s very important that you qualify the number of actions AND the TIME FRAME.
Just trust me, you need both.
So…
I will make $1,000 a day in PROFIT for my business by January 1, 2021.
I will pay my wife 10 SINCERE COMPLIMENTS per day by next week at this time.
I will spend 90 minutes a week at the gym by this time next week at this time.
Third -> Make your scoreboard DOPE.
Guess what a dope scoreboard is?
A simple one.
One you can read and understand if you are winning and losing in 5 seconds or less.
It would be pretty hard to watch a basketball game if every time you looked at the screen you had to do multiplication to figure out the score, right?
Why do you think Chess isn’t a tier 1 heavily watched prime-time sport?
Because it’s too complicated (I love Chess btw).
So make your scoreboard something that you always see, and that challenges you to improve.
I’ve seen people use sticky notes.
Whiteboards.
Drawing on their skin.
Seriously….
Just get it done, and put it somewhere you can see it.
Try this out this week and let me know if it’s helping you.
Forward this email to someone who could benefit from this.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
If someone asked, “Kale, how did you become successful?”
First I’d say, define “successful” because that’s not me.
And then second I’d say, it’s really simple, ready? Two letters.
NO.
Those beautiful two letters “n” and “o” literally changed my life.
You should say them so much that it feels awkward.
You should practice saying them more and more and more.
I actually make a game of it.
It’s called the, “saying no with no explanation game”.
It really teaches you to man up (or woman up) and stop being a wuss with all these excuses that people make.
I mean seriously.
One of my favorite bible verses is…
Our culture clearly hasn’t read that verse though, have they?
Ask anyone to do ANYTHING and you will get…
“Let me ask my wife I’m not sure what she’s doing….”
“I may be able to, I’ll text you!”
“If I finish up my work most likely let me get back to you”
All of those above basically mean NO.
We all know it.
So why can’t we just SAY IT???
Beats me.
Try it out.
Ready, here’s some examples..
“Hey let me pick your brain for a second can I call you monday?”
No.
“Hey you got a second? Got an idea to run by you..”
No.
“Dinner Friday night?”
No.
I’m serious!
You might think I’m being an A-Hole right now but trust me I’m not.
Here’s why you MUST make saying NO a HUGE HABIT IN YOUR LIFE.
1) There is only so much time.
Duh.
“I know Kale, time is limited.”
But do you?
Really?
Did you know that if you live to age 75.
You only have 657,000 hours total IN YOUR ENTIRE LIFE?
THINK ABOUT THAT FOR A SECOND.
YOU DON’T EVEN GET A MILLION HOURS.
Now, let’s subtract out about 1/3 of that… because YOU’RE ASLEEP.
And then take out the 25, 30, 50 years you’ve already lived…
How many hours do you really have left???
Yeah, that’s what I thought.
I’m not saying say “no” all the time so everyone will hate you and you’ll live a miserable life.
I’m saying say NO to EVERYTHING that isn’t of UTMOST IMPORTANCE TO YOU.
Because if you say YES to little things that don’t matter.
You ACTUALLY won’t have time to do the important things.
Like actually.
It will be too late and you will be dead.
Everyone awake yet?
2) that gosh darn 80/20 rule again.
I told you it was in every letter.
Too bad, it’s one of the most important concepts in LIFE.
80% of your results are the results of 20% of your actions.
More likely, 99% of your results are the result of 1% of your actions.
I’ll give you a real example, from my own life.
I started my business with Taylor around 4 years ago now.
At that time, I had the opportunity to say YES to a VARIETY of businesses (because I didn’t have ANY at the time).
Had I said YES to ANY of these other options, would I be sitting here typing this to you right now? Absolutely not.
I said NO to…
Affiliate marketing
Opening a franchise restaurant (Mcdonalds Etc)
Inventing an Athletic Training product (I actually had an idea for this)
Become a basketball tutor
Etc.
If I would have said YES to any of those I LITERALLY wouldn’t have been able to (from time constraints) start the ONE business that I KNOW got me to where I am today.
So 50+ NO’s lead to my ONE YES (Start an Amazon FBA Business).
That is CRAZY to me.
Think about all the ways I could have went wrong?????
Saying NO quite literally transformed my entire life, wealth, and future.
I made a 1% decision that lead to the 99% of my future happiness.
It is the same with you. If you don’t say NO to the stuff that is just “okay” then you are screwed as far as getting to the stuff that is “GREAT”.
Which leads me to.
3) HELL YEAH OR NO.
Here’s an easy way to decide whether or not it’s a YES or it’s a NO.
I stole this wholeheartedly from this book.
It’s incredible.
Go buy it.
https://sive.rs/n
Ready?
Simply say NO to EVERYTHING that you don’t say HELL YEAH to.
It’s either HELL YEAH or it’s a NO.
SERIOUSLY.
This ONE THING SHOULD BE TATTOOED ON EVERYONE’S FOREARMS.
(I actually may tattoo this)
“Hey Kale do you want to do this X marketing campaign…?”
ehhh….
IT’S A NO KALE STOP IT!
“Hey Kale do you want to write a daily letter about whatever you want, call it the Kale letter, and see if people like it?
HELL YEAH!
So I did it.
You get the point right?
YOU CAN USE THAT WITH LITERALLY EVERYTHING.
TRY IT.
YOU’RE WELCOME :)
As always, I appreciate you guys and hope you are getting value out of these.
If you aren’t subscribed, please do, so I can send you this letter 5x per week.
If you are, boom, share/forward this to someone who would like it.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
It’s one of the most commonly searched phrases in the industry…
I mean it makes sense…
People want to KNOW!
Is is still a good opportunity to sell on Amazon FBA? Or are there way too many sellers involved to make any money?
I’m going to answer this in kind of a strange way.
I know you’re shocked by that… ;-)
OF COURSE I could give you all the stats…
How way more than 50% of everything sold on Amazon is sold by people like you and me.
How more NEW people are shopping on Amazon than ever before
And how Amazon is EXPANDING to every market in the WORLD.
But you know all of that.
(or at least you should)
But let’s flip this on it’s head…
EVERYTHING GOOD IS SATURATED.
Seriously.
It’s WAY too late.
You might as well quit now.
Amazon FBA = Saturated
Becoming a YouTuber = Saturated
Becoming an instagram influencer = Saturated
Opening up a Franchise restaurant = Saturated
I’m serious, just quit! Even big companies face this.
Online Search Engines (I.E. Google, Yahoo, Bing) = Saturated
Social Networks (Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn) = Saturated
Online selling platforms (Amazon, Ebay, FB Marketplace) = Saturated.
I’m dead serious. Anything worth doing, has ALREADY BEEN DONE, TENS OF THOUSANDS IF NOT MILLIONS OF TIMES!
Are you depressed yet? :)
I hope you can tell that I’m partially joking here.
I’m not joking that everything is saturated.
Of course it is.
Of course there are millions of sellers on Amazon -> people want to make money
Of course there are millions of Youtubers -> people want to be famous
Of course there are millions of franchises -> people want to make money (again).
Here are two things that NOBODY ELSE will TELL YOU because they are scared of that word “SATURATED”.
1) It’s a GOOD THING
2) It doesn’t FREAKING MATTER.
Let’s break it down.
Why is it a GOOD THING that Amazon is saturated?
I’m just going to use Amazon FBA as the example for the rest of this article.
Cool?
Cool.
It’s good because if there weren’t thousands if not MILLIONS of people trying to sell on Amazon..
THERE WOULD BE NO OPPORTUNITY THERE.
DUH!
Why would you WANT to sell in an “un-saturated” marketplace, anyway?
Are you really going to assume that you are going to somehow “stumble upon” something as globally world-changing as Amazon, and that you will be the only person who has heard of it?
Some people really think this, it’s crazy!
They think there’s another Amazon lurking out there.
Undiscovered.
Just waiting for them to pounce on it’s unsaturated GLORY!
NO!
WRONG!
There is only one Amazon, and everyone wants to sell on it!!!
THAT is why it’s a good thing.
The REASON everyone wants to sell on it is because EVERYONE wants to BUY on it!
Our whole lives we’ve been trained the wrong way…
Participation trophies…
“you did your best that’s all that matters”…
WRONG AGAIN.
This is not a cookie baking contest between happy moms.
This is global world dominance in the online retail market.
It is a SAVAGE, WINNER TAKE ALL MARKET.
Here, let me demonstrate with a graph.
HAHAHAHAHAHAHAH.
Seriously are you looking at that?
That tiny little spec of a line in second place?
Yeah, that’s APPLE.
The company that made the phone you are probably reading or listening to this on.
So good luck, all you SATURATION HATERS! :)
Go ahead and sell on your own website.
Or some other website.
I’m going to stick to the “saturated” Amazon. (Where all the BUYERS are ALSO saturated).
I forget what my second point was…
oh yeah
2) It doesn’t FREAKING MATTER.
Even if you didn’t want to sell on Amazon.
Let’s say you wanted to open up a botique nail salon near your house.
Or become a freaking uber driver.
I hate to break it to you again…
BUT IT’S ALL SATURATED.
Freaking ALL OF IT.
There is insane competition among uber drivers.
Insane competition between beauty salons in your area.
It’s all saturated and cut-throat competitive.
So what are we to do?
Crawl up in a corner?
Pee our little pants and call home to mommy?
NO.
YOU HAVE TO DIFFERENTIATE.
That’s the SOLUTION if you are taking notes. ^^^^^
you have to SET YOURSELF APART.
There are a BILLION examples of this.
Here’s one of my favorites.
This is literally how I got my start on Amazon.
It’s been almost 4 years now.
But when I first started selling Cornhole lights the competition looked like the listing on the right.
Same colors for both lights.
White & White.
Blue & Blue.
You get it.
Literally all I did was smack myself in the head and say..
“Hmm.. I wonder if people would like to play Blue team vs Red Team?”
Or Blue team vs Pink Team?
OF COURSE THEY WOULD.
So I put two different colored lights in the same box and BOOM.
Became the #1 best seller in 4 weeks.
And the rest is history.
Now let’s circle back.
Did it matter that..
Amazon added a MILLION sellers to the FBA platform THAT YEAR? No.
There were already 200+ people ALREADY selling Cornhole lights before I even got the idea, much less got them manufactured? No.
The other people selling them had more reviews and bigger budgets than me? No.
The ONLY thing that mattered was that I set myself apart in an important way, and people LOVED IT, so they BOUGHT IT.
So, I would challenge each and every one of you reading this today with a couple things.
A) What business idea have you been putting off because you think it’s too saturated? When are you going to man up (or woman up) and stop using that as an excuse?
B) Who in your life, if it’s not you, needs to read this? Will you share it with them?
I appreciate you all for reading this.
Sorry for the tone of voice today, I just can’t stand people asking if it’s “saturated.” It makes NO SENSE and those people are unlikely to be successful at anything they do in life.
Want to know what’s the MOST SATURATED thing in LIFE?
This might rub some of you the wrong way but I don’t really care.
Being AVERAGE.
That s**t is SUPER popular.
Super “saturated”.
Hell, literally EVERYONE is doing it….
I guess the choice is yours from here.
See you subscribers tomorrow. If you aren’t subscribed, see you next week.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Simple math day today, folks.
I’ve used this equation MANY times. It gives me a goal to reach for and makes me extremely happy every day I get closer to it.
Here’s the premise behind all the numbers, okay?
It’s called the 4% rule.
This rule has been used as a “rule of thumb” by financial advisors for decades.
It basically means this.
1) Pick a number (let’s say $1,000,000 as an example).
2) You can take 4% of that number EVERY YEAR as your SALARY, FOREVER (until you die).
So, in this example, you could take 4% of $1,000,000 or $40,000 every year, forever, as your salary.
The best part of this???
The 4% rule is an INTEREST ONLY calculation.
So basically it means that you could spend $40,000 a year (in the above example) and NEVER TOUCH THE $1,000,000.
So, your kids would get a nice inheritance. Or you can buy a yaht when you turn 90.
Whatever floats your boat (get it?)
I realize there are caveats to all of this.
And yes you actually have to INVEST your money to get a RETURN so that you can retire.
But we can talk about all that later.
Let’s just say this, if your investments don’t earn you 4% every year on average you are doing something VERY WRONG.
I’m up way more than 50% this year and there was COVID, so…
NOW TO THE FUN PART.
Let’s set your retirement goal!
I don’t care if you are 20 years old reading this.
Or 99.
It’s the same.
1) Step 1 - Calculate how much money you want to spend every month in retirement.
This number can vary widely.
Some people want to “ball out” and live luxurious high spend lifestyles.
Some people just want to sit inside and play chess all day.
Because I’ve been BOTH of those people at different times in my life… here’s what I’ll say…
If you aren’t working, you will PROBABLY spend more money, because you will be bored.
You’ll also have more time to do FUN things and fun things sometimes cost money.
WHO KNOWS who you will be in 10 years… so probably better to overestimate.
Okay, do you have your number?
I’m going to pick $10,000 a month as my number. Seems like you could live a pretty good life on $10,000 a month.
2) Do some easy math
Okay, remember the equation?
Now we just gotta work backwards.
Honestly there’s probably an easier way to do this.
But I’m not a mathematician and I like to see the numbers work in this direction because it makes more sense to me.
Let’s start with a million bucks and see what happens.
Take $1,000,000 x .04 and then divide that by 12.
So, I could spend $3,333 per month forever if I have a million bucks and invest it right.
Pretty good, but not the $10,000 I want.
Let’s try $3,000,000.
Take $3,000,000 x .04 and then divide that by 12.
BOOM.
10k per month, forever, and I get to give my kids $3,000,000 when I die.
Pretty cool huh?
Now, for all the haters out there.
I realize I didn’t account for inflation. The reason I didn’t do that is because inflation is NOT 2% like your business professor says. It’s much more than that. Read my other articles on bitcoin.
I realize that you don’t HAVE to leave all the $3,000,000 or whatever your goal number is, to your kids. You can draw on it and spend even more than just whatever the interest is.
For those of you that get what I’m trying to do here.
This is about SETTING GOALS and VISUALIZING your HAPPINESS.
I know they say that money can’t buy happiness.
But it can buy trips to bora bora with your wife.
And it can buy you TIME to spend with your dad and mom as they get older…
Just saying.
Figuring out what YOUR number is FREES you to GET TO WORK.
Now, your goal isn’t to “get rich”.
That goal sucks.
Because the goalposts keep moving and who you compare yourself with keeps changing.
That’s how you end up as a fat bald guy stressed out in a red BMW.
If you want REAL happiness and FREEDOM, try out this math, and get to work on your business.
I promise, having my NUMBER makes getting up everyday WAY MORE FUN.
It’s kind of like a video game.
Except if you win, you literally never have to work again…
Until tomorrow for subscribers and next week for you goofballs who aren’t subscribed…
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Subscribe if you want this glorious letter 5x a week (it’s cheap)
Hey people.
Hope you are having an awesome Thursday.
Wanted to highlight something crazy.
Translation?
Starting now, we are entering the biggest, most world-changing, most massive ONLINE holiday shopping spree in the history of mankind.
It’s not even close.
Check this out, I thought the key points of this article were even MORE insightful…
a 33% surge in online sales JUST in November and December! That’s insane!
It could go even HIGHER! (and I think this is likely with another round of stimulus checks + another round of lockdowns both being heavily discussed)
18 days (as opposed to 3 last year) where human beings will spend $3 BILLION dollars ONLINE. $3 BILLION, in ONE DAY.
Now I get it, some of these numbers might not make sense to you.
Personally, before I started my companies, couldn’t even VISUALIZE that type of money.
Making $100 a day seemed hard.
But then, I opened this rabbit hole called “the internet” :)
Before you own an internet business, the World is much smaller.
You think small.
So you sell small.
For instance, how can I sell lemonade to the people walking by on my street (every kid’s dream)
The adult version of this is similar…
How can I open a brewery that is better than the 30 other breweries on Penn avenue in Pittsburgh…
It makes sense, because that’s what’s right in front of us!
Thankfully though, this pandemic, (and hopefully this letter to some degree) have opened a bunch of eyeballs.
Mine personally have been wide open for years now, and I now know (from experience) that making ridiculous amounts of money in SINGLE DAYS is not only POSSIBLE but ROUTINE when it comes to the internet.
Here’s a few quick things we can take away from this revolution that is happening right in front of our eyes.
1 - It’s a SNOWBALL not an ICE CUBE
This might not be the best analogy but it makes sense in my head.
I bet there are many people out there thinking this…
Actually I KNOW there are because this is how most people are wired…
“Dang, I missed it. I could have had a great 2020 if I had an online business up and running, but now it’s too late.”
WRONG.
That quote above assumes that this ONLINE SPENDING SPREE IS AN ICE CUBE.
It’s like Covid was the freezer.
It got really cold.
So it built up a big ice cube of online demand.
But when Covid is over it will melt….
(I told you, not the best analogy :)
But that is completely insane!
Like I’ve written in other letters, this is MUCH MORE like a SNOWBALL rolling down an ENDLESS HILL.
Covid simply tipped the ball onto the hill.
It’s actually just a tiny little eensy weensy snowball at the TOP of the hill!
Mark my words, it is going to KEEP ROLLING down that hill and pick up STEAM as it goes.
But why’s that kale???
2 - Traditions. Cultural norms.
Holidays are a weird time.
Traditions, feeling awkward, gifts that seem more like obligations than heartfelt thoughtfulness…
Idk, maybe I’ve just had a few strange Christmases haha!
But I think we can all agree that people get into habits.
start shopping on X day
Finish by X day
Go to X stores
Fight the crowds on black Friday at X stores
Know anyone like that? I sure do…
This year, ALL OF THAT IS DIFFERENT.
Everyone is going to shop online, that’s just a fact, jack.
Now, the important part about that is that it’s BREAKING TRADITION.
If only one wackjob decided to break tradition and shop online, they might just be labeled a wacko by their cooler mall walking friends.
But if everyone does it??
It’s now the CULTURAL STANDARD.
I’m serious! By next Christmas it’s going to be “weird” to go to the mall to shop for stuff.
You can listen for clues to this yourself.
When you’re bored at the extended family Christmas?
Just listen to them talk!
“Where did you shop this year?”
“oh, I did it all on Amazon! It was great”
“me too!”
3 - Why are there always 3 points?
Seriously.
In every letter.
Every webinar.
Every blog.
It’s like if there aren’t 3 points..
THAT LETTER WAS TOTAL CRAP I SHOULDN’T HAVE EVEN SENT IT!
lol.
But overall, my point is this.
It’s not too late.
If you see (and you will) INSANE, RECORD SETTING NUMBERS of ONLINE SALES FROM…
Big companies
Small online companies
Online companies that your FRIENDS OWN (ouch)
DO NOT GET DOWN ON YOURSELF AND THINK THAT YOU “MISSED THE BOAT”.
The BOAT HASN’T EVEN LEFT THE SHIPYARD!
I’m serious.
The internet is like TWENTY YEARS OLD!
THINK ABOUT THAT FOR A SECOND!!!!
YOU ARE STILL SO EARLY.
THERE IS STILL SO MUCH TIME.
I’M WRITING IN ALL CAPS TO GET IT THROUGH SOME THICK SKULLS OUT THERE.
BECAUSE MINE WAS THICK TOO.
I THOUGHT I MISSED THE BOAT BACK IN 2016!
AND NOW LOOK AT ME!
TOTALLY RICH AND DRIVING A LAMBORGHINI!
JUST KIDDING.
LOVE YOU.
SUBSCRIBE, JEEZ.
KALE
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Does this describe you?
(takes deep breath)
(realizes he is describing himself)
(realizes he is talking about himself in the third person and this letter is already off to a strange start)
If you aren’t working on something, you feel guilty
If you are relaxing too much, you get this pit in your stomach feeling like there is “some opportunity” you are missing by being “lazy”
Paradoxically, you feel BEST after you’ve busted your ass for a 12 hour day and can’t possibly work another minute.
If any of those describe you, congratulations, you are JUST LIKE ME!
A CLASSIC CASE OF “THE WORKAHOLIC”!
Oh, it’s pretty miserable being us.
Yes, we are usually extremely driven.
And also extremely successful.
But do we REALLY enjoy it?
Eh… hard to say.
Here’s what I’ve done recently (past 6 months) to try to actually enjoy my life and stop feeling like a workaholic ALL the time.
1) Write this ONE sentence EVERYWHERE
I’m serious. You’re going to want to write this down.
put it on your mirror.
Maybe tattoo it somewhere on your body (i’ve actually considered this).
Ready?
—-> Am I Inventing Things to Do to Avoid the Important?
That is my absolute favorite quote from Tim Ferris’ classic book, The 4 Hour Workweek.
It pretty much summarizes ALL of the issues that I have being a workaholic.
Issue #1 -> If I’m not working I feel bad and like I’m wasting time.
Well, the truth of the matter is that JUST WORKING for the sake of WORKING doesn’t actually achieve anything.
We all understand this, but we OFTEN FORGET IT.
This quote -> Am I Inventing Things to Do to Avoid the Important?
Reminds me that it’s really ONLY the IMPORTANT things that move the needle (see 80:20 rule from other letters).
If I start knocking out the important things FIRST, I immediately feel better about relaxing a bit.
Issue #2 -> Literally inventing things to do.
We all do it as workaholics.
Make up something “super important” that we need to do right then and there to feel “accomplished for the day”.
But when I remember this sentence -> Am I Inventing Things to Do to Avoid the Important?
And I really think of the “inventing things to do” part…
IT HITS ME.
Do I really want to look back on my life, and remember it as a haze of invented (READ: Made up) tasks that I gave myself that didn’t really matter? Of course I don’t.
2) Remind yourself you are going to die.
Might sound morbid.
Actually scratch that it definitely is morbid.
But it works.
(I stole it from Steve Jobs so… it’s basically a bulletproof strategy :)
But seriously, that’s pretty sage advice right there…
Would you want to spend the last day of your life obsessively checking your email?
Of course not.
3) Imagine it all going to hell in a handbasket.
If you want a more detailed guide on how to do this, please see my other letter -> “The #1 Happiness Hack” -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com
Seriously.
It’s time to imagine the WORST case scenario.
Whenever I get the “workaholic jitters” (feeling in my stomach like I’m not working hard enough) it’s usually about a specific thing.
So, what do I do?
I take that specific thing I’m worried about not doing right that second.
And picture the WORST CASE SCENARIO.
I mean the worst.
Like, let’s say I’m worked up about not working on one of these letters…
So I picture it going really badly….
I don’t send the letter.
Someone complains.
More people complain.
A lawsuit is filed against me.
DANG. THIS SUCKS.
But if that’s the worst it can truly get….
Then, automatically, my brain starts to think…
Well, if that happened…
I would just refund ALL subscribers.
Sure that would suck.
I’d lose some money.
But then the lawsuit would be dead in the water.
And I would be free as a bird!
IMMEDIATELY I FEEL BETTER!!!
This literally works for anything. Try it.
Okay cool, in the spirit of not being a workaholic, I’m going to stop writing now :)
If this resonated with you, or you think it would resonate with someone else…
Please let me know in the comments, smash that like button, subscribe to this letter, and SHARE it with someone who you think it would help.
I write this letter 5x a week and it comes with a podcast version.
Subscribe if you haven’t yet, I won’t let you down.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Ever hear the quote “comparison is the thief of joy?”
This quote really smashed me this week.
I’ve been writing this letter for a little over a month now.
Gotten a lot of awesome feedback.
However, I’ve also gotten some terrible feedback, haha!
Those are just a couple of MANY haha….
I know I know… “it’s impossible to please everyone…”
But still, I don’t think people really realize how deep some of this stuff cuts.
I’ve started dozens of businesses at this point, so I’m used to it.
But most people aren’t.
And that’s the issue.
Here’s a few quick bullet points that I think you may need to hear today, broadly related to this idea of not being good enough and comparing yourself to others…
1) There’s ALWAYS someone doing better than you.
seriously, it’s rough. You’ll get a new business idea. You’ll have the inspiration for the next path or project. Then you see ______. Instantly, you feel like you could never overcome that massive head start that person has.
The solution to this one is simple. IGNORE that. (it also helps to compare yourself immediately to someone who is much WORSE off than you).
2) Nobody is an EXPERT
Seriously, say what you want about the recent Presidential election, but I think the one thing we can agree on is that PREDICTIONS WERE ALL CRAP, ON BOTH SIDES, PARTICULARLY FROM “EXPERTS”.
Just because someone seems like an expert doesn’t mean that they are.
Just because you aren’t “qualified” doesn’t mean there isn’t someone who could learn from you.
Just because you don’t have it 100% figured out does NOT mean you can’t start, and start RIGHT NOW.
3) Everyone who doesn’t like it can buzz off.
I wanted to say a stronger word than “buzz”… you get it.
The reason I’m so passionate about this is because if you don’t DEEPLY believe this, you will never do it…
Why? Because oftentimes the people who won’t like “it” (whether it’s a business idea or investment or anything) will be the people closest to you (family and close friends).
4) It is HARD to escape the “comparison vortex” and that’s a GOOD THING.
Look around. How many successful people do you really know?
Raise your standard a little bit.
Now, seriously, how many?
If you are like most people, you probably only know a few truly successful people, whether that is monetarily or based on their influence & impact.
Why is that??
BECAUSE it’s HARD to escape the comparison vortex, stop caring what people think, and do that THING you KNOW you need to do.
It’s a good thing that it’s hard.
Why? Because if it was easy, everyone would do it, and there would be no profit left to go around.
5) This letter is the perfect example
I decided to write this letter because one of my favorite people on twitter, Pomp, writes one.
He is absolutely crushing me and his letter dominates mine.
He tweeted this the other day…
He has 85 THOUSAND subscribers.
at $10 a month.
That’s $850,000 a MONTH, from writing a NEWSLETTER.
When I saw that I went in my shell.
I thought well shi*.
I’m so far behind I could never catch up.
But then I remembered.
IT DOESN’T FU**ING MATTER HOW MANY SUBSCRIBERS POMP HAS.
Excuse the language but I need this to sink in for you.
Let’s flip it back on you.
It doesn’t matter how many products he sells on Amazon…
It doesn’t matter how big his investment portfolio is….
It doesn’t matter how many subscribers he has on YouTube….
It doesn’t matter (insert whatever you are comparing yourself to)
IT DOESN’T MATTER.
They don’t live your life!
They don’t wake up in your bed!
And most importantly.
When they are laying on their death bed someday…
They don’t have to look back on YOUR life and be PROUD OF IT! YOU DO!
Anyway, that’s all I’ve got for today.
Reminding myself of those 5 points daily really helps me.
I hope it helped you.
If you aren’t subscribed, it would mean a lot to me if you would :)
Maybe I can catch up with Pomp after all!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey beautiful subscribers!
I’m sorry but I just had to comment on the timing of this.
This isn’t political at all, seriously, but come on.
Today (of all days) Pfizer announced a 90% effective Vaccine for Covid-19.
This comes literally the Monday after the presidential election has seemingly been decided, putting Biden in the White House.
I’m sorry, I really am.
But no matter what side of the political aisle you are on, this STINKS.
This REEKS of corruption.
Bottom line: Someone got paid to keep this quiet until after the election.
Look. I’m happy there is a vaccine.
I really am.
But this is just the icing on the cake for 2020.
Here are some of the most important things I’ve learned this year, in quick bullet point form.
1) You guessed it! People will USE a perceived crisis for their benefit.
In my opinion, we all just need to take this new OBVIOUS knowledge for what it’s worth.
I was personally extremely surprised how EVERYONE (not just Republicans or Democrats) used Covid as an excuse to simply do what they wanted to do anyway…
Didn’t really like that friend group? Ahh, Covid… Can’t see you guys…
Didn’t wanna stay open late? Ahh, Covid… let’s close at 10…
Didn’t want to _____ (you get it). There are thousands of examples.
I guess the only thing to take from this one is that if we are smart, we should use times of perceived stress or calamity in our own lives, flip them on their heads, and USE that period to GET STUFF DONE.
2) The closer you are to the money printer, the better.
We’ve all seen it.
That favorite bar closed down.
That favorite gym boarded up.
The list goes on.
We’ve also seen the opposite.
Apple valued at 2 Trillion.
Airlines receiving billions in bailouts.
Small businesses committing fraud with PPP money and buying lamborghinis…
I’ve written about this extensively in other letters, but the winners and losers of 2020, very simply, have a LOT to do with how much ACCESS they have to the FREE MONEY that the government prints.
Publicly traded tech companies like Apple? They have EXTREME access to the capital that flows into the stock markets during times of money printing like this.
Small businesses with minimal cash flow and employees? Shut their doors.
The key here? How can the LITTLE guy move a little bit closer to the printer?
Top ways that I’ve written about before =
Start an Amazon company -> instead of consuming on Amazon, PRODUCE for Amazon, and thus move yourself closer to the money printer
Buy Bitcoin -> As the dollar is devalued by money printing, Bitcoin will go up. Period.
3) Literally anything can happen, and listening to people that say it can’t is stupid beyond belief.
If you would have told us at the beginning of 2020 that ANY of the things that happened this year could happen, we would have LAUGHED YOU OUT OF THE ROOM.
We all would have.
Not so funny now, huh?
I have this deep feeling that 2020 took the lid off people.
Everyone was kind of in a “box” before.
The box of their preconceived notions of the world.
The ways they were raised.
The way it had always been…
But now all of that has been pretty much shattered, by a variety of events that just simply make you go “wtf?”
My prediction is that 2021 will be the year of people saying SCREW IT.
SCREW IT - i’m starting that business everyone says I can’t start.
SCREW IT - i’m dumping that gf or bf that is bad for me
SCREW IT - i’m moving here and starting over.
After 2020, these “drastic” life decisions will seem like a piece of cake, and people will make them more and more.
4) Thinking for yourself might be the most IMPORTANT quality there is.
We always knew it was important.
“think for yourself” momma always said…
But seriously…
Think of all the ways people have tried to sway you this year…
VOTE THIS WAY!
START THIS BUSINESS!
THINK ABOUT IT THIS WAY!!!
YOU’RE AN IDIOT IF YOU THINK THIS!
It’s insane!
The takeaway is that you’re on your own.
At the end of the day, and I apologize for being blunt here.
No one really cares about you.
Sure your parents and your loved ones.
But outside of that?
You are just a pawn in someone else’s game.
So STOP PLAYING.
Stop buying into what people say at face value.
Examine their motivations.
For instance, why is Kale writing you this letter right now?
Many reasons.
If you subscribe, it earns me money. It’s great. You can subscribe here
I want to write a book someday. This is good practice.
I need an outlet to get some of this stuff off my chest.
I honestly hope to help a few of you but if I don’t it won’t affect my life (just being honest).
There you go.
Brutal honesty.
But I would examine my bullets that I just posted above, if I were you.
Is Kale really being truthful?
Is he someone I can really trust?
What are his REAL motivations?
Should I let him sway my opinions on things?
THAT ^^ is the analysis you should be doing on EVERYONE.
You can do this.
Thanks for reading this slight ramble of a letter today.
If you agree that the timing of this Vaccine is absolutely insane though, please smash the like button and leave a comment.
I really can’t believe this one…
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey subscribers!
Short one today, you are amazing. Thank you for reading and listening.
If you AREN’T subscribed and still getting this for some reason, please consider subscribing so I can send you one of these 5 days a week!
So, obviously things are crazy in the USA with a heavily contested Election.
Meanwhile, Bitcoin has been going absolutely crazy.
It’s up about $2,000 in the past 3 days…
The question is, why is that?
I would argue that it’s because of all the reasons I wrote about in this letter (The 10 Reasons I Invest in Bitcoin) -> https://thekaleletter.substack.com/p/why-i-invest-in-bitcoin-in-plain
It also may be, very specifically, because some “BIG DOGS” are getting into the space.
I think this tweet and reply summarizes it well…
In summary, it seems like some REALLY large companies, individuals, or even INVESTMENT FUNDS are buying HUGE amounts of Bitcoin every day…
And then stopping in the evening so that they don’t accelerate the price TOO high…
So that they can buy more tomorrow…
REMEMBER…
Michael Saylor (the CEO of Microstrategy) OPENLY revealed that he was buying 50M dollars a DAY and the price wasn’t even moving.
So the fact that the price is running 500-$1000 a DAY means that a large fish INDEED is buying.
So what does this mean for the average investor?
Honestly, nothing has really changed.
There will always be people who say “I’ll wait for a dip before buying in”.
Unfortunately, those people tend to get their faces melted off.
No, not literally.
I just mean that they keep on waiting for a dip and the Bitcoin price just keeps on running away from them.
My strategy from the beginning has been to accumulate dollars through entrepreneurship, and then funnel those dollars (when I don’t need to reinvest them in the biz) into a vehicle like Bitcoin.
I’m just here to write this letter and keep you updated daily :)
What you do with your money is up to you!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
I typically won’t do this but I thought what the heck, my company, Nine University, is having a live-stream tonight (Nov 4th) at 8pm ET -> www.nineuniversity.com/goldmine
We’ll be going over this brand new platform to sell products online that is an industry secret and thus will likely be extremely profitable for those who try it. If you’d be interested in learning more I’d encourage you to sign up it’s free.
But anyway, on to the LETTER.
This is the REAL President of the United States (even after last nights’ craziness).
His name is Jerome Powell.
He’s the chairman of the Federal Reserve.
The Federal Reserve is essentially able to “print money” out of thin air, in order to fund Government spending, bailouts, and stimulus.
Here’s why, real quick, I’m convinced that he is the real President (even when it’s still up in the air who won last night).
This tweet sums it up well.
And then this, which says the same thing, even more BLUNTLY…
Basically, all I’m saying is that no matter what happens.
No matter what our differences on the issues.
No matter which candidate ultimately wins.
And no matter how UGLY it gets.
The MARKETS think it’s a WIN either way.
They think that more stimulus is incoming, either way.
And with that, I’ll leave you for the day.
This is one of those letters that doesn’t need to “get into the weeds”.
I know we’re all still tired from last night.
It just needs to sit there and ruminate for a little bit.
With all that has happened in 2020.
And the insane Drama and TENSION of this election.
At the end of the day, the markets go UP because the money printer hasn’t gone anywhere..
Definite food for thought.
Stay safe out there and see you tomorrow!
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey! I will never normally do this, but I’m sending the SAME letter from the Nine U Newsletter to you beautiful Kale Letter people… It was too good, and too TIMELY, not to share twice :)
If you aren’t subscribed yet I write this letter to 10,000+ entrepreneurs/investors 5x a week and it’s 19 cents per letter.
Here’s something that will probably blow your mind.
You’re definitely going to want to “steal” this “idea” and bust it out at your next dinner party…
Get ready for some people’s jaws to drop and for them to think you are WAY smarter than you are ;-)
The reason Amazon (and other Tech monopolies like Google and Facebook) will NEVER be shut down by the government or ANY political party?
DRUMROLL PLEASE….
two words. Artificial Intelligence.
Let me back up and introduce you to someone.
Her name is Xiaoice.
She’s an artificial intelligence chatbot that interacts with over 660 MILLION people…. In China…
She has a staggering 660 million online users worldwide. And, while they know she’s not real, many prize her as a dear friend, even a trusted confidante. Sometimes the line between fact and fantasy blurs. She gets love letters and gifts. And not too long ago, a group of fans asked her out to dinner and even ordered an extra meal – just in case she showed up.
Another article states..
When talking to XiaoIce, that average is 23 back-and-forths across all users. The researchers claim that this means XiaoIce is more engaging to talk to than the average human.
Now let’s just think about this for a second.
Regardless of your political party, I think we can all agree that China is not necessarily the U.S.A.’s “friend”.
Sure, we get along, sometimes.
But China wants to beat us at our own game, and they have VERY DIFFERENT RULES than we do (which make them better at AI than us).
The Chinese Communist Party doesn’t care about things we find normal here in the US, most notably, PRIVACY.
They have been, and are currently, collecting an INSANE amount of DATA on their BILLIONS of citizens.
Not only does the U.S. have less citizens to mine data from, they also have more rules preventing them from getting the data.
Now, I like my privacy as much as the next guy.
I’m just stating the facts.
Artificial intelligence runs on DATA.
The more data, the better it works.
China has more data than us, and they are USING IT.
Where this starts to get scary…
Right now, AI is cute.
It’s a chatbot that people in China want to buy dinner.
Love it.
Alright, now lets fast-forward 10 or 20 years.
What happens when that AI is smarter and faster at pretty much EVERYTHING than humans are?
What happens to jobs?
What happens to the military forces of the world?
What happens to the economy?
These are all VERY TOUGH questions, and not ones I can answer here.
But the fact is, the United States is in a “war” over Artificial Intelligence Dominance, and that war is with China.
We may or may not know it yet, but it’s happening.
And the results of the war have GRAVE consequences.
So, why would I say that the US can NEVER shut down Amazon?
It’s simple.
Companies like Amazon, Google, & Facebook are our ONLY SHOT at winning the artificial intelligence war.
I will repeat.
They are our ONLY SHOT.
There is no government data center will all of the data necessary to produce AI.
All of our data is housed in the giant TECH COMPANIES.
Amazon, Apple, Facebook, Google.
Those four companies, and the google home and Amazon Alexa in your kitchen (as a result) are the ONLY way we will ever be able to compete with China.
China is already ahead of us, as their chat bot demonstrates.
But dismantling ANY of those 4 GUARANTEES that China wins this race.
And while I may be young, and not know THAT much about the World…
I HIGHLY doubt that any political party will want China to completely take over the world with AI enhanced people, soldiers, workers, you name it.
It’s just not going to happen.
So, breathe easy, you loyal readers/watchers :)
If you are selling on Amazon, you’re going to be able to KEEP DOING THAT.
Simply because the alternative is too scary to think about.
And to any Amazon competitors out there, I only have 3 letters to send to you.
R.I.P.
Kale
p.s. I mean come on, that’s pretty good stuff up there! Subscribe to get it 5x a week in podcast format as well as written :)
Or, if you don’t want to talk about this around dinner just SHARE it with someone :-)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
note this letter made more people mad than usual so I want to apologize in advance. I make some generalized comments here that aren’t true for everyone and every situation, I just personally get fired up by it. It’s not meant as serious specific advice for you personally. Enjoy :)
The term “financial advisor” recently made me extremely angry.
Who the hell gave these people the right to manage other people’s money, anyway?
Remind me again why someone who makes around 100k a year should be determining what MILLIONAIRES do with their money?
That’s like saying a 10th grader should take the game winning shot in the NBA finals instead of Lebron James.
No thanks, I’ll go with Lebron, the guy who actually knows how to shoot.
The same goes for your money.
In my humble opinion, we should all stop trusting people who never actually CREATED anything valuable (like a company) to manage the profits of a company.
This got very personal for me this week.
This is my dad, I know, we look like twins.
My dad has worked his actual a** off for 30+ years as a school administrator (mostly as a Principal).
He’s literally incredible at it.
But it’s a BEAST of a job.
Extremely stressful, long hours, and lots of people depending on him.
He’s saved up, he’s been smart.
Like most normal people, he has a retirement account, and its basically hands off from there.
Some financial advisor “manages” the money.
He showed me his portfolio the other day and I almost threw up.
I literally almost drove to wherever his “advisor” was and fist fought him.
I’m not joking.
SOMEHOW, I honestly have NO IDEA HOW, this “advisor” has VASTLY underperformed the OVERALL MARKET over the past 20 years.
Like I’m talking, if my dad had just bought the S&P 500 (a basket of all the best “stocks”).
He would have outperformed this “advisor” by over 300%.
It’s sickening.
It’s disgusting.
These people aren’t only stealing MONEY by charging fees for something that a MONKEY could do better…
They are stealing TIME.
And that’s the worst offense of all.
My dad could be retired.
He could be here in Pittsburgh with ME.
And that would be literally PRICELESS.
But no, some “advisor” decided to “manage” my dad into YEARS more work (unless we can turn it around).
So after I stopped fuming, and I tried to help my dad fix it (which he did)…
I wanted to write you all this letter to hopefully prevent some of you from making the same mistake…
Here’s what you can take to the bank.
1) The CATEGORY of assets you invest in matters WAY MORE than the individual ASSETS.
This is why stock picking and financial advisors are for idiots.
Even the BEST STOCK BROKERS ON THE PLANET CAN’T BEAT THE MARKET AS A WHOLE.
It’s been proven over and over again.
So why do you think you can?
The reason my dad’s portfolio underperformed so badly is because he was in CATEGORIES that literally make no sense.
Examples -
Bonds (government is printing money and they yield less than a savings account)
Oil (hello, the world is going ELECTRIC whether you like it or not)
Blue Chip Stocks (McDonalds and Coca-Cola aren’t going to outperform Apple and Facebook).
Which leads me to my second point.
2) Diversification is so overrated it’s literally UNBELIEVABLE.
Name me one extremely rich person who got there by using a “diversified portfolio”.
I’ll wait.
And I’ll be waiting forever because it’s a lie from the devil.
Financial advisors WANT you to believe that you need to be “diversified” because that’s how they MAKE THEIR MONEY!
If it really was as simple as buying the S&P 500 and holding..
Or buying Bitcoin and holding…
Or buying Gold and holding…
WHAT THE HELL WOULD WE NEED THEM FOR???
Exactly.
Plus, regardless of that insane bias which should be illegal in my opinion.
Did I mention no one ever got rich diversifying?
The perfect example is Elon Musk.
Dude sold Paypal and pocketed 180 Million.
What did he do?
Get a diversified stock portfolio?
NO.
He put ALL of it in his 3 COMPANIES.
ALL OF IT.
He literally had to sleep on friends couches for YEARS because he didn’t have money for RENT.
Now he’s worth 100 Billion.
Summarizing, HOPEFULLY.
Obviously there are caveats to all of this.
It’s impossible to give financial advice to ANYONE because everyone is different.
A 60 year old wanting to retire needs a TOTALLY different strategy than someone like me.
But I will tell you this, you DON’T NEED A “FINANCIAL ADVISOR”.
What you need is FOCUS.
Focus on creating something VALUABLE (a product or a company) that can actually generate PROFIT.
If you don’t do that, you are already on the slow lane.
I’m sorry to break it to you, and I love my dad to death.
But no amount of years working as a Principal…
PLUS the BEST investment strategies of ALL TIME.
Would ever generate as much wealth as starting a business.
It’s literally impossible, and that’s okay, but it’s a CHOICE>
Trading your time for money isn’t going to cut it.
And you aren’t going to “invest your way” to riches anytime soon, no matter what you do.
Now with that out of the way.
Once you’ve started a business and made some real money.
When you go to invest it…
Don’t listen to the “stock pickers”.
and the “gurus”.
Pick ASSET CLASSES that MAKE SENSE.
I won’t go into this right now, you can read my other letters for that.
But let’s just say this.
If my dad had simply bought gold 20 years ago and buried it in the back yard.
He would have had a MUCH more valuable ASSET than he does today…
And it would have been even better if he would have bought the DIGITAL version of that gold..
Anyway.. see you tomorrow…
Kale
It’s 19 cents a letter to subscribe to this… that’s pretty crazy. Plz do it now if you haven’t already.
I promise to deliver you a lot more than 19 cents of value with each letter, lol.
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
This is not financial advice, consult an advisor
I can’t tell YOU what to do personally.
But I can tell you why I am NOT holding ANY stocks at the present moment.
Here we go, I’ll keep it short and sweet.
1) Insane Valuations
Here’s what happened in 2020, in a nutshell.
In March, EVERYTHING cratered.
And I mean everything.
It was 2 of the worst days in the history of the MARKETS (not just the stock market).
Then, we had one of the greatest stock market rallies in the history of mankind.
The NASDAQ (with a lot of tech stocks) outperformed everything else and actually traded ABOVE it’s ALL TIME HIGH (while the majority of the country remained impaired by COVID).
Just take a look at this graph, and tell me honestly if it represents how you feel the USA economy SHOULD be doing (considering what you see in your every day life).
Does it feel right?
Having a huge branch of the stock market HIGHER than it was at the beginning of the year, considering all that’s happened?
The short answer is a RESOUNDING NO.
I’m not denying that tech stocks have benefited from this pandemic, that actually makes sense.
The question is, how much more can they realistically go up??
ALL the money was POURED into tech, and rightfully so.
But I’m guessing that most of the benefits of a COVID economy are already priced in.
I mean look at this chart.
ZOOM is now worth more than EXXON…
I understand they are a great company with great timing, but these are CRAZY valuations and it’s probably a 50/50 shot at best whether these overextended tech companies can double in value AGAIN at this point.
2) Stocks will still go up, but I’m unsure how much in relative terms.
Here’s another crazy chart for you.
This is the S&P 500 (supposedly the best companies in the world) priced in GOLD.
That’s pretty crazy.
Basically what it shows is that regardless of what you are seeing in DOLLAR terms, in terms of GOLD (which holds its value much better) the stock market is actually on a serious DOWNTREND since 2019.
And this trend is only accelerating.
I would encourage you to go back and read my letter from yesterday about why I bought more Bitcoin recently, because when you start to price things in Bitcoin, the differences become even MORE extreme.
3) There are better things to do with your money.
For the record, I’m not saying that I don’t think stocks will continue to go up.
They will.
The Government has no choice but to print more money (see my previous letters).
That money printing will continue to pump up the stock market.
However, it doesn’t really matter.
Yes stocks will go up, but the dollars that it is valued in will go down, drastically.
PLUS, it’s very difficult at this point to pick stocks that have a great chance of doubling, because all companies that are “pandemic proof” are already at crazy valuations.
And companies like airlines or retail stores in malls are literally dead in the water and not coming back.
So what is a man or woman to do???
I keep on saying the same things, but hopefully it will sink in.
The only way to get an OUTSIZED return in this economy is to create OUTSIZED VALUE.
Ignore the stocks for a second and just think of the owners of the COMPANIES.
Zoom?
That dude is rich.
Netflix?
That dude is rich.
You get the idea, the people who own the COMPANIES end up making the real money, not necessarily the people who invest in them.
“But Kale, I can’t possibly invent a zoom or a Netflix…”
You don’t have to.
Zoom is worth more than Exxon mobile right now.
You don’t think they have the money to buy 2 dozen smaller companies for tens of millions of dollars each?
Of course they do.
All of the tech companies are going to be acquiring companies like CRAZY because they have so much cash, and no where to put it.
It’s going to be bananas.
Here’s a concrete example then I’ll let you go.
Google search the company “Thras.io”
They buy Amazon FBA Businesses and run them.
They are the QUICKEST company to a billion dollar valuation in history while remaining profitable.
Why not start an Amazon FBA business and then sell it off to Thras.io?
Do that once, then rinse and repeat?
It’s being done left and right by our students and people in our communities.
And then, once you have the cash, you can read this letter where I’ll tell you what I’m ACTUALLY investing in (hint, it starts with a B)
Kale
Subscribe now (plz) if you want to get this incredible letter 5x per week (Hope you’re enjoying it)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
It’s pretty crazy to me how an asset that is up nearly 90% this year and has beaten EVERY OTHER ASSET ON THE PLANET for the past 10 YEARS still isn’t owned by most people.
I actually convinced my own father to invest a significant portion of his retirement fund into Bitcoin this week as well.
And I bought more myself.
Why?
obviously this isn’t investment advice, consult an advisor, yadda yadda
1) I can’t get over the scarcity.
21 million of anything doesn’t seem like that much these days.
The Government routinely prints TRILLIONS out of thin air.
Presidential campaigns spend billions.
Companies raise billions literally over night from venture capital
The list goes on.
But there will ONLY EVER be 21 million BITCOIN.
That’s it.
And it’s crazier than that when you really think about it.
I always thought GOLD was the “gold standard”.
Super scarce.
Really hard to make.
Can’t find more.
Always going to be valuable.
Yeah right.
This was published literally a few days ago.
They LITERALLY JUST FOUND THE LARGEST SUPPLY OF GOLD IN THE WORLD.
Just found it.
Poof.
Out of thin air.
And now gold isn’t as valuable as it once was.
It’s like some guy just pulled more monopoly money out of the ground and added it to the game…
Did I mention this doesn’t happen with Bitcoin? :)
2) I can’t get over the DEMAND.
So, I may not be the smartest guy in the world but I understand this about making money.
Supply and demand.
In order to charge a high price….
You need a LIMITED supply + a LARGE DEMAND.
Think Louis Vuitton
Obviously, Bitcoin has the most limited supply of ANYTHING, so that’s great.
But when I start hearing about the demand it starts to get ridiculous.
First, it was Microstrategy (a BILLION dollar company TRADED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE).
Next, it was SQUARE (the $80 BILLION DOLLAR PAYMENT GIANT)
Next, it was this little company called PAYPAL….
Then it was this little company called FIDELITY…
Oh and this little bank you may have heard of… JP MORGAN CHASE….
3) Last reason. The smartest people in the WORLD are in.
At this point you really need to ask yourself serious questions.
A) Am I smarter than the CEO’s of Twitter, Square, Microstrategy, Paypal, JP Morgan Chase, Fidelity?
B) Am I smarter than the legion of QUANTS (basically statisticians on STEROIDS) who have analyzed bitcoin and found it to be one of the most remarkable assets ever created?
C) If I were to “go down the rabbit hole” and explore this more, would I find even more extremely smart people that I never knew existed? (I will answer this one for you, yes, you will. There are literal geniuses in this space).
For example, I’ll point you to this thread on twitter, it might be a little complicated for some but it’s a very smart guy breaking down Bitcoin step by step.
That’s all I’ve got for today folks.
I know, I’m the “Amazon Guy”.
And I do fully believe with all my heart that you NEED to start a BUSINESS to create REAL WEALTH before you can “Invest your way” to the freedom we all want…
But if you’ve already started an Amazon business or business of some other kind and reaped the rewards…
Bitcoin is an absolutely insane value proposition that I’ve personally never seen before and that, at this point, I feel irresponsible not telling you about.
Take it for what it’s worth.
Kale
p.s. if you aren’t subscribed come on :) Help a brother out and get this letter 5x a week. Putting my heart and soul in here, I hope you can tell :)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Not a subscriber to “The Kale Letter” yet?
I send this out 5x a week to thousands of investors and entrepreneurs, click the blue button if you’d like to be a part of the family.
If you hate it I’ll send your money back.
One thing that turned my life upside down was a simple quote from my man Tim Ferris.
“What would this look like if it were EASY?”
Now that is a crazy quote, because all throughout our lives we’ve been trained that the BEST things to do are typically the HARDEST…
“Marriage is the best but hardest thing you will do…”
“Having kids is the hardest but best thing ever..”
“if it was easy, everyone would do it…”
“If it seems too good to be true.. it probably is…”
I mean seriously, we’ve all heard those 4 above + 1,000 more throughout our lives, right???
That’s why Tim Ferris’ backwards logic is so legendary.
Because NO ONE ELSE IS DOING IT.
We assume that a solution to our problem SHOULD be difficult, so we don’t even LOOK for the easy (READ: Efficient) solution.
This can lead to some VERY bad uses of time.
Here’s some ones that I can laugh about now but were super stupid in my own life…
Basketball - My coach hated me, and said so to my face, yet I decided to try to “prove him wrong” in practice by playing well instead of just transferring straight away… (Result: Wasted 3 months of my life, lots of anger and frustration for no reason)
Marketing - Had put weeks of effort into a video sequence with some email follow ups to just get it “perfect”. Realized it wasn’t working. So instead of scrapping it, I put in ANOTHER 2 weeks. Still didn’t work.
Amazon - Bought 20k worth of wireless chargers. They weren’t selling. Decided to do a “Giveaway” to trick Amazon into ranking the products. The products ranked, but we gave away half our inventory, and then we lost the ranking… :)
MORALE OF THE STORY?
LOOK FOR THE EASY ROUTE.
Seriously stop and ask yourself that question every time you have to make a decision.
“What would this look like if it were EASY?”
Seriously think about it.
Go through EVERY option, as crazy as they may seem.
Forget about how much time you’ve already spent (see my letter on SUNK COSTS)
Forget about what he would say, or she would say…
Forget about what your past self would say..
And just take the most efficient, easiest path.
The ironic part is, that it’s EASIER SAID THAN DONE.
And EVERY SINGLE TIME I DO IT I STRUGGLE.
I ask myself, “Kale, are you just being lazy?”
The crazy part is that 99.9% of the time the answer is a resounding NO.
I’m not being lazy, I’m just being efficient.
I’m going to leave you with two quotes that I think accentuate this point.
If you enjoyed this letter, please SUBSCRIBE to it so I can send it to you more often and SHARE IT WITH 5,000 of your closest friends :)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
This letter is an almost UNIVERSAL HAPPINESS HACK… so I’m sending this to everyone for free.
If you aren’t subscribed to this letter yet, why not?
It’s $10 a month or $50 a year and I’ll send you one of these 5 days a week.
Also, check out the audio version at the top, working on my radio voice ;-)
Okay cool.
As my loyal subscribers know, I don’t write anything that I haven’t actually tested out or that I don’t have “skin in the game on”.
So here’s my travel point account balances…
As you can see, MILLIONS and MILLIONS of points on both Chase and American Express.
These points translate to literally hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of TRAVEL (some of the best experiences you can have in your life IMO).
My wife and I have used these to travel the World for free… it’s great.
Here’s a couple examples
CHARLESTON - this pink room in the hotel Bennet is probably her favorite room of all time, in any city, anywhere. This hotel was almost 1k per night but we stayed for free and flew there for free as well.
Playa Del Carmen - Mexico. Stayed for 7 days AND brought two of our closest friends with us. Literally spent ZERO DOLLARS (flights were free + all inclusive was covered on points).
Washington D.C. - Again, totally free, stayed at a hotel which was absolutely insane and I think 2k per night at the time of booking if we would have paid cash. Got to bring friends as well.
I could go on and on.
We literally have so many points travel has become this THING THAT WE DO, not a burden or a stressful expense.
It’s one of the things that brings me the most joy in life.
So how can YOU DO IT?
It’s honestly really easy.
Step 1 - start a business that you can scale using ADVERTISING.
The trick is that companies like American Express and Chase Pay BONUSES for spending money on online advertising (like Facebook and Google).
For instance, here’s the chase Ink, which is how I got those chase points…
Earning 5 points per dollar is like stealing.
American express has similar offers for their Gold and Platinum cards.
Every single dollar basically produces JOY points that you can use to travel the World with your loved ones.
Step 2: Did I mention making your business actually PROFITABLE so you can SCALE?
I’m not sure why I put this in steps haha it doesn’t need it.
The key is ignoring everyone’s “normal advice” (which is a big key to LIFE IN GENERAL by the way lol).
Everyone will tell you…
“oh yeah just spend a bunch of money on credit cards and you’ll rack up rewards!”
WRONG.
Spending more money just to earn points is DUMB DUMB DUMB.
You might as well just pay for the vacation.
It’s like going to Chuck E Cheese in order to buy Christmas presents by playing the games.
Not smart.
Chucky wins.
The way to “game the system” is to have a business that is already profitable.
Like…
Amazon FBA
An online course, or a letter like this one!
Anything else where you can turn $1 of adspend into AT LEAST $1 of profit (preferably $2-3)
Then, you just need to be able to SCALE it!
Go from spending $100 a day on ads, to $1,000!
$1,000 -> $10,000…
Etc.
In order to do that you have to have a great product that appeals to a broad market, so we usually recommend Amazon for most people.
But, regardless, this isn’t going to turn into a “how to start an Amazon Biz” letter.
I’m just throwing it out there to you that making money can be
FUN
REWARDING
EXCITING
and
FREE???
When I first started a biz, I didn’t realize that it would come with FREE TRAVEL PERKS!
That’s LITERALLY what I’m saying here is that you can POCKET all the CASH from your biz, and STILL travel the world for FREE!
When you start to think about that…
It makes it a LOT more fun to plan out and work on your business…
The rewards just got that much greater, literally.
Let me know if that makes sense in the comments, and SHARE THIS WITH SOMEONE PLEASE!!!!
LOVE YA!
Kale
p.s. oh yeah, if you aren’t subscribed yet WHAT THE HECK! SUBSCRIBE NOW! OR I’LL COME FIND YOU! :)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey subscribers!
Love you. Thanks for being here.
No, I don’t consider myself rich.
However, I’m MUCH richer than I was when I was working 9-5 and in a cubicle.
So I figured I’d answer this question for you from experience…
Do you actually get happier when you get rich?
Yes, and no.
Here’s the KEY.
You have to learn to ENJOY your new-found wealth AS you are GROWING IT.
You should probably stop and read that sentence again because it’s important.
I learned this pretty quickly, thankfully.
The first time I realized that I was on a hamster wheel to nowhere was when my wife and I got our first apartment.
We went from this… (we were so happy about this chair haha)
300 sq feet, could touch both walls without moving.
To this, where this was literally the nightly view out the window…
I went from driving this…
To driving this
And I quickly realized that I was doing the worst thing ever…
I was excited for MONTHS leading UP to the purchase of the apartment, car, etc. But once I GOT it, my mind IMMEDIATELY MOVED ON TO THE NEXT THING….
I guess that’s human nature, always “wanting what you can’t have…”
The problem with that is obvious though, you are never HAPPY WITH WHAT YOU HAVE!!!!
So how do you fix this??
Honestly, it’s really simple. Here’s the formula I use.
1) Practice gratitude.
You seriously need to practice being THANKFUL for the things you have. Every time you start to think about the next new toy or THING, stop and say a prayer of thanks for the THING you are currently using. It helps, trust me.
2) MAKE MEMORIES WITH YOUR THINGS WITH OTHER PEOPLE.
Memories are more valuable than gold.
They gain value over time.
Ever notice that a great memory lives on forever, and gets better with time?
It’s like a fine wine.
You reminice about it and it brings you joy each time you think about it.
Now, you can COMPOUND THIS by doing it with people you enjoy.
Now, you create a good memory….
And it pays you back EVERYTIME YOU SEE THOSE PEOPLE!
If you’ve ever laughed yourself to tears with friends remembering “that one time” you know what I’m talking about here…
Now, all you have to do is take that effect, and use it with the new stuff you acquired.
Launch your friends repeatedly in your Tesla (it’s really fun and really fast)
Have people over to experience the view and fireworks WITH YOU
Use your money to travel with your best friends and family
Once I started doing those 2 things above, I was instantly happier, and my money actually started having a direct effect on my happiness.
Overall, it can be summarized pretty simply.
If you aren’t happy now, you won’t be happy with more “stuff”.
However, if you can find a way to be ridiculously happy with what you have now…
Adding more money to that equation is like “pouring gas on a fire”…
It will make every experience that much more memorable and shareable, because you won’t have the stress of money associated with it.
Anyway, I hope this helped you.
If it did, be sure to subscribe to get this letter 5x per week and share this with 5 friends who you think it would help.
Love always.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey you beautiful reader/listener YOU!
Ever feel like you’re spinning in circles?
What does all of this crap mean?
Where am I going with my life?
It could even be smaller than that….
What am I doing TODAY and WHY?
Is it setting me up for where I want to be in the future?
Here’s two key points you can take to the bank.
1) LONG term planning is overrated.
2) Directional planning is underrated.
Let’s break it down quickly, I know you are busy.
1) LONG term planning is overrated.
There’s a really cool book.
It’s called “Super-forecasters”.
Basically this guy studies PREDICTION, how can some people predict events into the future better than others?
He literally is the best in the World at this field.
His one takeaway that shocked me though?
Trying to predict ANYTHING out further than 6 to 12 months is basically a fools errand.
(and yes I’m talking about things that are actually VALUABLE to predict, not like “how many hours is it until next Christmas” stuff that has a constant value)
“But Kale, if that’s true, isn’t my life just completely random?”
Of course not.
2) Directional planning is underrated.
While I may not be able to predict things exactly as they will play out, I CAN point myself in the right direction.
Here’s two concrete examples from my own life.
A) Sitting as a broke business consultant at Duquesne.
Needing to start a business, but what business to start to escape “Cubicle Hell”?
Could I EVER have anticipated that starting an Amazon business would lead to
Becoming business partners and best friends with a random dude from church?
Starting multiple 7 figure businesses related to Amazon and helping 10,000+ people globally?
5,000 other specific events that got me to where I am today?
OF COURSE NOT.
BUT, this is the KEY POINT.
I was headed in the RIGHT DIRECTION.
Remember, I could have started ANY type of business.
Affiliate marketing, Facebook ads agency, becoming a YouTube star, digging ditches and cleaning out toilets, etc…
BUT I chose AMAZON, because of a few characteristics that were undeniable to me.
EVERYONE SHOPS ONLINE
AMAZON IS AT LEAST 100x FASTER AND MORE CONVENIENT THAN THE CLOSEST COMPETITOR
BEZOS IS A MONSTER WHO DOESN’T CARE AND WILL STOP AT NOTHING TO CRUSH EVERYONE IN HIS PATH
Those 3 things alone? Got me pointed in the right direction and the rest is history.
Another quick example real quick.
B) Investing and Buying Bitcoin
When it comes to investing, it matters MUCH LESS what individual things you are invested IN as opposed to what CATEGORIES you are invested in.
For instance, here are some CATEGORIES of investments.
Real estate
Bonds
Stocks
Inflation Hedge Assets
Choosing the right CATEGORY of those 4 above will have a MUCH BIGGER impact on your future wealth than if you chose the RIGHT HOUSE, or the RIGHT BOND, or the RIGHT STOCK.
See what I’m saying?
So for me, choosing to invest in Inflation Hedge Assets like Gold and Bitcoin is a No-Brainer for the 2020’s because of a few more UNDENIABLE FACTS.
GOVERNMENTS ARE IN DEBT UP TO THEIR EYEBALLS
THEIR ONLY CHOICE IS TO PRINT MONEY TO PRINT THEIR WAY OUT OF IT
BITCOIN AND GOLD WILL CRUSH EVERYTHING ELSE BECAUSE YOU CAN’T PRINT MORE OF THEM
This concept can be applied to pretty much any area of your life…
Is it better to try to
A) Long term plan out your love life?
Who exactly you will marry
Where you will get married
What your kids names will be
How much you should save for college
or
B) DIRECTIONALLY plan out your love life?
Surround yourself with people who you admire and build you up
Go to events with people who would potentially form attractive partners
Become the best person you can be so that you have the potential to attract a better partner…
I think you get the point so I’ll stop writing.
STOP TRYING TO PLAN EVERYTHING OUT SO PRECISELY. JUST THINK CLEARLY ABOUT THE NO-BRAINER CONCEPTS, AND POINT YOURSELF IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION TO BE SUCCESSFUL AND ADAPT ALONG THE WAY.
It’s what I’ve done, and it’s what every successful person in history has done.
Anyone who tells you they had it “all planned out step by step” beforehand, is lying to you.
Kale
p.s. if you enjoyed this please share it and subscribe so I can send it to you 5x per week :)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Just so you know, this article is NOT about what you think it is.
—> Last chance to subscribe before I start sending this out to SUBSCRIBERS ONLY 5x WEEK.
———-> The free letter will still go out 1x a week no worries.
You thought this article was about “getting to know the right people” didn’t you?
About building up your “Linked In connections”, or something crappy like that…. :)
Nope.
It’s about this graph.
“But Kale, graphs are BORING”.
No, they aren’t.
This one is pretty life changing.
Here’s what it means.
If you had invested in Apple, Amazon, Facebook, or Google, back in 2012, you would be rich.
I can hear it now…
DUH!!!!
But wait a second, that’s just your hindsight bias talking.
Ever heard the saying, everything in hindsight is 20/20?
Yeah, I’m willing to bet many of you DIDN’T invest in those 4 companies back in 2012 (I didn’t either).
And why was that??
Because most people didn’t (and still don’t) understand the POWER of a NETWORK EFFECT BUSINESS.
What’s a network effect?
The best example is a phone.
If only 1 person had a phone it would be useless, right? No one to call.
If 2 people get a phone the phone’s network becomes twice as valuable.
And so on.
Same thing happened with Facebook.
There’s nothing proprietary about Facebook.
I could start the “Kalebook” right now if I wanted to.
But GOOD LUCK getting 2 BILLION MONTLY USERS to switch over to the “Kalebook”.
The network effect is simply too powerful.
Does that make sense?
The crazy thing about that graph above is that they all played out the same way.
Apple = The Mobile Network
Google = The Search Network
Facebook = The Social Network
Amazon = The Shopping Network
Back in 2012, they all had similar Market Caps (meaning they all had similar overall company values).
And today, they are unquestionably 4 of the most powerful, influential, and MASSIVE companies on the planet.
Good luck starting the next Apple, Google, Facebook, or Amazon.
It’s nearly impossible, because their NETWORK EFFECTS are almost insurmountable.
So, normal people like me and you have only one choice.
GET AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE NETWORK.
As a user of any of those platforms? You are just the PRODUCT.
Shop on Amazon? Use google? Scroll on Facebook? Using an Iphone?
Yep, we all do.
But in order to MAKE MONEY from those networks, you have to get CLOSER to them on the SUPPLY SIDE.
Sell a product on Amazon
Rank your website up higher on Google.
Run Facebook Advertising.
Create an App.
The closer to the source, IE, the more INFLUENTIAL you are on each platform, the richer you will be.
“but Kale, why can’t I just buy stocks of those 4 companies and I’ll get RICH??”
Sorry bud, it’s TOO LATE.
The cat is out of the bag.
Everyone KNOWS these 4 companies have won.
That’s already priced in.
I personally don’t want to bet on these companies becoming 10x larger. Sure, it could happen, but is it as likely as it was back in 2012? Nah.
But what if I told you there was another network that is exactly like FB, AMZ, GOOG, and AAPL, but NOW.
It’s called, (drum roll please) BITCOIN. (I told you the title didn’t give away this article!)
Bitcoin is “only” a 200 Billion Dollar Market Cap right now…
But it shares all of the similarities to those 4 I listed above (plus improves on many of them).
A DOMINANT market position
A network of crazed loyalists who won’t shut up about the “brand”
Technology that is at least 10x better than the thing it replaces
note Bitcoin is considered a “digital gold” - it is likely more than 100x better than Gold in a vast number of ways, but that’s another article.
A massive untapped market that can be quickly and frictionlessly on boarded
The list goes on.
I don’t need to laud Bitcoin any more in this article but I’ll leave you with food for thought.
1) How CLOSE are you to the “Sun”? (big network effect companies like AMZ & AAPL). Can you get CLOSER and thus PROFIT?
2) What if there are other assets that have the same properties as the biggest companies in the World, but that aren’t as well known yet? Would you benefit from owning them before everyone else catches on?
Kale
p.s. I just want to give one more MASSIVE THANK YOU to anyone who has read or listened to “The Kale Letter” so far…
True to my word, I’m cutting off all these free letters.
If you are subscribed, you will still get it 5x a week starting Monday.
If not, I’ll send the free one sometime during the week.
Appreciate you, seriously.
You can subscribe below if you are interested!
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
2 more free “Kale Letters” and I’m sending to subscribers only 5x per week!
Hey everyone, short letter today, quick life hack that can really help you.
I stole this from the book "Atomic Habits” - definitely worth checking out.
Also, I’ve tested this in my own life, so I can 100% attest to it working.
Okay, so you want to start a new habit? Great!
Easier said than done right?
We’ve all put off going to the gym one too many times..
Or eaten that ice cream that we’re not supposed to :)
Stop thinking about all the times you’ve failed, and right now…
Think of all the habits you ALREADY HAVE!
I mean, the ones that are SET IN STONE.
For example:
Every day before you get out of bed you check twitter, email, facebook, in that order, and then get up.
Every day before you go to bed you brush your teeth, take out your contacts
Every day around lunch time you do x…
You get the idea.
NOW, here’s the SECRET, the big HACK.
Just stack your NEW habit ON TOP of the one you ALREADY HAVE.
“huh? Stack?”
Yes, just use that old habit as a TRIGGER for the new habit.
For instance, let’s say you eat lunch at the same time every day, but you really want to workout every day as well.
(Hint, this was me)
So, I sat there and just rehearsed it in my mind. The actual STEPS that would transition me from my OLD HABIT to my NEW HABIT.
I pictured myself walking down the stairs at noon…
Walking over to the fridge…
Just about to open it…
And BOOM, now, instead of opening it and continuing to eat lunch, I instead pull out my phone, throw on a workout video on youtube, and just start working out, right there and then in my living room.
It really is as easy as that.
Try it with something that is a SOLID HABIT, and make sure you have EASY, LOW RESISTANCE TRIGGER POINTS.
GOOD =
You watch TV every night. Every time there is a commercial you get up and do 10 pushups.
BAD =
You watch TV every night. You refuse to watch TV all together and run 6 miles instead.
GOOD =
Your wife/husband cooks you dinner frequently. As soon as they place the plate in front of you you LAVISH praise on them like a crazy person.
BAD =
Your wife/husband cooks you dinner frequently. You decide that you should cook instead to be a servant. You try it once and fail miserably and go back to your old habit.
Get it? It’s just little tweaks like this, where you use memory to your ADVANTAGE.
Use the habits you ALREADY HAVE to STRENGTHEN the new habits you WANT TO BUILD.
Just be careful, this works REALLY WELL, so don’t start any habits you don’t want :)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
BOOM, another FREE ONE.
Cutting it off this week though, seriously, so if you want to get this letter 5x a week please make sure you subscribe below (it’s dirt cheap).
Hey all,
Short letter today, I’ll get right to the point.
The things that cause you the most discomfort?
They are probably the things that can end up being the most profitable.
Now, it’s really important to dig into this a little more.
Because this could be taken the wrong way for sure.
Digging a ditch = uncomfortable + won’t make you rich
Cleaning up people’s puke = uncomfortable + won’t make you rich
You get the idea.
I’m talking about the kind of uncomfortable that SPECIFICALLY applies to HIGH INCOME EARNING ACTIVITIES.
For instance, ever wonder why famous people on YouTube or Instagram are RICH?
It’s not because they are super hot or super cool or super whatever (though those things help).
The reason that they are RICH is because of supply and demand.
Get this now.
Absorb it.
Internalize it.
Getting in front of a camera and making content day in and day out is UNCOMFORTABLE.
(I know this from experience)
BUT, the WHOLE WORLD wants to watch CONTENT.
So, you have this extreme gap between SUPPLY and DEMAND.
And ANYWHERE there is a GAP is where (by inserting yourself) you can MAKE MONEY.
The people that get rich on instagram and facebook and youtube get there because there is insane demand, and not enough people willing to put up with the uncomfortable nature of always being ON for the camera….
That’s just one example.
The same goes for AMAZON.
What does everyone want to do right now?
THEY WANT TO SHOP ON AMAZON.
(of course they don’t want to leave their comfy house and their comfy sweatpants and put on a mask and follow all these rules when they can just order it online)
SOOOO….
There is an insane DEMAND for every product on AMAZON.
THUS, those people that can put up with the UNCOMFORTABLE ACTIVITY CALLED
YOU GUESSED IT, AMAZON FBA (selling on Amazon).
MAKE MONEY.
A lot of money.
BUT IT IS NOT COMFORTABLE.
It’s not comfortable to have your mom tell you you’re crazy and that you should “get a real job” - this actually happened to me.
It’s not comfortable to stay up till 2am for 3 weeks in a row negotiating with Chinese suppliers because that’s when they are awake.
It’s not comfortable putting your first product inventory payment on CREDIT CARDS because you can barely afford ramen noodles much less 2,000 cornhole lights (my actual first product and what actually happened to me)
YOU GET IT RIGHT?
As long as the activity you are doing has a huge SUPPLY and DEMAND gap….
THE LESS COMFORTABLE THE ACTIVITY IS?
THE MORE MONEY YOU CAN MAKE.
WHY? Because the more uncomfortable it is, the LESS COMPETITION YOU WILL HAVE, because everyone else will quit.
That’s all I’ve got for today, I think it’s a pretty simple lesson.
Forward this to 10 people you think it would help, and let me know in the comments if it helped you.
Thanks for reading and listening, I seriously really appreciate it.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Alright I need to put a cut off on this lol…
You’ve got THIS WEEK to subscribe to “The Kale Letter” in order to get it 5x per week.
After that I’m only sending it once haha
This topic is for EVERYONE reading this, yes, everyone.
It’s one of the biggest mistakes I see people make.
And it causes some of the most unhappiness as well.
It’s called the concept of SUNK COSTS.
According to an article in Time Magazine,
“The sunk cost effect is the general tendency for people to continue an endeavor, or continue consuming or pursuing an option, if they’ve invested time or money or some resource in it,”
The classic example of this??
Yep, you guessed it.
That girlfriend or boyfriend that you JUST CAN’T SEEM to get around to dumping… :)
Whether you’re married now (like me) or not, we’ve all been there most likely, haha!
YOU INVEST SO MUCH TIME, EFFORT, EMOTION, & MONEY into SOMETHING or SOMEONE that it is SO MUCH EASIER to just KEEP GOING rather than FACE THE PAIN of realizing that you WASTED THAT MUCH TIME AND RESOURCE!!
I personally think, at least for me, that that sentence above says it all.
It’s not that I don’t know the right thing to do.
I KNOW I should abandon that marketing campaign, it’s not profitable
I KNOW I should fire that employee, they aren’t working hard…
I KNOW I should switch from comcast to Verizon, their service is terrible
However, I spent WEEKS working on that marketing campaign!
I spent DAYS on MEETINGS with that employee!
And calling comcast customer support is worse than getting a tooth removed!
LOL.
We’ve all been there, am I right?
Here’s the thing though, you’ve GOT to RIP THE BANDAID OFF.
By far some of the biggest, most important, most PIVOTAL decisions in my life were when I realized that yes, that time has been wasted…
But more importantly, it was CRIMINAL of me to WASTE ANY MORE TIME!!!
That’s what you really have to focus on here.
Not the past, where the time, money, emotions, and feelings can never be recovered.
But on the FUTURE time that you will CONTINUE to waste if you don’t CHANGE!
REAL QUICK: - one quick personal example so that you can get on with your day and start thinking about the areas in your life that need to be aggressively pruned to avoid this extremely common cause of unhappiness in your life.
23 Years of BASKETBALL completely ABANDONED.
Many of you know this, but I played Division 1 Basketball.
I played at Northwestern University in Chicago, Drake University in Iowa, and Duquesne University here in Pittsburgh.
Here’s a picture of me at NU, share this letter with someone if you dig the shaggy hair ;-)
When I was in fifth grade, I told my dad I wanted to “Play at Duke” and “Play in the NBA”.
My dad, a collegiate basketball coach at the time sat me down and said…
“Kale, if you want that, you need to work for it. You need to practice, every day.”
So I did.
From fifth grade up until I took my last shot in a college game at Duquesne in 2016.
I worked out.
EVERY DAY.
literally.
Obsession level = Dragged my dad to the gym at 11pm on a Saturday night to rebound.
Endless summers traveling the World playing AAU basketball.
Then the 24/7 obsession of elite D1 ball.
Talk about SUNK COSTS!
THOUSANDS of HOURS.
Blood, sweat, and literal tears.
And then, one day, the ball stopped bouncing.
I had a choice to make.
A) Pursue a professional career overseas (100% doable & probably the natural route to go in order to not waste my entire life’s work)
B) Quit, get a day job, and stay in Pittsburgh.
Here’s the point. I’m not special. But this is the point that you can take to the BANK.
—->>> Ignoring YEARS of sunk costs and STAYING IN PITTSBURGH was THE SINGLE BEST DECISION I’ve EVER MADE IN MY LIFE.
I started multiple businesses worth tens of millions of dollars.
I met the love of my life and best friend and married her
I became ridiculously involved with the best church on the planet
Those 3 things above?
Game changer.
Game over.
I would not be anywhere close to as wealthy, happy, or fulfilled if I didn’t have those 3 things.
And the crazy part is, EVERYTHING INSIDE OF ME told me NOT TO DO IT.
Your literal BODY will scream NO!
Your stomach will hurt.
You’ll get headaches.
You’ll wake up with crazy dreams.
It will HURT for a while.
Sunk costs are no joke.
They have memories, emotions, and PAIN associated with them.
Ripping them off is like ripping off a giant bandaid from the biggest, most infected wound you could ever imagine.
But oh, the peace and satisfaction when you’ve done it.
I would encourage each of you reading this to do a couple practical things.
Ask yourself
A) What in my life am I holding on to simply because I put a lot of effort or time into it?
B) What in my life am I holding on to simply because I put a lot of MONEY into it?
Really think about this. These things might be so in-grained into your psychology that you don’t even notice it.
They might be the MOST IMPORTANT THING ABOUT YOU (you think).
That’s okay.
Did I ever think I’d be an entrepreneur writing you this letter from my rooftop deck in Pittsburgh?
HELL NO.
I thought I would be playing basketball my whole life.
Life is crazy, and today might be the day you really start to live it.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
BANG another FREE Kale Letter today because it’s Monday and why not.
Sign up for the $10 version and I’ll send you one of these every single day.
Have you done it yet? Why not?? Just click the big blue button.
Okay today I’m going to keep super short.
Which is insane, because the topic I’m writing about is SUPER COMPLICATED.
Thankfully for YOU, I’ve been researching this for the entire crazy year of 2020…
And I think I have enough clarity to dumb it down for normal people like me and you.
If you want the FULL, DETAILED presentation, I would recommend these resources.
1) This YT video ->
2) This Podcast -> https://www.whatbitcoindid.com/podcast/why-a-currency-devaluation-is-likely-with-lyn-alden
Okay but for those of you with limited time let’s GO.
Basically, no matter who you are voting for on November 3rd, governments around the WORLD have been backed into a corner.
Here’s the punchline right at the beginning then I’ll explain.
They now have ONLY 3 options (seriously).
1) Stop spending money in a DRASTIC way and start paying back debt.
This means the stock market will crash uncontrollably
Everyone will freak out and start hoarding money instead of spending it
We will enter into a depression probably equal to the great depression
2) Cut government programs for hundreds of millions of people
Think “Medicare” & “Medicaid”
Basically, the “Safety Net” that you’ve always thought was there for you when you retire? That you’ve been paying taxes for your whole life? Disappears. Poof.
3) The governments print more money like crazy in order to pay back all of the debt.
The purchasing power of the currencies will drop like crazy
But hopefully it won’t start an instant depression or revolution.
Obviously, you don’t have to be a genius to understand which one the governments are going to chose….
No politician, at least the ones that I’m looking at on my TV every day is going to
1) Tell retirees that they are completely screwed. Not going to happen folks.
2) Purposefully start an economic depression worse than the great depression.
They simply aren’t going to do that. The easiest way out is to just STEAL from you, from me, from the World, by systematically printing more money.
You can watch that video I posted above to learn all about the LONG TERM DEBT CYCLE.
That is what is causing this.
It’s not Bill Clinton’s fault.
Or Obama’s Fault.
Or even Trump’s fault.
No, this is 80+ YEARS.
Everyone you’ve ever known.
It’s “Always been this way”.
It all comes down to one simple concept.
WE (COLLECTIVELY) SPEND MORE MONEY THAN WE MAKE.
That’s it.
You can get into the weeds with how…
Interest rates rise so the fed increases liquidity by injecting dollars into the market which pushes interest rates down but eventually they hit a zero bound and there’s nowhere to go so they have to do FISCAL not MONETARY stimulus to get money in the REAL ECONOMY so REAL people will spend it…
^^^ that’s all true but it’s not that important to know if you just trust me on this lol…
By overspending and overusing CREDIT over the past 80+ years.
We have backed ourselves into a corner where we all know logically that these debts cannot be paid under the “normal system”.
No matter how much you tax your people, you can’t pay it back.
Just search US DEBT CLOCK in Google, if you don’t believe me.
—————
So that’s that.
There’s no reason to stress about it or worry about it.
But it is pretty interesting because it’s one of those unique times in history where you know EXACTLY what is going to happen with something that can make you VERY wealthy…
The governments have to print more money. They have no choice.
SO, things that are valued in that money, that have SCARCITY to them, will naturally go up in price.
It’s like, if you were standing in a room with the mona lisa for sale.
You owned it.
and you were auctioning it off.
Someone shouts, “10 million!”
“20 million!”
and then, all the sudden, this dude rolls a printing press in the room, and starts printing money.
He hands everyone at the auction another 10 million dollars.
The bidding goes INSANE!
“50 Million!”
People are sharing their fake money between them to try to raise the bid up…
“100 million!”
You get the idea.
So if you own things that can’t be PRINTED over the next 10 years, you will do really well.
Here’s what I personally own (you can make your own decisions!)
1) My Business
Good luck printing this! It’s 1 of 1 baby! 100% unique. And if it’s valuable someone will buy it with all of those printed dollars they are making :)
-
I have 100% control over it.
-
it’s the most profitable thing you can do in this life (besides be a celebrity or athlete or something lol)
2) Bitcoin
Go read my last “Kale Letter” I outline in detail why I invest in Bitcoin (in plain English)
Cliff notes? -> THEY CAN’T PRINT ANY MORE OF THIS IT’S THE SCARCEST ASSET EVER CREATED.
3) Gold
Same reasons as Bitcoin just a pretty outdated technology so I’m not that excited about it currently.
Definitely way better than stocks trading at insane multiples that make no sense.
Definitely WAY better than keeping your money in Bank of America.
Hope this helped you.
Let me know in the comments.
Subscribe to get one of these 5x a week (it’s cheap as dirt).
Share this with someone who would benefit from it.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Another FREE Kale Letter today! Eventually I swear I’m going to cut this off and only send 1 a week to non-paying subscribers, so make sure you subscribe so you don’t get cut off!
For those of you that don’t know me, I’m probably the most BLUNT human on the planet.
If I was a tool, I’d be a sledgehammer. I don’t like to mess around with all the “political correctness” and all that crap.
So, you can probably read much more DETAILED and NUANCED and TECHNOLOGICAL arguments for Bitcoin in other places, just follow who I follow on TWITTER -> https://twitter.com/kale_abe
However, this argument will be DUMB SIMPLE. And articulate clearly the reasons I PERSONALLY put my money where my mouth is, and invest.
Reason #1: SUPPLY
There are only 21 million bitcoin.
And there can only ever be 21 million bitcoin.
And a bunch of these have been LOST FOREVER, so there’s actually much less.
Contrast this with basically anything else on the planet.
The US Dollar (the government prints more out of thin air all the time)
Oil (this year when people stopped driving, the oil companies were trying to PAY PEOPLE to TAKE the oil because they had so much. They can produce as much as they want based on the price)
Silver (silver production goes UP when the price goes up and DOWN when the price goes down)
It goes on and on.
Things that are SCARCE have value.
Think “Picasso” “Mona Lisa” “Malibu Real Estate” “Super Rare Baseball Cards” “Buggatti Veyron” and you will get the idea.
Bitcoin is the scarcest asset ever created because it is programmed into the CODE to be SCARCE.
But none of that matters if there isn’t…….
Reason #2: DEMAND
The Kale Letter is scarce. I’m the only one who wrights it. There’s literally only one. So if scarce things are valuable, it should be worth BILLIONS right?
WRONG.
It’s only valuable if people WANT IT.
And oh my goodness do people want Bitcoin….
I could write about the whole cycle of people that have bought bitcoin over the years but you don’t care.
Let’s just say this.
Bitcoin has gone from
Super Nerds -> Nerds -> Early Adopters -> Mass adoption -> Unstoppable force adopted by the biggest companies in the World.
In 9 years….
Literally YESTERDAY.
Yes, yesterday.
The CEO of Square ($80 Billion dollar company) AND Twitter (same guy) just announced that Square is investing its money in Bitcoin.
A few weeks ago, another publicly traded company, Micro-strategy, invested $425 MILLION dollars into Bitcoin.
Here’s the crazy thing guys.
THIS IS JUST THE BEGINNING.
Every company will eventually do this for 3 reasons.
1) There is nowhere else to invest cash. (Bonds Yield LESS than ZERO right now)
2) Game theory. (Quick explanation, once a couple companies do it, the others are MASSIVELY incentivized to follow in order to stay competitive)
3) There is almost unlimited cash sitting around ($4 TRILLION in US COMPANIES ALONE). The CEO’s literally have nowhere to put the cash. So might as well put it in the best performing asset to ever exist.
Reason #3: DIGITAL GOLD
Bitcoin is better at being Gold than Gold is.
Bitcoin is more scarce.
It’s MUCH MUCH MUCH harder to steal and hack. (it’s the most secure computer network in the world)
It’s MUCH easier to transport (instantly across borders).
PLUS you can verify that it’s real and that people have it INSTANTLY (try doing that with Gold).
WE ALL KNOW THE WORLD ECONOMY IS A MESS RIGHT NOW.
I mean look around.
The stock market is UP but every business we can see with our eyes (other than online ones) are STRUGGLING with continued lockdowns.
Something is wrong.
In crazy times, EVERYONE HAS ALWAYS run to GOLD.
It’s a HEDGE against the craziness and GREED that ALWAYS plagues society.
But now, this THING (Bitcoin) has come along that is better at being gold, than GOLD is.
Gold has a 10 Trillion Dollar Market Cap right now.
Bitcoin is only 200 Billion.
What happens when Bitcoin catches up?
You can do the math. (Hint: the price goes up an insane amount).
Those are the big 3 above, I’ll go quicker for the rest because I know you’re getting bored.
Reason #4: More secure than a bank vault under the ocean.
You might just have to take my word for it on this one, because it gets kind of complicated. But it’s safe to say that Bitcoin is secured by the most powerful computer network on the planet.
Reason #4: Decentralized
No one owns bitcoin. It can run on any computer worldwide. Thus, no one can shut it down, or otherwise control it. Seriously, something like this has never existed before.
Reason #5: NETWORK EFFECTS
Michael Saylor (that badass dude who invested 450M of his company’s money in Bitcoin) said this that has stuck with me.
Not an exact quote but -> “Any time a network effect biz (think facebook, google, amazon, etc) has reached a market cap of 200B (like bitcoin has) it has become LITERALLY unstoppable.”
THIS IS SO TRUE.
Imagine just for a second, how hard it would be to create a better facebook and beat them at their own game…
It’s impossible.
Why?
BECAUSE THEY HAVE 4 BILLION USERS.
Their product is YOU.
and getting 4 BILLION people to change their habits is basically impossible.
What Michael and I are saying is that once you have a network effect that is strong enough, like Bitcoin does, then it’s GAME OVER.
Good luck catching up.
Reason #6: Stock to Flow
This is WAY too nerdy for an article like this but just google “Plan B Bitcoin” if you want to go down the rabbit hole. Basically there is a statistical (and HIGHLY vetted) argument that Bitcoin will 10x (at least) in price over the next 12 months.
Reason #7: The objections suck
“The government will shut it down”
They can’t. They literally can’t. Have our governments ever all worked together before? No. They would ALL have to ban it simultaneously or else it will live on and grow stronger and incentive the non banned countries to buy more…
What happened when they tried to ban alcohol? (the price went up & so did demand)
What happened when they tried to ban gold? (the price went up and so did demand)
“You can just make your own coin”
Please see reason #5. I can make my own facebook as well. Doesn’t mean I’ll be worth Billions.
“Ethereum is better”
The market has spoken my friend, no it’s not. Plus, it isn’t scarce and has a weird founder who kind of looks like Voldemort. I’ll pass.
“It’s based on thin air, it has no intrinsic value”
Neither does the dollar bill in your pocket. What makes something valuable is if people BELIEVE it’s valuable and has good “money characteristics”. Bitcoin has the best money characteristics of all time and people already believe its valuable and are investing like crazy.
“It’s used for drug deals”
Actually, one of my best friends is in the DEA. You know what’s used for drug deals? $100 Bills. Every type of money will be used for bad things, you can’t stop that and it won’t affect it going up. That stigma is dead now that companies like square have invested.
Comment another objection below I’d love to destroy it.
Reason #8: Money Printer Go BRR
I’ve already talked about this one extensively so no need to harp. But governments are going to devalue your currency. They have no choice. I could talk about this for hours but I’d encourage you to read “The Price of Tomorrow” by Jeff Booth, if you don’t believe me.
Guess what they can’t devalue by printing more of it? Bitcoin.
Just think of every time you hear the word “stimulus” as a que to buy more bitcoin. That’s what I do.
Reason #9: The Future is Here, and it’s Online.
Anyone who tells you that future currencies won’t be digital is kind of like the people in the 90’s who said people would never shop online.
They are just simply wrong.
Most money is already 1s and 0s in your bank account.
Just data.
And that’s obviously where it’s all headed.
Bitcoin is the scarcest and the most secure version of that new “future money” and it has a 9 year head start. Not difficult to see who will win here.
Reason #10: There is risk, but it’s a once in a lifetime opportunity.
I texted this to my dad last night.
I really tried to think though the probabilities, or at least how I see it, for investing in the 2020s…
So there you have it.
Nothing is guaranteed. But that’s just a FEW of the reasons I invest in Bitcoin (literally just off the top of my head).
Any of those “reasons” I put above, could be a 200 page BOOK with how IN DEPTH you can go to verify what I am saying.
OHMIGOSH SEE I FORGOT THE MOST IMPORTANT ONE
REASON #10: The HALVINGS
Every 4 years. The new supply of Bitcoin gets CUT IN HALF.
Before May of this year, there were 1800 Bitcoin created every day.
“But Kale I thought you said the supply was fixed?”
It is, at 21 million.
New Bitcoin will be mined (slower and slower) until we reach that 21 Million cap.
So in May, we had a halving, and now there are only 900 new coins created per day…
In May of 2024, there will only be 450…
May 2028, 225…
And so on.
Pretty soon there will literally be ZERO new bitcoin.
So I guess I’ll just leave you with the one question that made ME research bitcoin and eventually invest…
If I told you, right now, that FOR SURE, half the gold mines were going to shut down on a set date. Would you buy Gold?
(of course you would)
Have a great day. Share this if it helped you. Subscribe so you don’t miss my next letters.
Go read the other letters so you can see the quality of this letter.
Love ya.
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Another freebie here guys! Trying to get to a certain level of subscribers and then I’m just going to send 5x a week to subscribers and 1x a week to non subscribers!
If you’re enjoying this go ahead and subscribe, appreciate you!
Everyone always says “Time is Money”
I guess that makes sense if you are thinking like the 99%.
If you are thinking like the 1%, that sentence typically get’s FLIPPED to..
“Money is Time”
That is a huge distinction right there.
Our entire lives we’ve been trained to trade some measure of our time for money.
Doctors and brain surgeons can get away with charging $500-$1,000 an hour for that time.
Basically everyone else?
$10, $50, $100, those are the hourly wages that are more common.
If you are reading “The Kale Letter” though, you need to start to have a different perspective.
Time doesn’t buy you money, money buys you the TIME to do the things you actually love.
Don’t want to waste your time, so here’s a real-world “back of the napkin” example. I’d encourage you to do this calculation when you’re done reading.
I’ll use an Amazon Business as the calculation, because that’s what I know best.
Key Points:
Amazon Businesses are great at generating FREE CASH FLOW (after you’ve scaled to a certain point). That means that money is coming into your bank account, profitably, every single month.
Amazon Businesses are notoriously PASSIVE, which makes them great businesses to one day SELL.
When selling an Amazon Business, it is common to get a 2x-5x MULTIPLIER on EBITA (earnings). That means that if you made 100k profit in a year, you could expect to sell the business for 200k-500k.
How to do the calculation that will change your life.
1) How much money do you spend per month?
Let’s say you’re spending 3k right now, living fairly modestly.
2) How much do you WANT to spend per month (having the things that TRULY make you happy and not stupid stuff like lamborghinis)
I’d say 7k-10k will allow you to do pretty much whatever you want, travel wherever you want, if you are smart about it. Let’s go with 10k to be conservative.
3) Starting the business. Must assume that it will take 1-2 years to achieve the level of scale that you want. This is important, this will require sacrifice and WORK on your part. Are you ready to put that in? Okay great.
4) Necessary scale to achieve time freedom.
Good Amazon businesses net anywhere from 20-30% profit after all expenses.
You need to make 10k/month in order to be entirely free.
Therefore, your business needs to generate about 50k/mth in REVENUE to meet that need
This is not impossible at all, many of our students do it with ONE product.
Here’s a couple examples
5) Great, so your current business is generating enough for you to have insane time freedom, HOWEVER, you still have a BUSINESS to run.
The good news is this
Amazon businesses are crazy passive. Once at scale, you can spend 1-10 hours a week managing it, seriously.
You can then start to think about SELLING it and living off that income forever.
6) The SELLING calculation
Let’s say you want to keep spending 10k/month forever.
But you don’t want to have to run the business anymore…
This can be kind of a complicated calculation based on your goals and needs.
But for ME…
It’s pretty simple.
I just need enough to spend 10k a month every month until I die.
“But what about the kids!!!???” I can hear you now.
Here’s the thing, spending DECREASES in life once you’re old.
You run out of energy.
I’m betting on the fact that I’ll have great health insurance and that I’ll spend less and less as I age, still leaving plenty for the kids.
SOOOOOO…. Here goes.
I’m 27. I did a life expectancy calculator on google (haha)
It literally says I’m going to live to 100! Wow.
(you should do yours it’s helpful).
So I’ve got 73 years left.
If I were to spend 10k/month for 73 years that’s 12x10x73 = $8,760,000 not too shabby!
Here’s the good news though.
It’s not like I’m going to just have that money sitting there collecting dust.
If you know ANYTHING about investing you can expect to get at least 4% back on your money month over month. Which changes the game when compounded over time.
For instance, if I actually had $8,760,000 in the bank.
That would throw off $29,200 PER MONTH in INCOME WITHOUT EVEN TOUCHING THE INITIAL NUMBER.
I hope you’re reading that right now.
Because that’s insane.
That means you could spend almost 30k EVERY MONTH FOREVER. AND STILL GIVE YOUR KIDS ALMOST 9 MILLION DOLLARS.
Ridiculous.
So if you only need 10k per month, how much do you actually need?
Well…
($3,000,000 X .04)/12 = $10,000.
SO YOU ONLY NEED $3,000,000 IN THE BANK TO PAY YOURSELF 10K A MONTH FOREVER AND NEVER TOUCH THE $3,000,000….
All you would have to do is grow your Amazon business to 83k/month in profit and sell it.
Not impossible, at all.
BUT, it gets even better.
Like I said, you won’t actually spend 10k a month forever, when you get old, you really won’t.
So, you can cut into that $3,000,000.
That $3,000,000/10,000 = 25 YEARS
and yes yes I know there is some overlap with the interest and drawing on the principle.
But basically what I’m saying is that you DON’T NEED as much money as you think.
Getting 1M-1.5M should set your time free, FOREVER, if you do it right.
I’m not a mathematician, so don’t comment all my math mistakes.
But what I do know, from experience, is that starting your own business and knowing your numbers is the ONLY way to set yourself FREE, time wise.
You can quite literally get out your cell phone calculator, take 10 minutes, and calculate, with about 95% accuracy, what you need to do to never work another day in your life again.
I’ll let that just sink in for a second.
Go ahead and try it out, let me know what you come up with.
If you have questions throw them in the comments!
Share this with someone who needs to hear it!
Kale
p.s. SUBSCRIBE ALREADY! ARE YOU NOT ENTERTAINED??? :)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
This is NOT a political letter.
Please don’t reply with some comment about politics.
I think most of us watched the debate the other night.
You know what WASN’T mentioned, once?
The currency.
The US Dollar.
This is shocking to me, because this is the ONE issue that will determine the majority of the Economic consequences over the next 4 years but also the next decade, World-Wide.
Maybe, they didn’t mention it because they CAN’T CONTROL IT….
And yes, I know there are MANY issues in our World right now. But I think we can all agree that a majority of these issues all come down to one thing… MONEY.
I’m going to keep this high level, particularly because I just started this letter a few days ago and I don’t want to scare anyone off.
But here’s a brief history of how your money has been devalued about 99% over the past 50 years.
Don’t believe me? Here’s McDonald’s menu in 1970.
How did this happen? Obviously burgers have likely gotten CHEAPER to make (because of technology) yet the price has gone up exponentially.
It all started in 1971 when the US decided to BLOW UP the “Gold Standard”.
The gold standard literally just meant that you could turn in your dollar bills for a certain amount of gold.
IT MEANT THAT THE MONEY WAS ACTUALLY BACKED UP BY SOMETHING.
It was like if I loaned you 100k.
But I took your car and your house keys.
If you paid me back, I gave them back.
Otherwise I kept them.
OBVIOUSLY, that made the currency MUCH more stable, because there was ACCOUNTABILITY on the side of the government.
However, that all ended in 1971.
From then on out, we have been under this “Fiat” system.
That’s just a fancy word for “nothing is backed by anything”.
All the world currencies ->
Euros, dollars, yen, whatever
Are just valued based on what each other is valued.
You’re smart, so you can clearly see, that something is a little messed up about that, right?
Where does the value actually come from?
What is it based on?
Honestly, the short answer?
BELIEF.
People BELIEVE that dollars have value, which is why they have value.
That’s it, that’s ALL that holds our money together.
Which is pretty scary considering the government printed about $3 TRILLION DOLLARS out of thin air in the US alone, this year.
It will probably be over $5 TRILLION by the end of the year.
When I say “printed” again, I can go into details on how that is done.
But in essence, the “Federal Reserve” just hits a few buttons and magically, new dollars are created.
It’s pretty messed up, to be honest.
All it does is make the rich richer.
Jeff Bezos Got a LOT richer this summer.
Elon got a LOT richer.
Gates got a LOT richer.
Why?
Because they own ASSETS.
Companies, homes, gold, bitcoin.
Anything that is SCARCE and actually has intrinsic value immediately recognizes that oh, the government just made 3 trillion more dollars, that means each dollar is worth less, which means that because I HAVE VALUE MY PRICE GOES UP.
Read that sentence above one more time if you don’t understand that concept because it’s really important.
So, people like me, who own assets, make a killing during all this money printing.
And we have been making a killing for the past 50 years.
That’s why 3 people
Bezos
Gates
Buffet
Have more money than 50% of all Americans.
Hey, I’m not here to judge, it is what it is.
I’m just telling you that it’s PRETTY SHOCKING that the two people running for president didn’t even MENTION this craziness that’s going on.
(yes I know they talked about V vs K shaped recovery, but they didn’t mention the SOURCE of the problem, the “money printer”)
And here’s the KICKER, the real problem.
There is NO STOPPING THIS.
Governments AROUND THE WORLD are ADDICTED.
Seriously addicted like a crack or meth addict, to money printing.
They literally HAVE to do it, and speed it up more and more and more.
Or we will all go into a DEEP DEEP depression.
We can go into the details about why this is true in a future letter.
But I just wanted to let you guys know this, because, it seems, no one else will tell you.
If you are wondering what to do upon learning this information, here’s what I’d suggest.
1) do more research (or simply subscribe to this letter, I’ll send it to you daily)
2) start a business (instead of getting mad at people like Bezos and Musk, why not start a business and reap the same rewards as them?)
3) Buy Bitcoin. it’s the scarcest asset in the entire world. Imagine a mona lisa, but much more useful.
4) Buy Gold, if you can’t get your head around bitcoin.
Have a great day, thanks for reading.
Kale
p.s. if you liked this, share it :)
p.s.s if you really liked it, subscribe, and get a letter like this 5x a week (+ podcast audio)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Real quick, THANK YOU to everyone who has subscribed to the 5x a week KALE LETTER!!! I appreciate you more than you know.
If you would like to get this letter 5x a week instead of 1, please subscribe now :)
Good morning everyone!
Aren’t you sick of all the productivity hacks, books, and webinars?
Every time I see one of those I’m like…
HEY IDIOT, I DON’T WANT TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO CRAM 5,000 MORE TASKS INTO A DAY. I WANT TO WORK LESS.
All caps might have been a little dramatic there.
But seriously, that’s what we all want isn’t it?
The good news is, you can be just as productive and work way less.
So much less in fact, you will feel super lazy doing this at first. That’s a good thing.
Per usual, I didn’t come up with this all on my own.
These are proven concepts from a number of world famous books and articles, all melded together.
Concept 1) The 80/20 Rule
Many of you know this rule so I’ll go quickly.
Basically some dude a 1,000 years ago (i think his name was Pareto)
Noticed that 80% of the land in this one place was owned by 20% of the people.
And that 20% of the crops produced 80% of the yields at a farm.
And on and on.
Basically the rule applies to anything.
Here’s the key point.
20% of your actions produce 80% of your results.
Stop again and read that again above like 7 more times until it really sinks in because it’s true.
Did you do it?
I’ll wait.
…
…
…
Before I let that concept sink in above I was..
Overworked
Underproductive
And stressed for literally no reason.
NOW, all of that is in the past.
I’ve actually even taken it a little further than that so let me get onto concept number 2…
Concept 2) The Power Rule
Stole this from one of the best books ever, Peter Thiels “Zero to One” (which I’ve read like 12 times).
Basically what he says is that 80/20 is for sissys.
It’s more like 99/1.
Peter is a billionaire.
He founded Paypal with Elon Musk.
And now owns a bunch of other companies.
And invests in companies too.
What he learned early on is that ONE COMPANY in a GROUP of companies he invests in…
WILL OUTPERFORM ALL THE OTHERS COMBINED.
Here’s another place for you to stop and read what I just wrote again…
I’ll wait.
…..
Basically, let’s say you invested in Facebook + 20 other early stage start up companies back in 2010.
It’s almost a guarantee that Facebook will have made you more money than the rest of the 20 companies combined.
THE SAME IS TRUE FOR EVERYTHING IN LIFE.
1% of your actions will produce 99% of the results.
1 customer segment will be better than 99 others combined.
1 daily habit will have more impact on your happiness than 99 others combined.
1 decision will have longer term affects than 99 others combined.
You get the idea, it applies to literally everything.
Which leads to concept number 3.
Concept 3) Essentialism
Maybe I’m just not that smart.
But it took 3 books for me to actually make practical this concept.
1) The “4 Hour Work Week” taught me that 80/20 rule above
2) “Zero to One” taught me the Power Rule
3) And “Essentialism” taught me this last part
(No need to link all these authors lol just search it in amazon they are the one with the most 5 star reviews :)
Essentialism really is just EXACTLY WHAT THE TITLE IMPLIES.
RUTHLESSLY CUTTING OUT EVERYTHING THAT ISN’T “Essential”.
Can you see how this ties everything together?
If 20% of your actions produce 80% of the results, should’t you try to eliminate that 80% of wasted effort?
YES.
If 99 of your 100 actions don’t really move the needle, shouldn’t you try to eliminate those 99?
YES.
“But Kale, how do I actually do that??”
That’s a good question, and it’s different for everyone.
However, the KEY is this. BE RUTHLESS.
I never actually got to be “Lazy” and do “99% less work” until I became ruthless.
Not mean.
Not cruel.
Just 100%, totally HONEST with myself, REFUSING to compromise on my MOST IMPORTANT ASSET, MY TIME
I literally forced myself to SLOW DOWN.
For every decision.
Every task that I would normally just race off and do without thinking.
I would stop and really ask myself.
Is this ESSENTIAL right now?
Is this ACTUALLY moving the needle?
Or am I just “working hard for the sake of working hard?”
I can’t really prescribe how to do this for yourself personally.
For your individual life, business, marriage, etc.
It’s too unique for me to do that.
I think the key with me was actually BELIEVING the concepts above, because without fully trusting in it, there is a HUGE temptation to just DO.
Just GO.
Just work work work work.
It’s so tempting because appearing busy is the standard.
But it doesn’t have to be.
YOU CAN break free.
This is a longer article today but I’ll leave you with a story that I think makes it stick home.
Stole this from “Hell Yeah or No” by Derek Sivers.
Basically, Derek had this gorgeous bike ride he did every day in Santa Monica.
Along the coast.
Those that have been there know how awesome this bike path is.
But Derek wanted a workout, so he would do the 43 minute ride…
HEAD DOWN.
RED FACED.
Huffing and puffing.
All out.
43 minutes, every single time.
Obviously, Derek got sick of this (like we all do when working out hard for an extended period can I get an amen lol)
He started to dread the ride.
So one day he vowed to just enjoy it.
Head up, he watched the waves crash.
He felt the wind in his hair.
He smelled the ocean breeze.
Wonderful ride, enjoyed the hell out of it, no stress, barely even noticing he was pedaling.
When he got home, he looked in disbelief at his watch.
45 Minutes.
You’re telling me…
That all that huffing and puffing…
ALL that stress…
Was just for an extra 2 MINUTES?!?!?!
Yep.
and that’s how it is with EVERYTHING in life.
All that extra worry.
All those emails that you HAVE to answer.
All those customers that you NEED to help, right now.
That job that CONSUMES you.
Probably isn’t apart of the 1% of things that actually matter.
Hell, it’s probably not even apart of the 20%.
I hope this helped you, if it did, please share it with 10 of your closest friends and drop me a comment so I know you read or listened this far :)
Kale
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
This is a FREE edition of “The Kale Letter”. To get this letter 5x a week + Podcast Audio version, please subscribe by clicking the blue button.
Good morning everyone! Super pumped about this one.
I stole this DIRECTLY from Dale Carnegie and his book “How to Stop Worrying and Start Living” (a CLASSIC that I HIGHLY recommend).
I’ve been trying this tactic for a number of months now and can vouch for it 1000000%.
Simply put, it works.
Try this today, and let me know in the comments if it works for you as well.
Oh, and the kindest thing you can do, if this DOES work for you, is SHARE THIS LETTER WITH SOMEONE ELSE :)
Here’s what you do.
Step 1) Identify what you are worried about, actually.
This step is important, and kind of my own addition to Carnegies’ “Formula".
Sometimes, I will just feel anxious, for no apparent reason!
What’s up with that?! Anyone agree?
It’s very important, in that moment, to do a couple simple things.
A) Might sound stupid, but EAT SOMETHING (75% of the time I’m just hungry, lol)
B) Might sound stupider, but TAKE A NAP (20% of the time I’m just tired, lol)
C) For the other 5%, actually stop, take a deep breath. Go on a walk. Grab a coffee. And THINK
Another one of my favorite books “Thinking Fast & Slow” talks about the fact that we have 2 brains.
One brain is reactionary and automatic.
The other is slow, deliberate, and allows for reasoned thought.
DEFINITELY need to use your 2nd “slow brain” for this one to dig into what you are actually worried about :)
Step 2) Picture the worst case scenario.
This is where the magic happens.
You need to actually stop and think about everything going HORRIBLY wrong.
What if that thing you are worried about actually happened + ALL THESE OTHER BAD THINGS happened too? Then what?
Now, at this point, you might be thinking I’m crazy.
That’s okay, just stay with me.
Let me illustrate an actual example before we get on to #3 where it all will make sense.
The other day we almost missed payroll.
I know.
The same thoughts went through my head that you’re probably thinking now.
WTF.
Sweaty palms.
“How did we get here?”
Stupid BS like that, that doesn’t help anyone.
So I went into step 2, (note) it hurts at first.
READ THIS: You have to actually VISUALIZE IT like it’s HAPPENED TO YOU, and ACCEPT THAT THIS HAS ALREADY HAPPENED, AS A FACT - that’s important.
— We miss payroll
— people start complaining
— half the staff quits
— customers get left in the dust
— refunds spike
— complaints spike
— our credit cards start declining
— I have to sell my house and live in a box on the street
— my wife divorces me
OKAY OKAY OKAY hahahah I went a little TOO far on that one, but you get the point!!!!!!!!!
Step 3) How this makes you feel SO MUCH BETTER
Once you’ve pictured everything going to actual hell in a hand basket…
The magic starts.
There’s nothing else to worry about.
You’ve already accepted that everything hit the fan, that the worst case scenario actually happened.
Your brain now LITERALLY only has one direction to go in.
UP.
Before, it was scattered everywhere, random negative thoughts flying around like a stray fart in the wind.
And now, everything is crystal clear.
Your brain simply starts asking the question, now what?
Let’s say all that bad stuff happened above…
My example was extreme but let’s just go with it.
— We get thrown out on the street and my wife threatens to divorce me…
“okay, well, she loves me way to much to leave me, so I’m good there, and I’m pretty sure that if I just moved money from here to here we’d never actually get evicted, + isn’t it illegal to evict people right now?”
^^ as you can see these are my actual thoughts that come up almost automatically and start to make you feel better…
— refunds spike
— complaints spike
— our credit cards start declining
“well couldn’t I just personally call every customer and be honest with them and tell them that I would personally make it right, and then make it right? Honestly, that might IMPROVE the reputation of the company not hurt us…”
— We miss payroll
— people start complaining
— half the staff quits
“well, couldn’t I just go liquidate a couple Bitcoin, or even better yet get a LOAN against my Bitcoin?? hmm… that might work! We might be good to go!”
I could go on, but do you see it working??? It’s almost automatic!
THE REASON THIS WORKS IS SIMPLE.
Whether you believe it or not.
Whether the World has beaten you down a lot, or not.
YOU ARE A FIGHTER.
When your back is against the wall.
When everything else has caved in around you.
And it’s simply survive or die.
You SURVIVE.
That’s just how you are WIRED.
So all you have to do to harness this BASIC INSTINCT is to GO TO THAT DARK PLACE with your EYES WIDE OPEN.
PICTURE IT GOING BADLY.
And you will automatically find a way out.
Welp, that's enough words for one day.
Go TRY IT.
PRACTICE MAKES PERFECT.
Love always.
Kale
p.s. The payroll thing really was an accounting issue, lol, the company is doing great. Our tax bill was just massive so we had to move some money around. No worries.
p.s.s. I’m guessing this HELPED a few of you. If it didn’t, I should probably quit writing because I KNOW this works (from experience). So if it helped you please COMMENT that it did but most importantly, subscribe and SHARE this with AT LEAST 5 PEOPLE THAT WOULD BENEFIT FROM IT! THANK YOU!
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Note: Still sending this out for FREE because I’m addicted to writing! But make sure to subscribe if you actually want to get this 5x per week :)
Hey you.
I told you I was just going to skip all the nonsense and give it to you straight.
So here goes.
How I got “rich”, and how I plan to get much richer.
1) My own businesses
2) Bitcoin
3) Gold
Now, for those of you reading this who don’t know me very well.
I’m a millionaire, okay? Big deal.
Taylor and I’s businesses have generated well over 40M+ to date with much more coming.
That’s just revenue ^^ so don’t freak out.
But i’m not writing this as some broke guy who doesn’t “put his money where his mouth is”, okay?
Now that the bragging is out of the way.
Why those 3 things above? Aren’t there like “7,000 easy ways to make money online?”
No.
1) Your own business
This is far and away the ONLY realistic option for MOST people to become wealthy.
— According to a survey by Best Wallet Hacks, the top 10% of U.S. income earners are gaining wealth from business, farm and/or self-employment income. Half of their income comes from wages through business, and the other half comes from interest, dividends and capital gains. Those numbers have not changed much since 1989.
What does that mean, in easier language?
It means that rich people start businesses, and then invest the returns.
Duh.
I think we all intuitively know this right?
Think about the richest person you know.
Seriously stop and think about it.
What do they do for a living?
The majority of you will answer “they own a business”.
Other than that it will be an extremely specialized field
musician
doctor
athlete
etc
I’m not sure about you, but I KNOW FROM EXPERIENCE that becoming a pro athlete is very difficult (I played D1 bbal).
So, for MOST OF US, there’s only 1 avenue, and that’s starting a biz.
I like to think of it this way…
Imagine two paths.
There’s a giant boulder in the way on both paths. & there’s a giant pot of gold as a reward if you can move the boulder down the path.
Boulder is the same size, same weight on both paths.
Option A) You can personally work 8 hours a day to roll that bad boy down the path. You will make more progress initially and there is zero risk involved. You just show up and push that bad boy every day.
Option B) You can leave the rock for 6mths -> 1 year, and go build an advanced robot (or just rally a strong team) to push that rock for you. You return, eat cheetos, and watch your team shove that rock along at warp speed.
Obviously, option B is the business option.
It does run the risk of you never returning to that boulder.
You may get stuck in “startup town” and never get the chance to accelerate that boulder down the path fast.
BUT THE REWARDS ARE WORTH IT.
Because if you push that boulder far enough, there’s a literal pot of gold waiting at the end.
Entrepreneurs simply find the most efficient way to push that boulder.
Okay okay okay YOU GET IT ALREADY
“start a biz”
but then what?
#2 = BITCOIN
Now don’t roll your eyes.
Don’t say “oh I know about this” and gloss over this part.
I will be writing extensively about this topic in future letters so no need to get into the “weeds” here…
But I can explain this really fast.
Remember those stimulus checks, sent out earlier this year?
Stop and ask yourself, “Where did that money come from”?
If your answer was “the government” DING DING DING, you are correct!
However, the problem is (and this is very nuanced I can explain more later) is that that money was PRINTED literally OUT OF THIN AIR.
Now what happens when THAT happens?
It’s simple.
Your $$$$ get DE-VALUED.
If me and you were playing monopoly.
And I kept taking more money from the bank when you weren’t looking.
I would be de-valuing your $$, relative to my $$, right?
That’s exactly what is happening right now, on a GLOBAL scale.
I will go into all the arguments later as to why this is true, but basically Bitcoin HEDGES against all of that.
It just means that IF (and it’s not really an IF at this point trust me) governments around the world keep printing money…
The price of Bitcoin will keep skyrocketing.
It really is as simple as that. Why keep your money in $$$, where it will get devalued, when you can keep it in Bitcoin, and watch the value of that money go UP (exponentially most likely).
#3 = GOLD
Gold is great for all the same reasons as Bitcoin.
It’s scarce.
You can’t print more of it (for the most part).
And it’s ALWAYS been used as a hedge against governments going wacko with the money printing press.
It’s basically a safe way to store your wealth so that the gov doesn’t devalue it.
Bitcoin is “digital gold” though, so I personally believe it is MUCH more valuable.
But for you conservative folks out there, Gold will also likely outperform everything else other than Bitcoin and your own BIZ for the 2020s.
WELL THERE YOU HAVE IT.
FIRE YOUR BANKER
FIRE YOUR MOM (if she tells you to hide your money under your mattress)
And simply do the 3 things above.
It’s what I’ve done, and it works.
See you in the next one.
Kale
p.s. if you enjoyed this, do me ONE favor. SHARE IT WITH SOMEONE WHO IT WILL HELP. Love you
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey everyone!
Sending out another FREE issue of “The Kale Letter” today because I love you guys.
Thanks for all the great feedback yesterday, you are all seriously too nice.
Remember, normally I’ll send one of these a week for free which is great.
HOWEVER, if you subscribe (it’s only $10 a mth or $50 a yr) I’ll send a letter to you 5 DAYS A WEEK.. :)
- the Podcast version, the whole nine yards. I promise to do everything in my power to deliver you $1000+ worth of value every single month. If you don’t get that value please email me and I’ll refund you in FULL.
OKAY OKAY OKAY LET’S GET TO THE BIG NEWS, WOW.
Trump tweeted this out…
So, what happens when the leader of the free world + the first lady gets Covid 1 month before the election?
Hard to say for sure, unprecedented times, but here’s what I would look at if I were you.
Few people will highlight this, but this is what is ACTUALLY GOING ON.
FACT #1 - Markets HATE uncertainty.
(keep reading for fact #2, as it’s my opinion that that fact will be THE REASON that we DON’T experience a huge crash here….)
Here’s the GRAPH OF THE DAY.
It demonstrates very simply how this works. When the market gets very uncertain, like it did back in March for COVID, it sells off, rapidly.
We actually had the LARGEST DROP IN STOCK MARKET HISTORY this year on March 16th, 2020, when the Dow dropped a WHOPPING 2,997 points.
Other stock market drops have occurred, predictably, when other times of crazy uncertainty hit us…
2008, 9/11, etc.
Now, I am NOT saying that Trump getting COVID is EQUAL to ANY of these events above, far from it.
But I think we can all agree that it has a pretty large element of uncertainty to it.
SO, all else being EQUAL, the markets SHOULD take a nose dive.
“Should” being the key word here…….
FACT #2 - STIMULUS completely changes the equation.
Look at this, just look at it…
Ever since the governments (not just in the US btw) passed UNPRECEDENTED stimulus… I MEAN LOOK AT THE SIZE OF THAT NUMBER….
The stock market has had a RALLY unlike anything we’ve ever seen.
It actually has been UP from it’s highs earlier in the year lately…
Now if that doesn’t seem insane to you….
Particularly with everything still in various states of shut down and small businesses decimated across the World…
Lol, let’s just stop and be honest, it DOES and SHOULD seem insane to you.
In essence, the GOVERNMENT has put a back-stop on the markets.
They have declared war on COVID, and all they have to do to fight this war is KEEP PRINTING MONEY.
Because yes, as you will see if you subscribe to this letter, that $3,000,000,000,000 in stimulus?
Came from NO WHERE.
It was MAGICALLY CREATED out of THIN AIR.
Now I don’t want to get into all the implications of that, yet, (tune in tomorrow) but I do want you to just STEW on that information today as you watch all the talking heads talk about “Uncertainties in the market”.
They will go on and on, yadda yadda yadda.
And yes, we may have a small correction.
But the news they won’t talk about nearly as much is this.
Just yesterday, the House passed ANOTHER $2.2 TRILLION dollar stimulus deal.
It has to go through the senate still, and I’m guessing it will end up somewhere around $1.8 Trillion when all said and done.
But this is good theatre, folks.
Let’s see who the REAL President of the US is….
Is it the guy in the white house with Covid?
Or is it the people with access to the PRINTING PRESS, the ones who can create dollars out of thin air, who have the REAL power?
Let’s watch it play out in real time…
Stay safe out there!
See you subscribers tomorrow!
Love always.
Kale
p.s. if you enjoyed this free edition of the Kale Letter, you can always subscribe and get one of these 5x a week (sometimes more for founding members :)
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com
Hey.
Welcome to “The Kale Letter”.
No, this newsletter will NOT be about my disgusting namesake.. (Have you ever actually eaten Kale chips? yuck).
This will be about things that are actually helpful.
The only problem is this.
I have no idea how to write a newsletter.
I also had no idea how to start an Amazon business.
Or how to start an online consulting company
But I did both of those things, and they did alright :)
I’m guessing Elon Musk didn’t know how to build rockets, or cars that drive as fast as rockets.
I’m guessing Bezos didn’t know how to build the world’s largest retailer.
Yet, here we are.
So in the spirit of not wasting your time (something I will strive to do with EVERY SENTENCE of this letter going forward)…
Here’s the MEAT
the, WRITE THIS DOWN RIGHT NOW moment…
Life completely changed for me when I realized 1 thing…
NOT ONLY DID (read: PAST TENSE) successful entrepreneurs not know what they WERE doing when they were starting…
>>> THEY STILL DON’T KNOW WHAT THEY ARE DOING NOW!
I’m dead serious. The faster you believe and understand that NO ONE (even the largest companies in the world) have it “put together” the faster you are able to free yourself from the burden of not feeling good enough that I KNOW rests on you.. (because it rested on me for a LONG LONG TIME).
Here’s how I know this for a fact in a few personal examples
Calling a customer support line and the representative sounding like they are in an echo chamber. Hanging up, calling back, and hearing the exact same thing. Realizing that the company bought their customer service reps crappy headsets (fortune 500 company)
Watching that “MASSIVE SUCCESSFUL COMPANY” that you shop from all the time, suddenly close up due to covid-19.
Realizing that a large percentage of companies traded in the S&P 500 (supposedly the best companies in the World) aren’t even PROFITABLE… (scratching head wondering if business school lied to me… wondering if profitability really is the goal…)
I could go on, but you see it right?
You realize that Nine University is in essence just a tribe of really crazy people who decided to follow around a 6’8 basketball player and a man bun rocking computer salesman, right?
You realize that our “hiring strategy” is -> "here’s your job, try it for one week, if you do well, you aren’t fired.” right?
If Covid has taught us anything it’s that NO ONE CARES about qualifications, degrees, or “professionalism” any more.
We’re all the same.
Sitting in our sweatpants.
Doing zoom meetings.
Taking naps on “lunch breaks”.
—
THE ONLY THING THAT MATTERS IS RESULTS.
and you can go get those results.
For you.
For your family.
And for your legacy after that.
I’m going to do my very best to bring you the best content you’ve ever read in your life, regardless of the topic.
But hey, it might fail. I’m not an “expert” and I never will be.
If you are looking for an expert newsletter.
Go read something else.
But at least take this with you…
They aren’t experts either… they are just confident enough to put themselves out there and publish some stuff on the internet.
Love always.
Kale
p.s. I might send these out more than once a week if you like them, so reply to this & let me know if you like them! haha
This is a public episode. If you would like to discuss this with other subscribers or get access to bonus episodes, visit thekaleletter.substack.com